Abstract
Classical polarographic technique, invented by the late Prof. J. Heyrovsky in 1922, is one of the few important electrochemical techniques that finds extensive applications in analytical chemistry.
This is a preview of subscription content, log in via an institution.
Buying options
Tax calculation will be finalised at checkout
Purchases are for personal use only
Learn about institutional subscriptionsPreview
Unable to display preview. Download preview PDF.
References
Theory of Current-Potential Curves
Electrolysis with drops of mercury as the electrode, J. Heyrovsky,Chem. Listy 16, 256–264 (1922)
Electrolysis with a dropping mercury cathode. I. Deposition of alkali and alkaline-earth metals, J. Heyrovsky,Phil. Mag.45, 303–315 (1923)
Polarographic studies with the dropping mercury electrode. Part II. The absolute determination of reduction and depolarization potentials, J. Heyrovsky and D. Ilkovic,Collect. Czech. Chem. Commun.7, 198–214 (1935)
Polarographic studies with the dropping mercury cathode. Part LXIII. Verification of the equation of the polarographic wave in the reversible electro-deposition of free cations, J. Tomes,Collect. Czech. Chem. Commun.9, 12–21 (1937)
Thermodynamic significance of polarographic half wave potentials of simple metal ions at the dropping mercury electrode, J. J. Lingane,J. Am. Chem. Soc.61, 2099–2103 (1939)
Die wissenschaftlichen grundlagen der polarographie, M. V. Stackelberg, Z. Elektrochem. 45, 466–491 (1939)
Polarographic limiting currents, J. K. Taylor and S. W. Smith,J. Res. Nat. Bur. Stand.42, 387–395 (1949).
Zur theorie der polarographischen kurve, H. Strehlow and M. V. Stackelberg,Z. Elektrochem.54, 51–62 (1950)
Accurate potentials with the dropping mercury cathode, H. J. Gardner,Nature (London)167, 158–159 (1951)
Unified theory of polarographic waves, P. Delahay,J. Am. Chem. Soc.75, 1430–1435 (1953)
Verification of a theory of irreversible polarographic waves, P. Kivalo, K. B. Oldham, and H.A. Laitinen,J. Am. Chem. Soc.75, 4148–4152 (1953)
Polarographic half wave potentials. Method of measurements; half wave potentials of thallium, A. A. Vlcek,Collect. Czech. Chem. Commun.19, 862–867 (1954)
New Instrumental Methods in Electrochemistry, P. Delahay, Chapt. 3 and 4, pp. 46–48, Interscience Publishers, Inc., New York (1954)
Theory of the current potential curve, L. Meites,Polarographic Technique, Chapt. 4, pp. 203–266, Interscience Publishers, New York (1965)
Processes Involving Salts of Mercury and Complexation with Mercury
Polarographic studies with the dropping mercury electrode. Part I. Anodic polarisation and the influence of anions, J. Revenda,Collect. Czech. Chem. Commun.6, 453–467 (1934)
Polarographic studies with the dropping mercury cathode. Part LXIV. Equations of current voltage curves in the reversible electroreduction of a weak electrolyte, Hg (CN)2, J. Tomes,Collect. Czech. Chem. Commun.9, 81–103 (1937)
Anodic waves involving electrooxidation of mercury at the dropping mercury electrode, I.M. Kolthoff and C. S. Miller,J. Am. Chem. Soc.63, 1405–1411 (1941)
A polarographic study of mercuric cyanide and the stability of cyanomercuriate ions, L. Newman, J. Deo Cabral, and D. N. Hume,J. Am. Chem. Soc.80, 1814–1819 (1958)
Effects on polarographic waves of the formation of insoluble films on dropping mercury electrode, I. M. Kolthoff and Y. Okinaka,J. Am. Chem. Soc.83, 47–53 (1961)
Deposition of mercury ions, In:Principles of Polarography, J. Heyrovsky and J. Kuta, Chapter X, 167–179, Academic Press, New York (1966)
Reversible Processes of Complex Ions
Polarographic studies with the dropping mercury electrode. Part II. The absolute determination of reduction and depolarization potentials, J. Heyrovsky and D. Ilkovic,Collect. Czech. Chem. Commun.7, 198–214 (1935)
Polarographische untersuchungen an komplexen in waszriger losung, M. V. Stackelberg and H. V. Freyhold,Z. Elektrochem.46, 120–129 (1940)
Complex ions. XV. New derivatives of iminodiacetic acid and their alkaline earth complexes. Connection between acidity and complex formation, G. Schwarzenbach, G. Anderegg, W. Schneider, and H. Senn,Helv. Chim. Acta,32, 1175–1186 (1948)
The determination of consecutive formation constants of complex ions from polarographic data, D. D. Defrod and D. N. Hume,J. Am. Chem. Soc.73, 5321–5322 (1951)
The polarographic determination of relative formation constants of metal complexes of ethylenediaminetetra acetic acid, K. Bril and P. Krumholz,J. Phys. Chem.57, 874–879 (1953)
Polarography of complex compounds, J. Koryta,Chem. Tech (Berlin),7, 464–470 (1955).
Kinetik der elektordenvorgange bei komplexen in der polarographic. I. uber Gewisse polarographische methoden fur die ermittlung des mechanisms der metallabscheidung aus komplexen, J. Koryta,Collect. Czech. Chem. Commun.23, 1408–1411 (1958)
II. Bestimmung der komplexibildungs konstanten aus den halbstufen potentialen kinetischer strome, J. Koryta,Collect. Czech. Chem. Commun.24, 2903–2917 (1959)
III. Durchtritts und dissoziationsreaktion des komplexes, J. Koryta,Collect. Czech. Chem. Commun.24, 3057–3074 (1959)
New methods of estimating the stability constants of complexes, P. K. Kamalkar,Z. Phys. Chem.218, 189–196 (1961)
Principles of Polarography, J. Heyrovsky and J. Kuta, Chapter VIII, 147-160, Academic Press, New York and London (1966)
Irreversible Electrode Processes: Reduction of Complexes
Theory of concentration polarization of a dropping mercury electrode. I. N. Meiman,Zh. Fiz. Khim.22, 1454–1465 (1948)
Theory of polarographic currents controlled by rate of reaction and by diffusion, P. Delahay,J. Am. Chem. Soc.73, 4944–4949 (1951)
Slow electrode reactions, M. Smutek,Proc. 1st Internatl. Polarog. Congress, Prague, Vol. III, 677–683 (1951)
Unified theory of polarographic waves, P. Delahay,J. Am. Chem. Soc.75, 1430–1435 (1953)
Theorie langsamer elektroden reaktionen in der polarographie und polarographischs verhal ten eines systems, bei-welchem der depolarisator durch eine schnelle chemische reaktion aus einem elektroinaktivenstoff entsteht, J. Koutecky,Collect. Czech. Chem. Commun.18, 597–610 (1953)
Kinetic analysis of the discharge mechanism of complex ions, H. Gerisher,Z. Physik. Chem. (Leipzig)202, 292–301 (1953)
Uber die kinetik der elektrodenvorgange XV. Tabellen der funktion fur den polarographischen strom bei einem depolarisations vorgang mit vorgeschalteten oder nachfolgenden sehr schnelle monomolekularen chemischen reactionen, J. Weber and J. Koutecky,Collect. Czech. Chem. Commun.20, 980–982 (1955)
The exchange current on an amalgam drop electrode and the composition of the discharged complexes, A. G. Stromberg and M. K. Ivantsova,Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR 100, 303–306 (1955)
Relation between the electronic structure of inorganic depolarisers and their polarographic behaviour. I. Basic rules, A. A. Vleck,Collect. Czech. Chem. Commun.20, 894–901 (1955)
Theoretical analysis of polarographic waves. II. Reduction of complex metal ions, H. Matsuda and Y. Ayabe,Bull. Chem. Soc. Jap.29, 134–140 (1956)
Kinetik der elektroden vorgange von komplexen in der polarographic. III. Durchtritts und dissozaiations reaktion der komplexes, J. Koryta,Collect. Czech. Chem. Commun.24, 3057–3074 (1959)
The calculation of electrochemical kinetic parameters from polarographic current potential curves, L. Meites and Y. Israel,J. Am. Chem. Soc.83, 4903–4906 (1961)
Electrolysis with constant potential: Irreversible reactions at a hanging mercury drop electrode, I. Shain, K. J. Martin, and J. W. Ross,J. Phys. Chem.65, 259–261 (1961)
Principles of Polarography, J. Heyrovsky and J. Kuta, Chapter XIV, 205–266, Academic Press, New York (1966)
Organic Electrode Processes
Polarographic waves of organic substances, I. M. Kolthoff and J. J. Lingane, In:Polarography, Vol. I, Chap. XIV, pp. 246–267. Interscience Publishers, New York (1952)
Oxidation and reduction of organic compounds—General characteristics of current-voltage curves of organic compounds, I. M. Kolthoff, J. J. Lingane, and S. Wawzonek, In:Polarography, Vol. II, Chap. XXXVI, pp. 623–634, Interscience Publishers, New York (1952)
Effect of structure on the stereo chemistry of electrode reaction. Unsaturated C4 dibasic acids and esters. Stereospecific reduction of the double bond, I. Rosenthal, J. R. Hayes, A. J. Martin, and P. J. Elving,J. Am. Chem. Soc.80, 3050–3055 (1958)
Correlation of polarographic data with structure. Use of the Hammett-Taft relation, P. J. Elving and J. M. Makowitz,J. Org. Chem.25, 18–20 (1960).
Oxidation-reduction potentials of organic compounds, W. M. Clark, Williams & Wilkins, Baltimore (1960)
Structural effects on the electrochemical reduction mechanism of organic compounds, P. J. Elving,Ricerca Sci.30, Suppl. No. 5, 205–215 (1960)
Controlled potential electrolysis, L. Meites, In:Physical Methods of Organic Chemistry, Part IV, A. Weissberger, ed, Interscience Publishers Inc. New York 3281–3333 (1960)
Mechanism of organic electrode reactions, P. J. Elving and B. Pullman, In:Advances in Chem. Phys., Vol. III, Prigogine, ed., pp. 1–31, Interscience Publishers, New York (1961)
Effect of structure on the stereochemistry of electrode reactions. Monobromo C4 dibasic acids and esters, P. J. Elving, I. Rosenthal, J. R. Hayes, and A. J. Martin,Anal. Chem.33, 330–334 (1961)
Current trends in the study of the influence of structure on the polarographic behaviour of organic substances, P. Zuman, In:Progress in Polarography P. Zuman and I. M. Kolthoff, eds., Vol. I, pp. 319–332, Interscience Publishers, New York (1962)
Polarography in organic analysis, P. J. Elving, In:Progress in Polarography, Vol. III, P. Zuman and I. M. Kolthoff, eds., pp. 625–648, Interscience Publishers, New York (1962)
Quantitative treatments of substituent effects in polarography. II. Free energy relationship in monocyclic heterocyclic series, P. Zuman,Collect. Czech. Chem. Commun.27, 630–647 (1962)
Effect of the double layer structure and of the adsorption of electrode reaction participants upon polarographic waves in the reduction of organic substances, S. G. Mairanovsky,J. Electronal. Chem.4, 166–181 (1962)
Influence of adsorption on the polarographic behaviour of reducible organic substances. An example of auto inhibition of the discharge reaction, E. Laviron,Bull. Soc. Chim.France 418–422 (1962)
General theoretical treatment of the polarographic kinetic currents, R. Brdicka, V. Hanus, and J. Koutecky, In:Progress in Polarography, Vol. I, P. Zuman and I. M. Kolthoff, eds., 145–199, Interscience Publishers, New York (1962)
Applications of polarography to study the constitution of organic compounds and intermediate products in their reactions, P. Zuman,Z. Chem . 3 (5) 161–171 (1963)
Variation of the half wave potential of organic compounds with pH, P. J. Elving,Pure Appl. Chem.7, (2–3) 423–454 (1963)
Organic Polarographic Analysis, P. Zuman, Pergamon Press, London (1964).
Recent trends in organic polarography, P. Zuman In:Polarography 1964, G. J. Hill, ed., pp. 687–710, Macmillan (London)
Electrolytic reductive coupling I. Acrylonitrile, M. M. Baizer,J. Electrochem Soc.111, (2), 215–222 (1964)
The effect of the composition of aqueous organic solvents on the polarographic behaviour of organic compounds, S. G. Mairanovski, In:Polarography 1964, G. J. Hill, ed., pp. 719–730, Macmillan, London (1966)
Theory of stationary electrode polarography single scan and cyclic methods applied to reversible irreversible and kinetic systems, R. S. Nicholson and I. Shain,Anal. Chem.36, (4), 706–723 (1964)
Adsorption effect of the participants in the electrode and pre-electrode reactions upon the kinetics of electrochemical processes, S. G. Marianovskii,Electrochim. Acta 9, 803–815 (1964).
Electrochemical relaxation techniques, W. H. Reinmuth,Anal. Chem.36, 211R-219R (1964)
Polarography of aliphatic compounds, H. Lund,Talanta 12, 1065–1079 (1965).
Polarography of aromatic compounds. J. Tirouflet and E. Laviron,Talanta 12, 1105–1126 (1965)
Theory and application of cyclic voltammetry for measurement of electrode reaction kinetics, R. S. Nicholson,Anal. Chem.37, 1351–1355 (1965)
Theory of stationary electrode polarography for a chemical reaction coupled between two charge transfers, R. S. Nicholson and I. Shain,Anal. Chem.37 (2), 178–190 (1965)
Experimental verification on an ECE mechanism for the reduction of p-nitrosophenol using stationary electrode polarography, R. S. Nicholson and I. Shain,Anal. Chem.37 ( 2 ), 190–195 (1965)
Polarography of organic compounds in aprotic solvents, S. Wawzonek,Talanta 12, 1229–1235 (1965).
Semiempirical procedure for measuring with stationary electrode polarography rates of chemical reactions involving the product of electron transfer, R. S. Nicholson,Anal. Chem.38, 1406 (1966)
Polarographic theory for an ECE mechanism. Application to reduction of p-nitrophenol, R. S. Nicholson, J. M. Wilson, and M. L. Olmstead,Anal. Chem.38, (4), 542–545 (1966)
Experimental evaluation of cyclic stationary electrode polarography for reversible electron transfer, M. L. Olmstead and R. S. Nicholson,Anal. Chem.38, 150 (1966)
Mechanisms of organic polarography, C. L. Perrin, In:Progress in Physical Organic Chemistry, Vol. III, S. G. Cohen, A. Streitwieser, Jr., and R. W. Taft, eds., pp. 165–316, Interscience Publishers, New York (1965)
Electrochemical relaxation techniques, W. H. Reinmuth,Anal. Chem.38, 270R-277R (1966)
Chapter II: Currents limited by the rate of chemical reaction, pp. 7–55; Chapter III: Adsorption on the electrode and the electrode processes, pp. 57–114; Chapter IV: Electrode processes with antecedent protonation reaction, pp. 115–153; Chapter V: The effect of the double layer structure on electrode processes, pp. 155–186, In:Catalytic and kinetic waves in polarography, S. G. Mairanovskii, Plenum Press, New York (1968)
Topics in organic polarography, P. Zuman, Plenum Press (1970).
Oxidation and reduction of aromatic hydrocarbon molecules at electrodes, M. E. Peover, In:Reactions of Molecules at Electrodes, N. S. Hush, ed., pp. 259–281, Wiley-Interscience, London (1971)
Reduction potentials and orbital energies of azaheteromolecules, J. Tabner and J. R. Yandle, In:Reactions of Molecules at Electrodes, N. S. Hush, ed., pp. 283–303, Wiley-Interscience, London (1971)
The electrode reactions of organic molecules, M. Fleischmann and D. Pletcher, In:Reactions of Molecules at Electrodes, N. S. Hush, Ed., pp. 347–402, Wiley-Interscience, London (1971)
Residual or Charging Current, Migration Current, Diffusion Current, and Instantaneous Current
Polarographic studies with the dropping mercury cathode. Part II. Influence of temperature, V. Nejedly,Collect. Czech. Chem. Commun.1, 319–333 (1929)
Polarographic studies with the dropping mercury cathode. Part XXV. Increased sensitivity of micro-analytical estimations by a compensation of current, D. Ilkovic and G. Semerano,Collect. Czech. Chem. Commun.4, 176–180 (1932)
Limiting currents in electrolysis with the dropping mercury cathode, J. Heyrovsky,Arhiv Hem. Farm 8, 11–16 (1934)
Polarographic studies with the dropping mercury cathode. Part XLIV. The dependence of limiting currents on the diffusion constant, on the rate of dropping, and on the size of drops, D. Ilkovic,Collect. Czech. Chem. Commun.6, 498–513 (1934)
Polarographic studies with the dropping mercury electrode. Part IV. The measurement of the polarization capacity, D. Ilkovic,Collect. Czech. Chem. Commun.8, 170–177 (1936)
Theory of limiting (diffusion) currents. I. Polarographic limiting current, D. MacGillavry and E. K. Rideal,Rec. Trav. Chim.56, 1013–1021 (1937)
Theory of limiting currents. II. Limiting currents of cells without and with an indifferent electrolyte, D. MacGillavry,Rec. Trav. Chim.56, 1039–1046 (1937)
Theory of limiting currents. III. General solutions with excess of one indifferent electrolyte, D. MacGillavry,Rec. Trav. Chim.57, 33–40 (1938)
The value of diffusion currents observed in electrolysis by the dropping mercury electrode. Polarographic study, D. Ilkovic,J. Chim. Phys.35, 129–135 (1938)
Fundamental studies with the dropping mercury electrode. II. The migration current, J. J. Lingane and I. M. Kolthoff,J. Am. Chem. Soc.61, 1045–1051 (1939)
A study of diffusion processes by electrolysis with micro-electrodes, H. A. Laithinen and I. M. Kolthoff,J. Am. Chem. Soc.61, 3344–3349 (1939)
Capacity phenomena displayed at mercury capillary electrodes, J. Heyrosky, F. Sorm, and J. Forejt,Collect. Czech. Chem. Commun.12, 11–38 (1947)
Polarographic discussion panel on The validity of the Ilkovic equation in polarographic analysis, F. L. Steghart, Chemistry and Industry, p. 157 (1948)
Polarographic current time curves, H. A. McKenzie,J. Am. Chem. Soc.70, 3147–3148 (1948).
Polarographic limiting currents, J. K. Taylor, R. E. Smith, and I. L. Cooter,J. Res. Natl. Bur. Standards,42, 387–395 (1949)
Polarography with slowly forming mercury drops, G. S. Smith,Nature 163, 290–291 (1949)
A new polarographic diffusion current equation, J. J. Lingane and B. A. Loveridge,J. Am. Chem. Soc.72, 438–441 (1950)
Zur theorie der polarographischem kurve, H. Strehlow and M. V. Stackelberg,Z. Elektrochem.54, 51–62 (1950)
Studies in the theory of the polarographic diffusion current, I. The effects of gelatin on the diffusion current constants of cadmium and bismuth, L. Meites and T. Meites,J. Am. Chem. Soc.72, 3686–3691 (1950)
Studies in the theory of the polarographic diffusion current. II. The instantaneous diffusion current and the Strehlow-Von stackelberg equation, L. Meites and T. Meites,J. Am. Chem. Soc.72, 4843–4844 (1950)
Mercury drop control: Application to derivative and differential polarography, L. Airey and A. A. Smales,Analyst.75, 287–304 (1950)
Studies in the theory of the polarographic diffusion current, IV. Diffusion current constants of some ions in the absence of gelatin, L. Meites,J. A m. Chem. Soc.73, 1581–1583(1951)
Studies on the theory of the polarographic diffusion current. VII. The effect of drop weight on the relationship between the diffusion current constant of lead and the drop time, L. Meites,J. Am. Chem. Soc.73, 3724–3727 (1951)
Zur theorie der polarographischen kurve II. Bestimmung der diffusion koeffizienten von ionen in elektrolytlosungen, H. Strehlow, O. Madrich, and M. V. Stackelberg,Z. Electrochem.55, 244–250 (1951)
Studium der an der stromenden quecksilber elektrode auftretenden stromidskontinuitat, P. Valenta,Collect. Czech. Chem. Commun.16, 239–251 (1951)
Zur theorie der polarographischem kurve. IV. Untersuchungen uber die gultigkeit der korrigierten Ilkovic-Gleichung, W. Hans and W. Jensch,Z. Elektrochem 56, 648–662 (1952)
Developments of constants in polarography: A correction factor for the Ilkovic equation, O. H. Muller, Natl. Bur. Standards Circ. No. 524, 289-303 (1953)
Zur theorie der polarographischen kurve VII. Diffusionsbedingte polarographische strom-starke, W. Hans, W. Henne, and E. Meurer,Z. Elektrochem.58, 836–849 (1954)
Eine neue form der quecksilbertropfelektrode, I. Smoler,Collect. Czech. Chem. Commun.19, 238–240 (1954)
Instantaneous polarographic current. III. Accurate measurements of the residual currents, A. Bresle,Acta Chem. Scand.10, 947–950 (1956)
Current time curves on single drops and the polarographic diffusion current. I. Smoler and J. Kuta,Z. Physik. Chem. (Leipzig) Sonderheft, 58–65 (1958)
Principles of polarography, M. V. Stackelberg,Z. Anal. Chem.173, 89–90 (1960).
The effect of the “back pressure” on the diffusion current, G. C. Barker and A. W. Gardner, In:Advances in Polarography, Vol. I, I. S. Longmuir, ed., pp. 330–339, Pergamon Press, London (1960)
The diffusion equation in d.c. polarography. Part I. Current-time curves without depletion effect, pp. 408–424 (1960); Part II. The mass-time relationship of dropping mercury electrodes, pp. 425–436 (1960), J. M. Los and D. W. Murray, In:Advances in Polarography, Vol. 2, I. S. Longmuir, ed., Pergamon Press
Grenzstrom ander Hg-trop felektrode bei niedrigen konzentrationen des fremdelektrolyts, Z. Zambora, A. Fulinski, and M. Bierowski,Z. Elektrochem.65, 887–891 (1961)
Die gleichung fur polarographische diffusionsstrome und die grenzen ihrer gultigkeit, J. Koutecky and M. V. Stackelberg, In:Progress in Polarography, Vol. I, P. Zuman and I. M. Kolthoff, eds., pp. 21–42, Interscience Publishers, (1962)
The instantaneous currents (i-t curves) on single drops, J. Kuta and I. Smoler, In:Progress in Polarography, Vol. I, P. Zuman and I. M. Kolthoff, eds., pp. 43–63, Interscience Pulbishers (1962)
Effect of the position of the capillary on the transfer of concentration polarization in polarography, I. Smoler,J. Electroanal Chem.6, 465–479 (1963)
Resistance compensation in polarography. Application to high resistance nonaqueous systems and to high current density aqueous systems, W. B. Schaap and P. S. McKinney,Anal. Chem.36, 1251–1258 (1964)
The limiting current, L. Meites, In:Polarographic Techniques Chap. 3, pp. 150–176, Inter-science Publishers, New York (1965)
Kinetic Currents and Catalytic Currents
Uber durch wasserstoffatome katalysierte depolarisations vorgange ander tropfenden queck-silbrelektrode, K. Wiesner,Z. Elektrochem.49, 164–166 (1943)
The polarography of uranium I. Reduction in moderately acid solutions. Polarographic determination of uranium, W. E. Harris and I. M. Kolthoff,J. Am. Chem. Soc.67, 1484–1490 (1945)
Polarographic determination of the rate of the reaction between ferrohem and hydrogen peroxide, R. Brdicka and K. Wiesner,Collect. Czech. Chem. Commun.12, 39–63 (1947)
Rate of recombination of ions derived from polarographic limiting currents due to the reduction of acids, R. Brdicka and K. Wiesner,Collect. Czech. Chem. Commun.12, 138–149 (1947)
Kinetic (catalytic) (polarographic) currents for systems containing hydrogen peroxide, I. M. Kolthoff and E. P. Parry,Proc. 1st Internal Polarography Cong. Prague, Vol. I, 145–154 (1951)
Catalysis of the polarographic reduction of hydrogen peroxide by compounds of iron in dilute sulphuric acid solutions, Z. Pospisil,Collect. Czech. Chem. Commun.18, 337–349 (1953)
Uber dei kinetik der elektroden vorgange VII a. Theorie einiger katalytischer strome in der polarographie, J. Koutecky,Collect. Czech. Chem. Commun.18, 311–325 (1953)
Evaluation of the rate constant of the decomposition of hydrogen peroxide by catalase from the polarographic limiting current of oxygen, J. Koutecky, R. Brdicka, and V. Hanus,Collect. Czech. Chem. Commun.18, 611–628 (1953)
Anwendungsmoglichkeiten und begrenzungen der polarographischen methods zur verfol gung schneller chemischer reaktionen in losunger, J. Koryta,Z. Elektrochem.64, 23–29 (1960)
General theoretical treatment of the polarographic kinetic currents, R. Brdicka, V. Hanus, and J. Koutecky, In:Progress in Polarography, Vol. I, P. Zuman and I. M. Kolthoff, eds., pp. 145–199, Interscience Publishers (1962)
The theory of catalytic hydrogen waves in organic polarography, S. G. Mairanovskii,J. Electroanal Chem.6, 77–118 (1963)
Kinetic currents, J. Heyrovsky and J. Kuta, In:Principles of Polarography, pp. 380–393, Academic Press, New York (1966)
Currents limited by the rate of chemical reaction Chapter II, pp. 7–55, Electrode processes with antecedent protonation, Chapter IV, pp. 115–153, S. G. Mairanovkii, In:Catalytic and Kinetic Currents in Polarography, Plenum Press, New York (1968)
Catalytic Processes, Chapter II, Sec. D.1, pp. 17–25, Catalytic hydrogen evolution at the dropping mercury electrode caused by organic catalysts, Chapter IX, pp. 241–285 S. G. Mairanovskii, In:Catalytic and Kinetic Currents in Polarography, Plenum Press, New York (1968)
Polarographic Maxima
Maxima of the polarization curves of mercury cathodes, A. N. Frumkin and B. Bruns,Acta Phys. Chim. URSS 1, 232–246 (1934)
Maxima on current-voltage curves, B. Bruns, A. N. Frumkin, S. Zofa, L. Vanyukova, and S. Zolotarevskaya,Acta Phys. Chim. URSS,9, 359–372 (1938)
Polarographic maxima, In:Polarography, I. M. Kolthoff and J. J. Lingane, Vol. I, Chapter X, pp. 156–188, Interscience Publishers, New York (1952)
Polarographic maxima, In:Polarographic Analysis (Russ), T. A. Kruykova, S. I. Sinyakova, and J. V. Arefeva, pp. 94–102, pp. 573–582, State Chemical Technical Publication, Moscow (1959)
Polarographic maxima, V. G. Levich, In:Physico Chemical Hydrodynamica, Prentice Hall Inc. Englwood Cliffs, 561–589 (1962)
Streaming maxima in polarography, H. H. Bauer, In:Electroanalytical Chemistry, A. J. Bard, ed., Vol. 8, pp. 169–279, Marcel Dekker Inc., New York (1975)
Polarographic Maxima of the Third Kind I., A. N. Frumkin, N. Fedorovich, B. B. Damsakin, and E. V. Stenina,Sov. Electrochem.6, 1–5 (1970)
Polarographic maxima of the third kind, A. N. Frumkin, N. V. Fedorovich, B. B. Damaskin, E. V. Stenina, and V. S. Krylov,J. Electroanal, Chem. International Electrochem.50, 103–111 (1974)
Analysis
Chemische Analysen mit dem Polarographen, H. Horn, J. Springel, Berlin (1937)
Simplification of the polarographic method by introduction of “step quotients”, H. E. Forche,Mikrochemie 25, 217–224 (1938)
The determination of dissolved oxygen by means of the dropping mercury electrode, with applications in biology, H. G. Petering and F. Daniels,J. Am. Chem. Soc. 60, 2796–2802 (1938)
Polarographic determination of nickel and cobalt. Simultaneous determination in presence of iron, copper, chromium and manganese and determination of small amounts of nickel in cobalt compounds, J. J. Lingane and H. Kerlinger,Ind. Eng. Chem.(Anal. Ed) 13, 77–80 (1941)
The polarographic method of analysis. V. Applications, O. H. Muller,J. Chem. Ed.18, 320–329 (1941)
Systematic polarographic metal analysis. Characteristics of arsenic, antimony, bismuth, tin, lead, cadmium, zinc and copper in various electrolytes, J. J. Lingane,Ind. Eng. Chem. (Anal Ed.) 15, 583–590 (1943)
Examination of absolute and comparative methods of polarographic analysis, K. Taylor, (Natl. Bur. Standards, Washington, D.C.)Anal. Chem.19, 368–372 (1947)
Device for estimating the height of polarographic waves, J. K. Taylor, (Natl. Bur. Std., Washington D.C)Anal. Chem.19, 478–481 (1947)
Precise measurements of polarographic half wave potential, L. Meites,J. Am. Chem. Soc.72, 2293–2294 (1950)
A new polarographic diffusion current equation, J. J. Lingane and B. A. Loveridge,J. Am. Chem. Soc.72, 438–441 (1950)
Theory of the polarographic curve, H. Strehlow and M. V. Stackelberg,Z. Elektrochem.54, 51–62 (1950)
Method of standardization for polarographic determination of lead in zinc and zinc-bearing materials, P. Rutherford and L. A. Cha,Anal. Chem.23, 1714–1715 (1951)
Common operations in polarographic analysis, I. M. Kolthoff and J. J. Lingane, In:Polarography pp. 372–398, Vol. I, Interscience Publishers, New York (1952)
High sensitivity recording polarography, M. T. Kelley and H. H. Miller,Anal. Chem.24, 1895–1899 (1952)
Minimum error polarographic analysis of binary mixtures, A. Frisque, V. W. Meloche, and I. Shain,Anal. Chem.26, 471–473 (1954)
Determination of traces of nickel and zinc in copper and its salts, L. Meites,Anal. Chem.27, 977–979 (1955)
Analysis of solutions containing two reducible substances by polarography and coulometry at controlled potential, L. Meites,Anal. Chem.27, 1114–1116 (1955)
Standard addition method of polarographic analysis-alternate interpretation, W. H. Reinmuth,Anal. Chem.28, 1356–1357 (1956)
A polarographic method for the study of glycol fission by periodic acid, P. Zuman and J. Krupicka,Collect. Czech. Chem. Commun.23, 598–607 (1958)
Polarographische bestimmung des pyridoxals und pyridoxal 5-phosphats, O. Manousek and P. Zuman,J. Electroanal. Chem.1, 324–330 (1960)
Error analysis for polarographic analytical methods, V. Pliska,Z. Anal. Chem.191, 241–248 (1962)
Direct polarographic determination of pyridoxal in the presence of pyridoxal-5-phosphate, O. Manousek and P. Zuman,Collect. Czech. Chem. Commun. 27, 486–487 (1962)
A new method for the study of intermetallic compound formation in mixed amalgams, H. K. Ficker and L. Meites,Anal. Chim. Acta 26, 172–179 (1962)
Chromato polarography, W. Kemula, In:Progress in Polarography, Vol. II, pp. 397–409, P. Zuman and I. M. Kolthoff, eds., Interscience, New York (1962)
Important factors in classical polarography, P. Zuman, In:Progress in Polarography P. Zuman and I. M. Kolthoff, eds., Chap. XXIX, pp. 583–600, Vol. II, Interscience Publishers, New York (1962).
Treatment of the sample in inorganic polarography G. W. C. Milner, In:Progress in Polarography, P. Zuman and I. M. Kolthoff, eds., Chap. XXX, pp. 601–616, Vol. II, Interscience Publishers, New York (1962)
Organic reagents in inorganic polarographic analysis, M. Shinagawa, In:Progress in Polarography, P. Zuman and I. M. Kolthoff, eds., Chap. XXXI, pp. 617–24, Vol. II, Interscience Publishers, New York (1962)
Polarography in organic analysis, P. J. Elving, In:Progress in Polarography, P. Zuman and I. M. Kolthoff, eds., Chap. XXXII, pp. 625–648, Vol. II, Interscience Publishers, New York (1962)
Polarography in metallurgy, M. Spalenka, In:Progress in Polarography, P. Zuman and I. M. Kolthoff, eds., Chap. XXXIV, pp. 661–665, Vol. II, Interscience Publishers, New York (1962)
Polarography in medicine and biochemistry, M. Brezina, In:Progress in Polarography, P. Zuman and I. M. Kolthoff, eds., Chap. XXV, pp. 667–686, Vol. II, Interscience Publishers, New York (1962)
Polarographic analysis in pharmacy, P. Zuman and M. Brezina, In:Progress in Polarography, P. Zuman and I. M. Kolthoff, eds., Chap. XXXVI, pp. 687–701, Vol. II, Interscience Publishers, New York (1962)
Quantitative polarographic analysis, L. Meites,Polarographic Techniques, pp. 334–410 Interscience Publishers, New York (1965)
Polarographic Instrumentation Manual D.C. Polarographic Instruments
Polarographic theory, instrumentation and methodology, J. J. Lingane,Anal. Chem.21, 45–60 (1949)
Polarographic instrumentation, I. M. Kolthoff and J. J. Lingane,Polarography, pp. 297–349, Vol. I, Interscience Publishers, New York (1952)
Polarographs and other apparatus, L. Meites,Polarographic Techniques, pp. 7–94, Interscience Publishers (1965)
Recording Instruments
Polarographic analysis with the dropping mercury cathode. XXV. Increased sensitivity of microanalytical estimation by a compensation of current, D. Ilkovic and G. Semerano,Collect. Czech. Chem. Commun.4, 176–180 (1932)
Die polarographische analyse des messings die grondlagen serienma biger schnellanalysen von legier ungen gusge fuhrt mittels quecksilbertropi kathoden, H. Hohn,Z. Electrochem.43, 127–139 (1937)
Use of the polarograph in steel plant laboratory. II. Determination of vanadium, chromium, and molybdenum in steel after removal of iron with alkali hydroxide, G. Thanheiser and J. Willems,Mitt. Kaiser Wilhelm Inst. Eisenforsch. Dusseldorf.21, 65–78 (1939)
Use of a condenser to reduce galvanometer oscillations in polarographic measurements with particular application to compensation method of measuring small diffusion current, J. J. Lingane and H. Kerlinger,Ind. Eng. Chem. (Analytical Edition)12, 750–753 (1940)
Fundamental studies with the dropping mercury electrode. III. Influence of capillary characteristics on the diffusion current and residual current, J. J. Lingane and B. A. Loveridge,J. Am. Chem. Soc.66, 1425–1431 (1944)
Apparatus for testing liquids with a dropping Hg electrode, E. D. Coleman, U.S. Patent 2,343,885 (1944)
Dropping Hg electrode apparatus for analyzing liquids, O. Kanner and E. D. Coleman, U.S. Patent 2,361,295 (1944)
Application of the Ilkovic equation to quantitative polarography, F. Buckley and J. K. Taylor,J. Res. Natl. Bur. Stand.34, 97–114 (1945)
Application of multicapillary tube mercury electrode in polarography, S. Stankoviansky,Chem. Zvesti 2, 133–142 (1948)
Dropping mercury electrode for polarography with enforced removal of the drop, V. A. Tsimmergakl,Zavod. Lab.15, 1370 (1949)
Mercury drop control: application to derivative and differential polarography, L. Airey and A. S. Smales,Analyst 75, 287–304 (1950)
Polarographic instrumentation, I. M. Kolthoff and J. J. Lingane, Polarography, pp. 297–349, Vol. I, Interscience Publishers, New York (1952)
Controlled-potential and derivative polarograph, M. T. Kelley, H. C. Jones, and D. J. Fisher,Anal. Chem.31, 1475–1485 (1959)
Electronic controlled-potential coulometric titrator, M. T. Kelley, H. C. Jones, and D. J. R. Fisher,Anal. Chem.31, 488–494 (1959)
Controlled-potential polarographic polarizing unit with electronic scan and linear residual current compensation, M. T. Kelley, D. J. Fisher, and H. C. Jones,Anal. Chem.32, 1262–1265 (1960)
The diffusion equation in d.c. polarography, In: J. M. Los and D. W. Murray,Advances in Polarography Vol. 2, I. S. Longmuir, ed., pp. 408–424, Pergamon Press, Oxford (1960)
A device for the synchronization of two dropping mercury electrodes, H. H. Lockwood, H. M. Stationery Office, London, AERER, 3521, 1960
Controlled potential and derivative polarography, In: M. T. Kelley, D. J. Fisher, W. D. Cooke, and H. C. Jones,Advances in Polarography, Vol. I, pp. 158–182, Pergamon Press (1960)
Incremental approach to derivative polarography, C. Auerbach, H. L. Finston, G. Kissel, and J. Glickstein,Anal. Chem.33, 1480–1484 (1961)
Automatic polarograph for use with solutions of high resistance, P. Arthur, P. A. Lewis, N. A. Lloyd, and R. K. Vanderkam,Anal. Chem.33, 488–491 (1961)
An IR compensator for nonaqueous polarography and amperometric titrations, P. Arthur and R. H. Vanderkam,Anal. Chem.33, 765–767 (1961)
Electroanalytical Controlled-Potential Instrumentation, G. L. Booman and W. B. Holbrook,Anal. Chem.35, 1793–1809 (1963)
Polarographische untersuchungen bei regulierung der tropfzeit durch abschlagen des tropfens. I. Die tropfzeitabhangigkeit polarographischer strome, D. Wolf,J. Electroanal Chem.5, 186–194 (1963)
A multipurpose operational amplifier instrument for electroanalytical studies, W. L. Underkofler and I. Shain,Anal. Chem.35, 1778–1783 (1963)
A simple electronic polarographic voltage compensator, R. Annino and K. J. Hagler,Anal. Chem.35, 1555–1556 (1963)
A simple electronic-scan controlled potential polarograph, R. A. Durst, J. W. Ross, and D. N. Hume,J. Electroanal Chem.7, 245–248 (1964)
Polarographs and other apparatus, L. Meites, In:Polarographic Techniques, pp. 7–94, Interscience Publishers (1965)
Recent developments in d.c. polarography, D. J. Fisher, W. L. Belew, and M. T. Kelley,Polarography 1964 Vol. I, G. J. Mills, ed., pp. 89–134 Macmillan (1966)
Principles of Polarography, J. Heyrovsky and J. Kuta, Chap. VI, pp. 99–108, Academic Press, New York (1966)
Theory of Differential and Derivative Polarography
Polarographic and differential polarimetry, G. Semerano and L. Riccoboni,Gazz. Chim. Ital.72, 297–304 (1942)
Differential method of polarographic analysis, E. A. Kanevskii,J. Appl. Chem. (U.S.S.R)17, 514–519 (1944)
The fundamental laws of polarography, J. Heyrovsky,Analyst 72, 229–234 (1947).
Modern trends of polarographic analysis, J. Heyrovsky,Anal. Chim. Acta 2, 533–541 (1948)
The significance of derivative curves in polarography, J. Heyrovsky,Chem. Listy 43, 149–154 (1949)
Differential polarography with unique dropping electrode, P. Leveque and F. Roth,J. Chim. Phys.46, 480–484 (1949)
Polarographic determination of halogen derivatives, M. B. Neimen, A. V. Ryabov, and E. M. Sheyanova,Dokl. Akad. Nauk. SSSR 68, 1065–1068 (1949)
Dropping-mercury electrode with enforced separation of the drop, E. M. Skobets and N. S. Kavetski,Zavod Lab.15, 1299–1305 (1949)
Note on differential polarography with a single dropping electrode,J.Vogel and J.Ritha,J. Chim. Phys.47, 5–7 (1950)
Vibrating dropping mercury electrode for polarographic analysis of agitated solutions, D. A. Berman, P. R. Saunders, and R. J. Winzier,Anal. Chem.23, 140–1041 (1951)
Derivative polarography. I. Characteristics of the Leveque-Roth circuit, J. J. Lingane and R. Williams,J. Am. Chem. Soc.74, 790–796 (1952)
Unique polarographic damping circuit for selective elimination of current fluctuations due to the dropping mercury electrode, M. T. Kelley and D. J. Fisher,Anal. Chem.28, 1130–1132 (1956)
Instrumental methods of derivative polarography, M. T. Kelley and D. J. Fisher,Anal. Chem.30, 929–932 (1958)
Controlled potential and derivative polarograph, M. T. Kelley, H. C. Jones, and D. J. Fisher,Anal. Chem.31, 1475–1485 (1959)
Deformations in polarographic derivative curves obtained with R-C wiring, T. Jackel,Z. Anal. Chem.173, 59–65 (1960)
Controlled potential and derivative polarography, M. T. Kelley, D. J. Fisher, W. D. Cooke, and H. C. Jones, In:Advances in Polarography Vol. I, I. S. Longmuir, ed., pp. 158–182, Pergamon Press, Oxford (1960)
Rapid polarography, S. Wolf,Agnew Chem.72, 449–454 (1960).
A differential cathode ray polarograph, H. M. Davis and J. E. Seaborn,Advances in Polarography, Vol. I, I. S. Longmuir, ed., pp. 239–250 Pergamon Press (1960)
The performance of the differential cathode ray polarograph, In: H. M. Davis and H. I. Shalgosky,Advances in Polarography, Vol. 2, I. S. Longmuir, ed., Pergamon Press (1960)
Recent developments in d.c. polarography, D. J. Fisher, W. L. Belew, and M. T. Kelley, In:Polarography 1964, Vol. I, G. J. Hills, ed., pp. 89–134, Macmillan (1966)
Studies in subtractive and continuous polarography, In: K. G. Powell and G. F. Reynolds,Polarography 1964, Vol. I., G. J. Hills, ed., pp. 249–260, Macmillan (1966)
Application of derivative techniques to stationary electrode polarography, S. P. Perone and T. R. Mueller,Anal. Chem.37, 2–9 (1965)
Application of derivative techniques to anodic stripping voltammetry, S. P. Perone and J. R. Birk,Anal. Chem.37, 9–12 (1965)
Theory of derivative voltammetry with irreversible systems, S. P. Perone and C. V. Evins,Anal. Chem.37, 1061–1063 (1965)
Derivative voltammetry with irreversible systems, Application to spherical electrodes, S. P. Perone and C. V. Evins,Anal. Chem.37, 1643–1646 (1965)
Application of derivative read out techniques to stationary electrode polarography with kinetic systems, C. V. Evins and S. P. Perone,Anal. Chem.39 ( 3 ), 309–315 (1967)
A solid-state controlled potential dc polarograph with cyclic scanning and calibrated first and second derivative scales, H. C. Jones, W. L. Belew, R. W. Stelzner, T. R. Mueller, and D. J. Fisher,Anal. Chem.41, 772–779 (1969)
Apparatus for precision control of drop time of dropping mercury electrode in polarography, W. L. Belew, D. J. Fisher, H. C. Jones, and M. T. Kelley,Anal. Chem.41, 779–786 (1969)
Differential and derivative polarography for continuous analysis in a flow system: application to alloy dissolution, B. Cahan and R. Haynes,J. Electroanal Chem.22, 339–345 (1969)
Real-time computer optimization of stationary electrode polarographic measurements, S. P. Perone, D. O. Jones and W. F. Gufknecht,Anal. Chem.41, 1154–1162 (1969)
Interactive electronic analytical instrumentation based on computerized experimental design, D. O. Jones and S. P. Perone,Anal. Chem.42, 1151–1157 (1970)
Numerical deconvolution of overlapping stationary electrode polarographic curves with an on-line digital computer, W. F. Gutknecht and S. P. Perone,Anal. Chem.42,906–917 (1970)
Computerized learning machine applied to qualitative analysis of mixtures by stationary electrode polarography, L. B. Sybrandt and S. P. Perone,Anal. Chem.43, 382–388 (1971)
On-line interactive data processing. II. Processing voltammetric electrochemical data, S. P. Perone, J. W. Farzer, and A. Kray,Anal. Chem.43, 1485–1490 (1971)
Enhancement of electroanalytical measurement techniques by real-time computer interaction, S. P. Perone, In: Electrochemistry, J. S. Mattson, H. B. Mark, and H. C. MacDonald, eds., Chap. 13, pp. 423–447, Marcel Dekker, New York (1972)
Theory of Oscillographic Polarography
The cathode ray oscillograph applied to the dropping mercury electrode, L. A. Matheson and N. Nichols,Trans. Electrochem. Soc.73, 193–206 (1938)
A cathode ray polarography. Part II-The current voltage curves, J. E. B. Randies,Trans. Faraday Soc.44, 327–338 (1938)
Oszillographische polarographie, J. Heyrovsky and J. Forejt,Z. Phys. Chem.193, 77–96 (1943).
Reversibility and irreversibility of electrode reactions in oscillographic polarography, P. Delahay,J. Phys. Colloid Chem.54, 630–639 (1950).
An oscillographic polarograph for high rates of potential variation, P. Delahay,J. Phys. Colloid Chem.54, 402–411 (1950)
Oscillographic polarography improved method of measurement and causes of errors, P. Delahay and G. L. Stiehl,J. Phys. and Colloid Chem.55, 570–585 (1951)
Oscillographic polarography. Phenomena occurring during the quiescent period of the voltage wave, P. Delahay and G. Perkins,J. Phys. and Colloid Chem.55, 586–591 (1951)
Theory of irreversible waves in oscillographic polarography, P. Delahay,J. Am. Chem. Soc.75, 1190–1196 (1953)
Voltammetry and polarography with continuously changing potential, P. Delahay, In:New Instrumental Methods in Electrochemistry, Interscience Publishers, New York (1954)
Zur theorie der Randles-Sevikschen kathodenstrahl-Polarographie, M. Matsuda and Y. Ayabe,Z Elektrochem.59, 494–503 (1955)
Theorie der polarisation der quecksilberelektrode durch wechselstrom, K. Micka,Z. Phys. Chem. (Leipzig) 206, 345–368 (1956)
Multistage electrochemical reactions in oscillographic polarography, Y. P. Gokhshtein and A. Y. Gokhshtein, In: Advances in Polarography, I. S. Longmuir, ed., Vol. 2, pp. 465–481 Pergamon Press (1960)
Oscillographic polarography-Equation for the descending branch of the polarographic wave and its approximation, Ya. P. Gokhshtein and A. Ya. Gokhshtein,Zh. Fiz. Khim.34, 1654–1657 (1960)
Oscillographic polarography, J. Heyrovsky, In: Advances in Polarography, I. S. Longmuir, ed., Vol. I, pp. 1–25, Pergamon Press, Oxford (1960).
Oscillographische Polarographie mit Wechselstrom, J. Heyrovsky and R. Kalvoda, Akademie Verlag, Berlin (1960)
Single sweep method, J. Vogel, In: Progress in Polarography, P. Zuman and I. M. Kolthoff, eds., Vol. II, pp. 429–448, Interscience Publishers, New York (1962)
Instrumentation
The application of the cathode ray oscillograph to polarography: underlying principles, J. E. B. Randies,Analyst 72, 301–304 (1947)
The application of the cathode ray oscillograph to polarography, A. Airey,Analyst 72, 304–307 (1947)
Oscillographic polarography with periodical triangular voltage, A. Sevick,Collect. Czech. Chem. Commun.13, 349–377 (1948)
An experimental study of the characteristic features of oscillographic polarography, P. Delahay,J. Phys. Colloid Chem.53, 1279–1301 (1949)
A cathode ray polarograph, F. C. Snowden and H. T. Page,Anal. Chem.22, 969–981 (1950)
Application of the cathode ray oscilloscope to polarographic Phenomena I. Differential capacity of electrical double layer, I. W. Loveland and P. J. Elving,J. Phys. Chem.56, 250–255 (1952)
An improved Randles-type cathode-ray polarograph, G. F. Reynolds and H. M. Davis,Analyst 78, 314–319 (1953)
Quantitative cathode-ray polarography, K. Cruse and W. Herberles,J. Phys. Chem.57, 579–590 (1953)
A new single sweep oscillographic polarograph, P. Favero and E. Vianello,Ricerca Sci.25, 1415 (1955)
Recharches sur les courants catalytiques en polarographie-Oscillographique a balayage lineaire de tension etude theorique, J. M. Saveant and E. Vianello, In:Advances in Polarography, I. S. Longmuir, ed., pp. 367–374, Pergamon Press, London (1960)
Multisweep cathode ray polarograph with two streaming mercury electrodes in a differential circuit, E. Gorlich, J. Srzednicki, and Z. Kowalski,Zh. Fiz. Khim.36, 449–454 (1962)
Polarographie in Salzschmelzen-II, oscillographische wechselstrompolarographie in kalium- chlorid-lithium chlorid eutektikum, E. Schmidt,Electrochim. Acta 8, 23–35 (1963)
Application
Polarographic reduction of aliphatic aldehydes II. Oscillographic investigations of formaldehyde, R. Bieber and S. Trümpler,Helv. Chim. Acta 30, 971–990 (1947)
The polarographic behaviour of some elements in concentrated calcium chloride solution. I. General introduction-Certain problems arising from the use of 5M calcium chloride, G. F. Reynolds, H. I. Shalagosky, and T. J. Webber,Anal. Chim. Acta 8, 558–563 (1953)
Anwendung der oszillographischem polarographie in de quantitativen analyse. IV. Ein gerat zur messung der tiefe de einschnitte auf den kurven, R. Kalvoda,Collect. Czech. Chem. Commun.20, 1503–1507 (1955)
Stabiliserte oszillogramme mit der tropfelektrode, R. Kalvoda and J. Macku,Collect. Czech. Chem. Commun.20, 257–260 (1955)
A comparative study of three recently developed polarographs, D. J. Ferret, G. W. C. Milner, H.I. Shalagosky, and L.J. Slee,Analyst 81, 506–512 (1956)
Gerat fur schnelle oszillographische quantitative analyse, P. Valenta and J. Vogel,Collect. Czech. Chem. Commun.21, 502–508 (1956)
Die an wending der oszillographischen polarographie in dei quantitativen analyse. VII. Mikro-analytische bestimmung einiger metalle, R. Kalvoda,Collect. Czech. Chem. Commun.22, 1390–1399 (1957)
Oscillographische mikroanalyse, R. Kalvoda,Anal. Chim. Acta 18, 132–139 (1958)
Polarographic determination of dibutyl phthalate in propellant compositions containing nitro-glycerin, A. F. Williams and D. Kenyon,Talanta 2, 79–87 (1959)
The determination of trace amounts of lead and bismuth in cast iron, R. C. Rooney,Analyst 83, 83–88 (1958); Aluminium in cast iron,Analyst 83, 546-554 (1958)
The determination of trace amounts of lead and bismuth in cast iron, R. C. Rooney,Analyst 83, 83–88 (1958); Aluminium in cast iron,Analyst 83, 546-554 (1958)
The application of cathode-ray polarography to the analysis of semiconductors, F. A. Pohl, In:Advances in Polarography, I. S. Longmuir, ed., Vol. II, pp. 517–523, Pergamon Press, Oxford (1960)
The application of the cathode-ray polarograph to the analysis of blasting explosives, A. F. Williams and D. Kenyon, In:Advances in Polarography, I. S. Longmuir, ed., Vol. II, pp. 565–574, Pergamon Press, Oxford (1960)
Application of the cathode ray polarograph to the analysis of explosives, J. S. Hetman, In:Advances in Polarography, I. S. Longmuir, ed., Vol. II, pp. 640–656 Pergamon Press, Oxford (1960)
Oscillographic polarography with alternating current, In: R. Kalvoda,Progress in Polarography, I. M. Kolthoff and P. Zuman, eds., Vol. II, Chap. XXI, pp. 449–486 Interscience Publishers (1962).
Oscillographic polarography of the interrupted mercury electrode and the accumulation effect, Ya. P. Gokhshtein, In:Polarography 1964, G. J. Hills, ed., Vol. I, pp. 215–221 Macmillan, London (1966).
Studies in subtractive and continuous polarography. Part I. Preliminary studies. The design and construction of a subtractive circuit and associated drop rate controllers for a Tinsley Mark 19 polarograph, K. G. Powell and G. F. Reynolds, In:Polarography 1964, G. J. Hills, ed., Vol. 1, 249, Macmillan, London (1966).
Theory
Properties of the electrical double layer at mercury surface. I. Methods of measurement and interpretation of results, D. C. Grahame,J. Am. Chem. Soc.63, 1207–1215 (1941).
The capacity of a mercury cathode in the presence of multivalent cations, M. Vorsina and A. N. Frumkin,Acta Phys. Chim. USSR 18, 249(1943).
(a) Reversible electrode reactions in alternating fields. I. Theory of the reversible depolarising process in an alternating field, B. Breyer and F. Gutman,Trans. Faraday Soc.42, 645–650 (1946). (b) II. Experimental verification of the capacity and dynamic resistance terms in the equation governing the reversible depolarising process in an alternating field, B. Breyer and F. Gutman,Trans. Faraday Soc.42, 650–654 (1946).
Kinetics of rapid electrode reactions, J. E. B. Randies,Disc. Faraday Soc.1, 11–19 (1947).
(a) The behaviour of reversible electrodes in alternating fields, B. Breyer and F. Gutmann,Disc. Farad. Soc.1, 19–26 (1947). (b) Electrode reactions in alternating fields. III. The dynamic resistance, B. Breyer and F. Gutmann,Trans. Faraday Soc.43, 785–791 (1947).
(a) Wechselstrompolarisation von elektrodes mit eine in potentialbeshmmenden schritt beim gleichgewichts potential-I, H. Gerischer,Z. Phys. Chem.198,286–313 (1951). (b) Alternating current polarisation on electrodes with one potential determining step at the equilibrium potential. II, The influence of heterogeneous reaction on the kinetic polarisation resistance, H. Gerischer,Z. Phys. Chem.201, 55–67 (1952). (c) Bestimmung der austausch geschuindig keit beim gleichgewichts potential durch polarisations messungen mit gleich-und wechsel- strom, Wechselstrommez, H. Gerischer,Z. Elektrochem.55, 98–104 (1951). (d) Methoden in der elektrochemie, H. Gerischer,Z. Elektrochem.58, 9–24 (1954).
Half-wave potentials of polarographic curves by means of alternating current calculation of the transfer coefficient, J. Van Cakenbergeh,Bull. Soc. Chem. Beiges 60, 3–10 (1951).
Gleich- und wechselstrom widerstand der diffusions-polarisation bei ortlich variables aus- tansch stromdichte an der elektrode, K. J. Vetter,Z. Phys. Chem.199, 300 (1952).
Mathematical theory of faradaic admittance (pseudo capacity and polarisation resistance), D. C. Grahame,J. Electrochem. Soc.99, 370c–385c (1952).
Theory of alternating current polarography. I. Equation of the reversible a. c. polarographic wave, B. Breyer and S. Hacobian,Aus. J. Chem.7, 225–238 (1954).
Theory of alternating polarographic currents. Case of reversible waves, P. Delahay and T. J. Adams,J. Am. Chem. Soc.74, 5740–5744 (1952).
Voltammetry and polarography with periodically changing potential, P. Delahay, In: New Instrumental Methods in Electrochemistry, Chap. 7, pp. 147–198, Interscience Publishers Inc., New York (1954).
Alternating current polarography of organic compounds. I. General introduction and theory, B. Breyer, H. H. Bauer, and S. Hacobian,Aus. J. Chem.7, 305–311 (1954).
Ein gerat zum registriereu von impedanzen bei elektrochemischen untersuchungen, J. Schon, W. Mehl, and H. Gerischer,Z. Elektrochem 59, 144–146 (1955).
(a) Theory of alternating current polarography. II. Significance of the Heyrovsky-Ilkovic equation and its relation to the production of a.c. polarographic waves, B. Breyer, H. H. Bauer, and S. Hacobian,Aus. J. Chem.8, 312–321 (1955). (b) Theory of alternating current polarography. III. Frequency of alternating field and reaction rate, B. Breyer, H. H. Bauer, and S. Hacobian,Aus. J. Chem.8, 322–328 (1955).
Studies on a.c. polarography. I. Theoretical treatment, I. Tachi and T. Kambara,Bull. Chem. Soc. Jpn.28, 25–31 (1955).
Studies on a.c. polarography. V. Theory of reversible wave, I. Tachi and M. Senda,Bull. Chem. Soc. Jpn.28, 632–636 (1955).
Studies on a.c. polarography. III. Reversible wave, M. Okerda and I. Tachi,Bull. Chem. Soc. Jpn.28, 37–41 (1955).
Verallgemeinerung der Randles-Gerischerschen theorie der wechgelspannungs polarisation und ihre polarographische anwendung, T. Kambara,Z. Phys. Chem. N.F. 5, 52–65 (1955).
Theorie polarographischer strome bei periodisch wechselnder spannung, J. Koutecky,Collect. Czech. Chem. Commun.21, 433–446 (1956).
Zur theorie der wechselspannungs-polarographic, H. Matshuda,Z. Elektrochem.62, 977– 989 (1958).
‘On the Impedance of Galvanic Cells,’ Electrode Kinetics Complex plane Polarography and Double layer Phenomena, M. Sluyters Rehbach, Proefschrift (1963).
A generalised equation for the a.c. polarographic wave, H. H. Bauer,J. Electroanal. Chem.1, 2–7 (1959/60).
General theory of alternating current polarography for electrode reactions preceded by slow chemical reactions, S. Satyanarayana, A. K. N. Reddy, and K. S. G. Doss,Aus. J. Chem.13, 177–179 (1960).
a) The faradaic admittance of electrochemical processes. I. Apparatus suitable for phase angle measurement, H. H. Bauer and P. J. Elving,J. Am. Chem. Soc.82,2091–2094 (1960). (b) The faradaic admittance of electrochemical processes. II. Experimental test of the theoretical equations, H. H. Bauer, P. J. Elving, and D. L. Smith,J. Am. Chem. Soc.82, 2094–2098 (1960). (c) The faradaic admittance of electrochemical processes. III. The frequency dependence, H. H. Bauer and P. J. Elving,J. Electroanal. Chem.2, 53–59 (1961).
D. E. Smith, “Polarography with periodically varying potentials” Ph.D. Thesis, Columbia University (1961), pp. 5–36 (Univ. Microfilm Inc., Ann. Arbor, Michigan).
A.C. Polarographic wave-modified equations, S. K. Rangarajan and K. S. G. Doss,J. Electroanal. Chem.3, 217–218 (1962).
a) Alternating current polarography of electrode processes with coupled homogeneous chemical reactions. I. Theory for systems with first order preceding, following and catalytic chemical reactions, D. E. Smith,Anal. Chem.35, 602–609 (1963). (b) Alternating current polarography of electrode processes with coupled homogeneous chemical reactions II. Experimental results with catalytic reductions, D. E. Smith,Anal. Chem.35, 610–614 (1963).
Electrochemical relaxation techniques, K. Reinmuth,Anal. Chem.36, 211R–219R (1964).
Complex plane analysis of impedances, M. Slyters-Rehbach, D. J. Koajman, and J. H. Sluyters, In:Polarography 1964, G. J. Hills, ed., pp. 135–147, MacMillan (1966).
A.C. polarography and related techniques. D. E. Smith, Theory and Practice: Theory, In:Electroanalytical Chemistry, A. J. Bard, ed., Vol. 1, pp. 13–92, Marcel Dekker, Inc. (1966).
Sine wave methods in the study of electrode processes principles of alternating current electrodynamics. The cell impedance in the case of a simple electrode reactions. The complex plane analysis of cell impedances, M. Sluyters-Rehbach and J. H. Sluyters, In:Electroanalytical Chemistry, A. J. Bard, ed., Vol. IV, pp. 5–49, Marcel Dekker, Inc. (1966).
Reasons for multiplexing theory (of frequency multiplexing a.c. polarography) B. J. Heubert, In: A Study of a.c.Polarography in the Frequency Multiplex Mode’ Ph.D. Thesis, pp. 16–27, Northwestern University, Illinois (1971).
Some data for the electroanalytical use of fundamental, second and third harmonic alternating current polarography, A. M. Bond,J. Electroanal. Chem. Interfacial Electrochem.35, 343–361 (1972).
Some experimental and theoretical correlations for the use of fundamental harmonic a.c. polarography, A. M. Bond,Anal. Chem.44, 315–335 (1972).
A study of the validity of the Ilkovic and other standard direct and alternating current polarographic equations at short drop time, A. M. Bond and R. J. O’Halloran,J. Phys. Chem.77, 915–922 (1973).
Fundamental and second harmonic alternating current cyclic voltammetric theory and experimental results for simple electrode reactions involving soluble-soluble redox couples, A. M. Bond, R. J. O’Halloran, I. Ruzic, and D. E. Smith,Anal. Chem.48, 872 (1976).
On-line FFT faradaic admittance measurements application to a.c. cyclic voltammetry, A. M. Bond, R. J. Schwall, and D. E. Smith,J. Electroanal. Chem. Interfacial Electrochem. 231–247 (1977).
A.C. cyclic voltammetry: A digital simulation study of the slow scan limit condition for a reversible electrode process, A. M. Bond, R. J. O’Halloran, I. Ruzic, and D. E. Smith,J. Electroanal. Chem. Interfacial Electrochem.,90, 381–388 (1978).
Influence of adsorption of electroactive species on the interfacial admittance measured in a.c. polarography, C. I. Mooring, M. Sluyters Rehbach, and J. H. Sluyters,J. Electroanal. Chem. Interfacial Electrochem.87, 1–16 (1978).
The admittance of an electrochemical cell with adsorption of electroactive species at the DME, C. A. Wignhorst, M. S. Rehbach, and J. H. Sluyters,J. Electroanal Chem. Interfacial Electrochem.87, 17–29 (1978).
Instrumentation
Instrumentation, B. Breyer and H. H. Bauer, Alternating Current Polarography and Tensammetry, Chap. 3, pp. 94–112, Interscience Publ., New York (1963).
Alternating current polarography and equivalent circuit, E. Niki,Rev. Polarography 3, 41–49 (1955).
Studies on a.c. polarography. II. Fundamental circuit and some experimental results, M. Senda, M. Okuda, and I. Tachi,Bull. Chem. Soc. Jpn.28, 31–36 (1955).
A comparative study of three recently developed polarographs, D. J. Ferret, G. W. C. Milner, H. I. Shlagosky, and L. J. Slee,Analyst,81, 506–512 (1956).
The alternating current polarographic method, Y. Yasumori,Polarography 2, 72–78 (1954).
An improved alternating current polarograph, T. Takahashi and E. Nicki,Talenta 1, 245–248 (1958).
Controlled potential and derivative polarograph, M. T. Kelley, H. C. Jones, and D. J. Fischer,Anal. Chem.31, 1475–1485 (1959).
Phase selective alternating current polarography, D. E. Smith, In: Polarography with Periodically Varying Potentials, Ph.D. Thesis, pp. 56–75, Columbia Univ. (1961).
Interpretation of the results obtained with the Cambridge univector a.c. polarographic unit, J. W. Hayes and H. H. Bauer,J. Electroanal. Chem. Interfacial Electrochem.3, 336–347 (1962).
The influence of pen response time on recorded a.c. polarograms, E. M. C. and N. G. Lordi,J. Electroanal. Chem. Interfacial Electrochem.4, 251–255 (1962).
A.C. polarography employing operational amplifier, instrumentation. Evaluation of instru-ment performance and application to some new a.c. polarographic techniques, D. E. Smith,Anal. Chem.35, 18A–20 (1963).
A.C. polarography and related techniques, theory and practice, instrumentation, D. E. Smith, In:Electroanalytical Chemistry, A. J. Bard, ed., Vol. I, pp. 102–132, Marcel Dekker, New York (1966).
Some investigations on instrumental compensation of nonfaradaic effects in voltammetric techniques, E. R. Brown, T. G. McGord, D. E. Smith, and D. D. Deford,Anal. Chem.38, 1119–1130 (1966).
Instrumentation for digital data acquisition in voltammetric techniques, d.c. and a.c. polarography, E. R. Brown, D. E. Smith, and D. D. Deford,Anal. Chem.38, 1130–1136 (1966).
D. E. Smith, Application of on-line digital computers in a.c. polarography and related techniques, In:Electrochemistry, Calculations, Simulations, and Instrumentation, J. S. Mattson, H. B. Mark, and H. C. MacDonald, Jr. eds., Chap. 12, pp. 369–422, Marcel Dekker, New York (1972).
a) B. J. Huebert,A study of a.c. Polarography in the Frequency Multiplex Mode, Ph.D. Thesis, pp. 28, 153, Instrumentation, Northwestern University (1971). (b) Alternating current polarography in the noncoherent wave frequency multiplex mode, B. J. Huebert and D. E. Smith,Anal. Chem.44, 1179 (1972).
Principles and applications of a.c. and d.c. rapid polarography with short controlled drop times, A. M. Bond,J. Electrochem. Soc.118, 1588–1595 (1971).
Fourier analysis of alternating current polarography, amplitude and phase of fundamental and second harmonic a.c. polarographic waves, H. Kojima and S. Fujuvara,Bull. Chem. Soc. Jpn.44, 2158–2162 (1971).
A.C. polarography in harmonic multiplex mode, D. E. Glover and D. E. Smith,Anal. Chem.114, 1140–1145 (1972).
Computer-assisted in phase a.c. polarography determination of Cd(II) Ions, S. Fujiuena, M. Hiroba, K. Sawantari, H. Kojima, and Y. Umezawa,Bull. Chem. Soc. Jpn.47, 499–50 (1974).
Use of pulsed direct current potential to minimize charging current in alternating current polarography, A. M. Bond and R. J. O’Halloran,Anal. Chem.47, 1906–1909 (1975).
Alternating current polarography in low frequency (Tieremennotokibov malagabaritnvi polarograph huzkin. yacprtbi), Yu. A. Ivanov, A. I. Plotnikov, and E. I. Chubaker,Zavod. Lab.44, 401–402 (1978).
Low-frequency alternating current small-scale polarograph, Yu. A. Ivanov, A. I. Plotnikov, and E. I. Chubakova,Zavod. Lab.44, 401–402 (1978).
Simultaneous measurement of the inphase and quadratic components of the signals in a.c. polarography using multiplex circuitry, H. Blustain, A. M. Bond, and A. Norris,J. Electroanal. Chem. Interfacial Electrochem.89, 75–81 (1978).
A.C. polarography using a non-linear, potential time ramp to generate the d.c. potential, A. M. Bond and B. S. Grabaric,J. Electroanal. Chem. Interfacial Electrochem.87, 251–260 (1978).
A.C. polarography using an applied d.c. pulse programme of the normal pulse polarographic type: availability of the theoretical rate laws, D. E. Smith, A. M. Bond, and B. S. Grabaric,J. Electroanal. Chem. Interfacial Electrochem.95, 237–240 (1979).
Analysis
Analytical applications—methodology, B. Breyer and H. H. Bauer, In:Alternating Current Polarography and Tensammetry, pp. 128–135, Chap. 4, Interscience Publishers, New York (1963).
Analytical applications: A.C. polarography of inorganic depolarisers, pp. 135–195, Chap. 4, B. Breyer and H. H. Bauer, In:Alternating Current Polarography and Tensammetry, Interscience Publishers, New York (1963).
Analytical applications: A.C. polarography of organic compounds, pp. 195–221, Chap. 4, B. Breyer and H. H. Bauer, In:Alternating Current Polarography and Tensammetry, Interscience Publishers, New York (1963).
Increasing the sensitivity of alternating current polarographic analytical procedures, R. Neeb,Z. Anal. Chem.186, 53–63 (1962).
Electrochemical masking of indium in a.c. polarographic determination of cadmium, E. Jacobsen and G. Tandberg,Anal. Chim. Acta 47, 285–290 (1969).
Supporting electrolyte effects in tensammetry, H. H. Bauer, H. S. Campbell, and A. K. Shallal,J. Electroanal. Chem. Interfacial Electrochem.21, 45–48 (1969).
Alternating current polarographic determination of unsaturation, B. Fleet and R. D. Jee,Talanta 16, 1561–1569 (1969).
Polarographic studies in aqueous hydrofluoric acid using a.c. and d.c. rapid techniques, A. M. Bond, J. A. O’Donnell, and R. J. Taylor,Anal. Chem.41, 1804–1806 (1909).
Determination of some methyl carbamate insecticides by a.c. polarography and cyclic voltammetry, M. D. Booth and B. Fleet,Talanta 17, 401 (1970).
Direct current and alternating current polarographic response of some pharmaceuticals in an aprotic organic solvent system, A. L. Woodson and D. E. Smith,Anal. Chem.42, 242–248 (1970).
Utilisation of surfactants in a.c. polarographic analysis, N. Gunderson and E. Jacobson,Anal. Chim. Acta 45, 346 (1971).
Alternating current polarographic method of analysis in the presence of oxygen and other irreversibly reduced species, A. M. Bond and J. H. Canterford,Anal. Chem.43, 228–234 (1971).
Simultaneous determination of two electroactive species by alternating current polarography, A. M. Bond and J. H. Canterford,Anal. Chem..43, 392–397 (1971).
Alternating current polarographic determination of electroactive species more negatively reduced than the major component, A. M. Bond and J. H. Canterford,Anal. Chem.437, 1658 (1971).
An evaluation of integration procedures for improving the precision of a.c. polarography, D. Fleet and R. D. Jee,J. Appl. Electrochem.1, 269–274 (1971).
A theoretical comparison of the resolution of fundamental second and third harmonic a.c. polarography, A. M. Bond,J. Electroanal. Chem. Interfacial Electrochem.36, 235–242 (1972).
Alternating current and direct current voltammetry with a mercury pool electrode in concentrated hydrofluoric acid, A. M. Bond, J. A. O’Donnel, and R. J. Taylor,Anal. Chem.44, 464–67 (1972).
Alternating current and direct current polarography in concentrated hydrofluoric acid solution with a teflon dropping mercury electrode, A. M. Bond and J. A. O’Donnel,Anal. Chem.44, 590–592 (1972).
Comparative study of a wide variety of polarographic techniques with multifunctional instrumentation (PAR Model 170 Electrochem System), A. M. Bond and D. R. Canterford,Anal. Chem.44, 721–731 (1972).
Theoretical and experimental evaluation of multielement analysis by fundamental harmonic alternating current polarography, A. M. Bond and J. H. Canterford,Anal. Chem.44, 732–736 (1972).
Stability constant determination in precipitating systems by rapid alternating current polarography, A. M. Bond and G. Helter,J. Electroanal. Chem. Interfacial Electrochem.34, 227 (1972).
Analytical applications of high frequency, phase-sensitive short controlled drop time alternating current polarography, A. M. Bond,Anal. Chem.45, 2026–2031 (1973).
Instrumentation for electrochemical trace analysis, A. Poozari, S. R. Rajagopalan, and S. K. Rangarajan,Trans. Soc. Adv. Electrochem. Sci. Tech.8, 147–153 (1973).
Simultaneous determination of cadmium, copper, lead and zinc concentrates by a.c. polaro-graphic method, comparison with atomic absorption spectrometry, M. E. Beyer and A. M. Bond,Anal. Chim. Acta 75, 409 (1975).
Characteristics of a.c. polarograms at high sweep rates, C. I. Mooring and H. L. Kies,Anal. Chim. Acta 94, 135–147 (1977).
Use of alternating current polarography in studying soils: Determination of lead in soils, L. A. Verobava and R. F. Davletehina,Biol. Nauki (Moscov) 8, 130–142 (1978) (CA 90, 37956a, 1979 ).
Fundamental and second harmonic alternating current cyclic voltammetric theory and experimental results for simple electrode reactions involving amalgam formation, A. M. Bond, R. J. O’Halloran, I. Ruzic, and D. E. Smith,Anal. Chem.50, 216–223 (1978).
Tensammetry: Theory and Analysis
Tensammetry: A method investigating surface phenomena by a.c. current measurements, B. Breyer and S. Hacobian,Aus. J. Sci. Res. Ser. A 5, 500–520 (1952).
A.C. Polarographic-Tensammetric transition waves, B. Breyer and S. Hacobian,Aus. J. Chem.6, 186–188 (1953).
Effect of surface active substances on the capacity of the electrical double layer, K. S. G. Doss and A. Kalyanasundaram,Proc. Ind. Acad. Sci.35A, 27–33 (1952).
Behaviour of surface active substances at the dropping mercury electrode, K. S. G. Doss and S. L. Gupta,Proc. Ind. Acad. Sci.A36, 493–500 (1952).
The influence of the supporting electrolyte on tensammetric waves, B. Breyer and S. Hacobian,Aus. J. Chem.9, 7–13 (1956).
Theory IV tensammetry, B. Breyer and H. H. Bauer, In:A.C. Polarography and Tensammetry, pp. 85–93, Chap. 2, Interscience Publishers, New York (1963).
The adsorption in oscillographic polarography and alternating current polarography, H. Jehring,Chem. Zovesh.18, 313–323 (1964).
Investigations of surface phenomena by alternating current polarography, H. Jehring,Abhanell Deut. Akad. Wiss. Berlin, Kl. Chem. Geol. Biol. 472–480 (1964).
Investigations of alternating current polarography (polarography with superimposed alternating voltage). I. Influence of concentration and rate of outflow of Hg on the adsorption process, H. Jehring,Z. Phys. Chem. (Leipzig) 225, 116–124 (1964).
A.C. polarographic studies on the nature of the capacity peaks observed with organic compounds at the dropping mercury electrode. Part I: Effect of pH, nature of the buffer and buffer capacity, S. L. Gupta and S. K. Sharma,J. Ind. Chem. Soc.41, 384–388 (1964).
A.C. polarographic studies on the nature of the capacity peaks observed with organic compounds at the dropping mercury electrode. Part II. Effect of change of the indifferent electrolyte, S. L. Gupta and S. K. Sharma,J. Ind. Chem. Soc.41, 663–672 (1964).
A.C. polarographic studies on the nature of the capacity peaks observed with organic compounds at the dropping mercury electrode. Part III. Effect of medium, S. L. Gupta and S. K. Sharma,J. Ind. Chem. Soc.41, 668–672 (1964).
Organic a.c. polarography and tensammetry in nonaqueous media, S. L. Gupta, M. K. Chatterjee, and S. K. Sharma,J. Electroanal. Chem.7, 81–84 (1964).
Investigations by alternating current polarography (polarography with alternating current voltage) II. Adsorptions of inhibitors, H. Jehring,Z. Phys. Chem. (Leipzig) 226, 59–70 (1964).
Alternating current polarography (polarography with superimposed alternating current voltage) III. Time dependence of the decrease of capacity current caused by adsorption, H. Jehring,Z. Phys. Chem. (Leipzig) 229, 39–48 (1965).
Structure of the adsorption layer on the surface of the DME, H. Jehring and G. Palyi,Magy. Kem. Folyvirat 71, 427–432 (1965).
A.C. polarographic studies of the influence of tensammetric waves on one another, S. L. Gupta and S. K. Sharma,Electrochim. Acta 10, 151–158 (1965).
Modern electrochemical methods for analysis of surface-active substances, H. Jehring,Abhand. Deut. Akad. Wiss. Berlin, Kl. Chem. Geol. Biol. 197–207 (1966).
Electrochemical studies on the adsorption of surface active substances at the mercury/elec-trolyte phase boundary, H. Jehring,Akad. Wiss. Berlin. Kl Chem. Geol. Biol.6, 652–658 (1966) (Ger).
Increase of sensitivity in tensammetry I. Simple phase selective, difference, square wave and rectangular wave a.c. polarography with normal quasistationary dropping mercury electrode, H. Jehring, E. Horn, A. Reklat, and W. Stolle,Collect. Czech. Chem. Commun.33, 1038–1048 (1968).
Increase of sensitivity in tensammetry II. Simple and super wave a.c. polarography with a stationary mercury drop, H. Jehring and W. Stolle,Collect. Czech. Chem. Commun.33, 1670–1677 (1968).
Double layer capacity measurements with Breyer alternating current polarography, H. Jehring,J. Electroanal. Chem. Interfacial Electrochem.21, 77–98 (1969).
A.C. polarography IV. Lowering the instantaneous and average current capacity by diffusion controlled and uncontrolled adsorption, H. Jehring,J. Electroanal. Chem. Interfacial Electrochem.20, 33–46 (1969).
Alternating current polarography. VII. Effect of potential and time on the double layer capacity during mixed adsorption, H. Jehring,Z. Phys. Chem. (Leipzig) 246, 1–24 (1971) (Ger).
Tensammetric investigations of non-reducible substances, B. Breyer and H. H. Bauer, eds. In:A.C. Polarography and Tensammetry, Chap. 4, pp. 221–252.
Theory
Half-wave potentials of polarographic curves by means of alternating current calculation of the transfer coefficient, J. Van Cakenberghe,Bull. Soc. Chim. Belg.60, 3–10 (1951).
Wechselstrom polarisation von elektroden mit einem potentialbestimmenden schritt beim gleich gewichts potential I, H. Gerischer,Z. Phys. Chem.198, 286–313 (1951).
Studies on a.c. polarography. V. Theory of reversible wave, I. Tachi and M. Senda,Bull. Chem. Soc. Jpn.28, 632–636 (1955).
Beitrage zur theorie der polarographischen stromstarke allgemeine formel der diffusions bedingten stromstarke und ihre anwendung, H. Matsuda,Z. Electrochem.61, 489–506 (1957).
Alternating current polarography determination of transfer coefficient of electrochemical processes, H. H. Bauer and P. J. Elving,Anal. Chem.30, 341–346 (1958).
The faradaic admittance of electrochemical processes. Part I. Apparatus suitable for phase angle measurement, H. H. Bauer and P. J. Elving,J. Am. Chem. Soc.82, 2091–2094 (1960).
The faradaic admittance of electrochemical processes. Part II. Experimental test of the theoretical equations, H. H. Bauer, P. J. Elving, and D. L. Smith,J. Am. Chem. Soc.82, 2094–2098 (1960).
Theory of faradaic distortion, K. B. Oldham,J. Electrochem Soc.107, 766–772 (1960).
Polarography with periodically varying potentials, D. E. Smith, Ph.D. Thesis, Columbia University (1961).
Second harmonic alternating current polarography with a reversible electrode process, D. E. Smith and W. H. Reinmuth,Anal. Chem.33, 482–485 (1962).
Harmonic alternating current polarography, R. Neeb,Z. Anal. Chem.188, 401–416 (1962).
Intermodulation polarography, R. Neeb,Naturwissenschaften 49, 447 (1962).
Electrochemical relaxation techniques, W. H. Reinmuth,Anal. Chem.36, 211R–219R (1964).
Polarographic techniques based on the faradaic non-linearity, J. Paynter, Ph.D. Thesis, Columbia Univ. (1964) II. Theory: pp. 27.
Alternating current polarography: An extension of the general theory for systems with coupled first order homogeneous chemical reactions, T. G. McCord and D. E. Smith,Anal. Chem.40, 1959–1966 (1968).
Second harmonic alternating current polarography: A general theory for systems with coupled first order homogeneous chemical reactions, T. G. McCord and D. E. Smith,Anal. Chem.40, 1967–1970 (1968).
Alternating current polarography: theoretical prediction for systems with first order chemical reactions preceding the charge transfer step, T. G. McCord and D. E. Smith,Anal. Chem.40, 116–130 (1969).
Second harmonic alternating current polarography: Some experimental observations with quasi-reversible processes, T. G. McCord and D. E. Smith,Anal. Chem.40, 131–136 (1969).
Second harmonic alternating polarography. Experimental observation with a system involving a very rapid chemical reaction following charge transfer, T. G. McCord and D. E. Smith,Anal. Chem.42, 2–6 (1970).
Method for the study of asymmetry in fast electrode processes, J. E. B. Randies and D. R. Whitehouse,Trans. Faraday Soc.64, 1376–1387 (1968).
Second harmonic alternating current polarography, J. Devay, T. Garai, L. Meszaros, and E. Pungor,Hung. Sclent. Instrument.12, 1–9 (1968).
Second harmonic polarography of multicomponent systems, J. Devay, T. Garai, L. Meszaros, and Palagyi-Fenyes,Hung. Scient. Instrument.15, 1–7 (1969).
Calculation of the influence of the ohmic resistance of the cell in a.c. polarography in the case of reversible electrode reaction, J. Devay, L. Meszaros, and T. Garai,Acta. Chim. (Budapest) 60, 67–85 (1969).
Calculation of the influence of the ohmic resistance of the cell on the third harmonic a.c. polarographic current in the case of a reversible electrode reaction, J. Devay, L. Meszaros, and T. Garai,Acta. Chim. (Budapest) 61, 279–287 (1969).
Alternating current polarography: Theoretical predictions for systems with first-order chemical reactions following the charge transfer step, T. J. McCord, H. L. Hung, and D. E. Smith, J. Electroanal.Chem. Interfacial Electrochem.38, 883 (1969).
Second and third harmonic a.c. polarography, J. Devay, T. Garai, L. Meszaros, and B. Palagyi-Fenyes,Magy. Kem. Foly.75, 460–475 (1969) (Hung.).
Alternating current polarograph with amplitude modulated potential, A. V. Zheleztsov,Pril. Sist. Upr.11, 47–48 (1970).
Resolving power of an a.c. polarograph with sinusoidal voltage, A. V. Zheleztsov,Zh. Anal. Khim.26, 869–874 (1971).
Principles and applications of a.c. and d.c. rapid polarography with short controlled drop times, A. M. Bond,J. Electrochem. Soc.118, 1588–1595 (1971).
Fundamental and second harmonic alternating current cyclic voltammetric theory and experimental results for simple electrode reactions involving solution-soluble redox couples, A. M. bond, R. J. O’Halloran, I. Ruzic, and D. E. Smith,Anal. Chem.40, 872 (1976).
Intermodulation a.c. polarography, H. Blutstein and A. M. Bond,Anal. Chem.48, 1975–1979 (1976).
Fundamental and second harmonic alternating current cyclic voltammetric theory and experimental results for simple electrode involving amalgam formation, A. M. Bond and R. J. O’Halloran,Anal. Chem.50, 216–223 (1978).
Instrumentation and Analysis
Polarography with periodically varying potentials, D. E. Smith, Ph.D. Thesis, pp. 41–55, Columbia Univ. (1961).
Tuned alternating current polarography, N. G. Lordi,Anal. Chem.34, 1832–1833 (1962).
A.C. polarography employing operational amplifier instrumentation, D. E. Smith,Anal. Chem.35, 1811–1820 (1963).
Recent polarographic and voltammetric procedure for trace analysis, R. Neeb,Fortschr. Chem. Forsch.4 (2) 333–458 (1963).
Double-tone polarography. I. Experimental fundamentals, R. Neeb,Z. Anal. Chem.208, 168–187 (1965).
A.C. polarography and related techniques. Theory and practice: Theory, D. E. Smith, In:Electroanalytical Chemistry, A. J. Bard, ed., Vol. 1, pp. 13–92, Marcel Dekker, Inc. (1966).
Double-tone polarography II. Effect of cationic surface active agents and of the temperature dependence of peak currents on the alternating current polarography of antimony, R. Neeb,Z. Anal. Chem.216, 94–96 (1966).
Double tone polarography III. Alternating current polarographic behaviour of tin in hydrochloric acid solutions, R. Neeb,Z. Anal. Chem.222, 290–310 (1966).
Second harmonic a.c. polarography of irreversible systems, J. Devay, T. Garai, L. Meszaros, and J. P. Nityanandan,Hung. Sci. Instrum.17, 1–10 (1970).
Resolving power of some polarographic methods, V. V. Senkevich,Zh. Anal. Khim.26, 461 (1971).
Resolving power of an a.c. polarograph with sinusoidal voltage, A. V. Zheleztsov,Zh. Anal. Khim.26, 869–874 (1971).
A.C. polarography based on demodulation of a sinusoidal signal by a reversible electrode process, W. A. Brooke,J. Electroanal. Chem. Interfacial Electrochem.30, 237–257 (1971).
Demodulation polarography with triangularly modulated polarising voltage, W. A. Brooke,J. Electroanal. Chem. Interfacial Electrochem.33, App. 1–3 (1971).
Use of a commercial lock-in amplifier in phase-selective second-harmonic a.c. polarography, H. H. Bauer and D. Britz,Chem. Instrument.2, 361 (1970).
Direct method for phase-angle recording in a.c. polarography with a commercial lock-in amplifier. Analytical utility of phase angle measurements, D. M. McAllister and G. Dryhurst,Anal. Chim. Acta 58, 373–382 (1972).
A.C. polarography in harmonic multiplex mode, D. E. Glover and D. E. Smith,Anal. Chem.44, 1140–1145 (1972).
Some data for the electro analytical use of fundamental, second and third harmonic alternating current polarography, A. M. Bond,J. Electroanal. Chem. Interfacial Electrochem.35, 343–361 (1972).
A theoretical comparison of the resolution of fundamental, second and third harmonic a.c. polarography, A. M. Bond,J. Electroanal. Chem. Interfacial Electrochem.36, 235–242 (1972).
On the theory of Kalovsek commutator, square wave and related techniques I. Equation for current-potential curves, I. Ruzic, J. Electroanal.Chem. Interfacial Electrochem.39, 111–121 (1972).
Fast sweep a.c. polarography, R. D. Jee, FreseniusZ. Anal. Chem.264, 143–146 (1973).
New instrumental approach in phase-selective second harmonic alternating current polarogra-phy, H. Blustein, A. M. Bond, and A. Norris,Anal. Chem.46, 1754–1758 (1974).
Short communication cyclic fundamental and second harmonic a.c. voltammetry with phase selective detection, A. M. Bond,J. Electroanal. Chem. Interfacial Electrochem.50, 285–291 (1974).
Measurement of higher harmonics with a lock-in amplifier: Phase-selective and other forms of sinusoidal, saw tooth, square wave, triangular wave and white noise alternating current polarography, A. M. Bond and V. S. Flego,Anal. Chem.47, 2321–2334 (1975).
Polarographic measurement of high substance concentration in solutions,A. V. Zheleztsov, Zh. Anal. Khim.32, 1083–1087 (1977).
Optimization of double tone polarography, D. Saur and R. Neeb,J. Electroanal. Chem. Interfacial Electrochem.75, 171–180 (1977).
Polarographic and voltammetric methods for the determination of elements, R. Neeb,Mickro- chim. Acta (Wien) 1, 305–318 (1978).
Methods for the control of phase sensitive detectors in polarographic measurement techniques, S. Dietrich,Fresnius Z. Anal. Chem.290, 217–219 (1978).
Simultaneous measurements of the in-phase and quadrature components of the signal in a.c. polarography using multiplier circuitry, H. Blutstein, A. M. Bond, and A. Norris,J. Electroanal. Chem. Interfacial Electrochem.89, 75–81 (1978).
Fundamentals of non-linear a.c. polarographic analytical method, D. Saur and R. Neeb,Fresenius Z. Anal. Chem.290, 374–381 (1978).
Instrumentation and detection sensitivity in higher harmonics polarographic analysis methods, D. Saur and R. Neeb,Fresenius Z. Anal. Chem.290, 220–229 (1978).
Theory
Square wave polarography, G. C. Barker and I. L. Jenkins,Analyst 77, 685–695 (1952).
(a) Polarographic diffusion current observed with square wave voltage I. Effect produced by the sudden change of electrode potential, T. Kambara,Bull. Chem. Soc. Jpn.27, 523–526 (1954). (b) Polarographic diffusion current observed with square wave voltage II. Basic theory for a reversible electrode, T. Kambara,Bull. Chem. Soc. Jpn.27, 527–529 (1954). (c) Polarographic diffusion current observed with square wave voltage III. Applications of the theory, T. Kambara,Bull. Chem. Soc. Jpn.27, 529–534 (1954).
Square wave polarography. Part IV. An introduction to the theoretical aspects of square wave polarography, G. C. Barker, R. L. Faircloth, and A. W. Gardner, Atomic Energy Res. Establish. Report C/R 1786. H. M. Stationery Office, London (1954).
Theorie polarographischer strome bei periodisch wechselnder spannung, J. Koutecky,Collect. Czech. Chem. Commun.21, 433–446 (1956).
Square wave polarography and some related techniques, G. C. Barker,Anal. Chim. Acta 18, 118–131 (1958).
Zur. theorie der wechelspannungs polarography, H. Matsuda,Z. Elektrochem.62, 977–989 (1958).
Faradaic rectification, G. C. Barker, In:Transactions of the Symposium on Electrode Processes, E. Yeager, ed., p. 325, Philadelphia (1959).
Square wave and pulse polarography, G. C. Barker, In:Progress in Polarography, I. M. Kolthoff and P. Zuman, eds., Vol. II, Chap. XIX, pp. 411–423, Interscience Publishers, New York (1962).
Square wave polarography, G. C. Barker and I. L. Jenkins,Analyst 77, 685–695 (1952).
The determination of lead in CoCo4 with a square-wave polarography, D. J. Ferret, G.W. C. Milner, and A. A. Smales,Analyst 79, 731–734 (1954).
(a) Analytical applications of the Barker square wave polarograph, D. J. Ferret and G. W. C. Milner,Analyst 80, 132–140 (1955). (b) Analytical applications of the Barker square-wave polarograph. Part II. The analysis of copper-base alloys and steels, D. J. Ferret and G. W. C. Milner,Analyst 81, 193–203 (1956).
A comparative study of three recently developed polarographs, D. J. Ferret, G. W. C. Milner, H. I. Shalgosky, and L. S. Slee,Analyst 81, 506–512 (1956).
Square wave polarography and some related techniques, G. C. Barker,Anal. Chim. Acta 18, 118–131 (1958).
Square wave polarography, R. E. Haurm,Anal. Chem. 30, 350–354 (1958).
Reproducibility of polarographic measurements, F. Von Sturm,Z. Anal. Chem.166, 100–114 (1959).
Limits of usability of polarographic methods in inorganic analysis, F. Von Sturm,Z. Anal. Chem.173, 11–17 (1960).
Moglichkeiten der polarographischen method in der anorganischen spurenanalyse, In: M. Kankeintsch and F. Von Sturm,Advances in Polarography, I. S. Longmuir, ed., Vol. II, pp. 551–564, Pergamon Press, Oxford (1960).
Influence of foreign electrolyte concentration in square wave polarography, F. Von Sturm and M. Ressel,J. Microchem.5, 53 (1961).
Studies in the field of quadratic-wave polarography. General principles and the method, B. Ya. Kalpan and I. I. Sorokovskaya,Zavod. Lab.28, 1053 (1962).
Polarographic a ondes carrees, G. Geerinek, H. Hilderson, C. Vanttalle, and F. Verbeck,J. Electroanal. Chem.5, 48–56 (1963).
The Mervyn Merck IV square wave polarographic analyses, Application Bulletin, Matheson Scientific Inc. (1964).
Square wave polarography in trace analysis, F. Von Sturm and M. Ressel, In:Proc. Aust. First Conf. on Electrochemistry, F. Gutmann, ed., pp. 310–322, Pergamon Press, Oxford (1965).
Oscillographic square wave polarographic behaviour of some inorganic and organic compound, K. Okamoto, In:Modern Aspects of Polarography, T. Kambara, ed., pp. 225–232, Plenum Press, New York (1966).
Theory of square wave polarography, L. Rainaley and M. S. Krause,Anal. Chem.41, 1362–1365 (1969).
Polarographic determination of traces of zinc in bismuth after preconcentration by solid liquid extraction, A. Mizuike and T. Kono, Mikrochim. Acta 665–669 (1970).
Automatic continuous analyzer for lead in the atmosphere, N. Yamate, Y. Matsumura, and M. Tonomura,Eisei Shikenjo Hokku 87, 28–31 (1969).
Square wave polarographic determination of lead as pollutant in river water, E. B. Buchaman, T. D. Schroeder, and B. Novosel,Anal. Chem.42, 370–373 (1970).
Polarographic studies on uranium VI compounds. I. Square-wave polarographic determination of micro amounts of uranium, O. Guertler and Chu-Xuan-Arah, Mikrochim. Acta 941–949 (1970).
Simple square wave polarograph, R. Kalvoda and I. Holub,Chem. Listy 67, 302–307 (1973).
A multimode polarograph, G. C. Barker and A. W. Gardner.J. Electroanal. Chem. Interfacial Electrochem.42, App. 21–26 (1973).
Measurement of higher harmonics with a lock-in-amplifier: Phase-selective and other forms of sinusoidal, sawtooth, square wave, triangular wave and white noise alternating current polarography, A. M. Bond and V. S. Flego,Anal. Chem.47, 2321–2324 (1975).
Modern polarographic techniques, G. C. Barker,Proc. Anal. Div. Chem. Soc.12, 179–181 (1975).
Square wave polarography and related techniques, P. E. Sturrock and R. J. Carter,Crit. Rev. Anal Chem.5, 201–223 (1975).
A flow detector based on square wave polarography on the dropping mercury electrode, J. Wang and E. Quziel,Anal Chim. Acta 102, 99–112 (1978).
The direct evaluation of overlapping signals in square wave polarography, B. Kuhrig,Z. Chem.18, 415–417 (1978).
Quantitative resolution of overlapped peaks in programmed potential step voltammetry, P. A. Boudreau and S. P. Perone,Anal Chem.51, 811–817 (1979).
Theory
A new polarization effect: Redoxokinetic potential, K. S. G. Doss and H. P. Agarwal,J. Sci. Ind. Res. (India) 9B, 280 (1950).
(a) The redoxokinetics effect-A general phenomenon, K. S. G. Doss and H. P. Agarwal,Proc. Ind. Acad. Sci.34, 229–235 (1951). (b) The theory of redoxokinetic effect and a general method for the determination of “a” of absolute reaction rates, K. S. G. Doss and H. P. Agarwal,Proc. Ind. Acad. Sci.34A, 263–271 (1951). (c) The theory of redoxo-kinetic effect-A correction,Proc. Ind. Acad. Sci.35A, 45 (1952).
The mechanism of the reation at a Cu/Cu2+ electrode, P. J. Hillson,Trans. Faraday Soc.50, 385–393 (1954).
Faradaic rectification: Theory and application to the Hg22+/Hg electrode, K. B. Oldham,Trans. Faraday Soc.53, 80–90 (1957).
G. C. Barker, Proc. Congr. on Modern Anal Chem. in Ind. St. Andrews, p. 199 (1957).
Use of faradaic rectification for the study of rapid electrode processes, G. C. Barker, R. L. Faircloth, and A. W. Gardner,Nature 181, 247–248 (1958).
Square wave polarography and some related techniques, G. C. Barker,Anal Chim. Acta 18, 118–131 (1958).
The theory of faradaic rectification, Iu. A. Vdovin,Dok. Akad. Nauk, SSSR 120, 554 (1958).
Faradaic rectification, G. C. Barker, In:Trans, of the Symp. on Electrode Processes, Philadelphia, E. Yeager, ed., p. 325, John Wiley & Sons, New York (1961).
Faradaic rectification with control of alternating potential variations. Application to electrode kinetics for fast processes, H. Matsuda and P. Delahay,J. Amer. Chem. Soc.82, 1547–1550 (1960).
Derivation of the general equation for redoxokinetic effect, S. K. Rangarajan,J. Electroanal. Chem.1, 396–402 (1960).
Theory of faradaic distortion, K. B. Oldham,J. Electrochem. Soc.107, 766–772 (1960).
Faradaic rectification and electrode processes, P. Delahay, M. Senda, and C. H. Weis,J. Phys. Chem.64, 960 (1970).
Electrode processes with specific or non-specific adsorption: Faradaic impedance and rectification, M. Senda and P. Delahay,J. Phys. Chem.65, 1580–1588 (1961).
Rectification by the electrical double layer and adsorption kinetics, M. Senda and P. Delahay,J. Am. Chem. Soc.83, 3763–3766 (1961).
Faradaic rectification and electrode processes, P. Delahay, M. Senda, and C. H. Weis,J. Amer. Chem. Soc.83, 312–322 (1961).
Faradaic rectification and electrode processes II, M. Senda, H. Imai, and P. Delahay,J. Phys. Chem.65, 1253–1256 (1961).
VI. Faradaic rectification method: Quantitative discussion, P. Delahay, In:Advances in Electrochemistry and Electrochemical Engineering, P. Delahay and C. W. Tobias, eds., Vol. 1, pp. 279–300 (1961).
Faradaic rectification and electrode processes IV, H. Imai,J. Phys. Chem.66, 1744–1746 (1962).
(a) Faradaic rectification and electrode processes. III. Experimental methods for high frequen¬cies and application to the discharge of mercurous ion, H. Imai and P. Delahay,J. Phys. Chem.66,1108–1113 (1962). (b) Kinetics of discharge of the alkali metals on their amalgams as studied by faradaic rectification, H. Imai and P. Delahay,J. Phys. Chem.66, 1683–1686 (1962).
Faradaic rectification and electrode processes—Experimental review, H. Imai,Rev. Polarography (Japan) 10, 209 (1962).
Irreversible electrode processes by modern instrumental methods, G. C. Barker, H. W. Nürnberg, and J. A. Bolzan, Ber. K.F.A. Julich No. 137 (1963).
Determination of the rate constants for the dissociation and recombination of weak acids by high level faradaic rectification, G. C. Barker and H. W. Nürnberg,Naturwiss.51, 191 (1964).
Non-linear relaxation methods for the study of very fast electrode processes, G. C. Barker, In:Polarography 1964, G. J. Hills, ed., Vol. I, pp. 25–47, Macmillan, London (1966).
(a) The determination of the rate constants of dissociation and recombination for carboxylic acids by high level Faradaic rectification, H. W. Nurnberg, In:Polarography 1964, G. J. Hills, ed., Vol. I, pp. 149–155. Macmillan, London (1966). (b) The method of high level faradaic rectification, H. W. Nurnberg, In:Polarography 1964, G. J. Hills, ed., Vol. I, pp. 155–156, Macmillan, London (1966).
Faradaic rectification: An amended treatment, R. De Leeuwe, M. Sluyters-Rehbach, and J. H. Sluyters,Electrochim. Acta 12, 1593–1599 (1967).
Effect of the external resistance on the high frequency polarographic wave height, T. Kambara, S. Tanaka, and K. Harebe,J. Electroanal. Chem. Interfacial Electrochem.21, 49 (1969).
Faradaic rectification, E. Yeager and J. Kuta, In:Techniques in Electrochemistry, E. Yeager and A. Salkind, eds., Vol. I, pp. 245–256, Wiley Interscience, New York (1972).
Faradaic rectification method and its applications in the study of electrode processes, H. P. Agarwal, In:Electroanalytical Chemistry, A. J. Bard, ed., Vol. 7, pp. 161–199, Marcel Dekker, Inc. New York (1974).
Use of faradaic rectification for the study of rapid electrode processes, G. C. Barker, R. L. Faircloth, and A. W. Gardner,Nature 181, 247–248 (1958).
Square wave polarography and some related techniques, G. C. Barker,Anal. Chim.Acta 18, 118–131 (1958).
Trace elements in food. I. Simultaneous determination of zinc and cobalt as nickel by high frequency polarography, S. Furutani,Japan Analyst 16, 103 (1967).
Effect of the external resistance on the high frequency polarographic wave height, T. Kambara, S. Tanaka, and K. Hasebe,J. Electroanal. Chem. Interfacial Electrochem.21, 49 (1969).
High frequency polarography, L. N. Vasileva and N. V. Lukashenkova,Zh. Anal. Khim.25, 412 (1970).
Effect of the rate of voltage supply on the shape of the high frequency polarogram for a stationary mercury electrode, L. N. Vasileva and N. B. Kogan,Zh. Anal. Khim 26, 1932 (1971)
A transistorised radio frequency polarograph: Its use for the determination of tin and lead, C. L. Roughton, M. Hanison, and B. Surfleet,Analyst 95, 894–901 (1970)
High frequency polarograph and its use, S. S. Bruk and B. M. Sternberg,Zavod. Lab 36, 365 (1970)
Detector polarography and its use, R. M. Salikhdzhanova and I. E. Bryksin,Zavod. Lab 37, 765 (1971)
Trace elements in food. IV. High frequency polarographic determination of p-toluene sulfonic acid, Y. Osajima, K. Matsumoto, M. Nakashima, F. Hashinage, and S. Furutani,Benseki Kagaku 20, 1292–1297 (1971)
Analytical possibilities of high frequency polarography, L. P. Chernega, V. I. Bodyn, and Yu. S. Syalikov,Zh. Anal. Khim 26, 1686–1690 (1971)
A multimode polarograph, G. C. Barker and A. W. Gardner,J. Electroanal. Chem. Interfacial Electrochem 42, 21–26 (1973)
Equivalent circuits for a cell affected by space charge in the solution and simple reactions at the electrodes, G. C. Barker,J. Electroanal. Chem. Interfacial Electrochem 44, 473–479 (1973)
Theory
Pulse polarography, G. C. Barker and A. W. Gardner, Atomic Energy Res. Establ. AERE Harwell C/R 2297 (1958).
Pulse polarography, G. C. Barker and A. W. Gardner,Z. Anal. Chem 173, 79–83 (1960)
Square wave and pulse polarography, G. C. Barker, In:Progress in Polarography, I. M. Kolthoff and P. Zuman, eds., Vol. II, pp. 411–427, Interscience Publ., New York (1962)
Evaluation of analytical pulse polarography, E. P. Parry and R. A. Osteryoung,Anal. Chem 37, 1634–1637 (1965)
Stand der polarographischen methoden und ihren instrumentation, H. W. Nürnberg and G. Wolf,Chem. Ing. Tech 37, 977 (1965)
Stand der polarographischen methoden und ihren instrumentation Teil II. Wechsel spannungsverfahren, H. W. Nürnberg and G. Wolf,Chem. Ing. Tech 38, 160–180 (1966)
The use of normal pulse polarography in the study of electrode kinetics, J. H. Christie, E. P. Parry, and R. A. Osteryoung,Electrochim. Acta 11, 1525 (1966)
Characterisation of electrode reversibility by pulse polarography, K. Oldham and E. P. Parry,Anal. Chem 42, 229–233 (1970)
Pulse polarography, D. E. Burge,J. Chem. Educ.47, A81–88, A84, A86, A88, A90, A93 - A94 (1970)
Anodic dissolution in pulse polarography, G. Donadey, R. Rosset, and G. Chariot,Chem. Anal. (Warsaw)17, 575–602 (1972)
A multimode polarograph, G. C. Barker, A. W. Gardner, and M. J. Williams,J. Electroanal. Chem. Interfacial Electrochem.42, App. 21–26 (1973)
Effect of pulse polarity on the shape of pulse polarograms, B. Ya. Kaplan and T. N. Sevastyanova,Zh. Anal. Khim 28, 28–32 (1973)
Fundamental study of differential pulse polarography, A. Saito and S. Himeno,Nippon Kagakukaishi 10, 1909–1914 (1973)
Innovations in pulse polarography, J. H. Christie, Thesis, Colorado State University (1974), Ann. Arbor. Mich. Order No. 74-27940
Theoretical treatment of pulsed voltammetric stripping at the thin film mercury electrode, R. A. Osteryoung and J. H. Christie,Anal. Chem 46, 351–355 (1974)
Pulse voltammetry at rotated electrodes, D. J. Myers, R. A. Osteryoung, and J. Osteryoung,Anal. Chem 46, 2089–2092 (1974)
Direct current effects in pulse polarography at the dropping mercury electrode, J. H. Christie and R. A. Osteryoung,J. Electroanal. Chem. Interfacial Electrochem 49, 301–311 (1974)
Pulse polarography. II. Anamolous waves observed on a normal pulse polarograph, A. Saito and S. Himeno, Nippon Kagaku Kaishi, 2340-2345 (1974)
Pulse polarography. I. Revised equation for diffusion current, J. Galvez and A. Sena,J. Electroanal. Chem. Interfacial Electrochem.69, 133–143 (1976)
Pulse polarography. II. Kinetic currents of an electrode reaction coupled to a preceding first order reaction, J. Galvez and A. Serma,J. Electroanal. Chem. Interfacial Electrochem.69, 145–156 (1976)
Pulse polarography. III. Catalytic currents, J. Galvez and A. Serna,J. Electroanal. Chem. Interfacial Electrochem.69, 157–164 (1976)
Pulse polarography. Part IV. Contribution to the theory of catalytic current, J. Galvez, A. Serna, and T. Fuente,J. Electroanal. Chem. Interfacial Electrochem.96, 1–6 (1979)
Pulse polarography—theory and applications, J. Osteryoung and K. Hasebe,Rev. Polarogr.22, (1, 2), 1–25 (1976)
Alternate drop pulse polarography, J. H. Christie, L. I. Jackson, and R. A. Osteryoung,Anal. Chem.48, 242–247 (1976)
Digital simulation of differential pulse polarography, J. W. Dillard and K. W. Hauell,Anal. Chem.48, 218–222 (1976)
Effects of electrical transformations in normal pulse polarography on stationary electrodes, T. J. Varavko and B. Ya. Kaplan,Zh. Anal. Khim.31, 429–432 (1976)
Difference in half-wave potential in normal pulse polarograms in solutions of oxidised and reduced forms of depolariser in case of a completely irreversible electrochemical reaction,B. Ya. Kaplan,Zh. Anal. Khim.31, 1220 (1976)
Normal pulse polarography—application to the analysis of electrochemical reactions, M. Gross,Bull. Soc. Chim.Fr.11–12, Pt. 1, 1803–1811 (1976)
Fast sweep differential pulse voltammetry at a dropping mercury electrode, H. Blutstein and A. M. Bond,Anal. Chem.48, 248–252 (1976)
Some virtues of differential pulse polarography in examining adsorbed reactants, F. C. Anson, J. B. Flangen, K. Takahashi, and A. Yamada,J. Electroanal. Chem. Interfacial Electrochem.67, 253–259 (1976)
Pseudo derivative and pulse polarographic methods at short drop time, A. M. Bond and R.J. O’Halloran,J. Electroanal. Chem. Interfacial Electrochem.68, 257–272 (1976)
General equations for voltammetry with step functional potential changes to differential pulse voltammetry, S. C. Rifkins and D. H. Evans,Anal. Chem.48, 1616–1618 (1976)
Choice of pulse size in differential pulse polarography, B. Ya. Kaplan and T. N. Varavko,Zh. Anal. Khim.32, 639 (1977)
High performance pulse and differential pulse polarography. Part I. Theoretical considerations, W. P. Van Bennekom and J. B. Schulte,Anal. Chim. Acta 89, 71–82 (1977)
Theory of pulse polarography and related chronoamperometric and chronocoulometric techniques. I. Influence of mass transport regime and heterogeneous kinetics on current potential curves, I. Ruzic,J. Electroanal. Chem. Interfacial Electrochem.75, 25–44 (1977)
The polarographic current “constant” in pulse polarography, J. A. Bolzan, J. Electroanal.Chem. Interfacial Electrochem.75, 157–162 (1977)
Effect of reactants and products adsorption in pulse polarography, J. B. Flanagan, K. Takahaski, and F. C. Anson,J. Electroanal. Chem. Interfacial Electrochem.85, 257–266 (1977)
Normal pulse voltammetry in electrochemically poised solutions, J. L. Morris, Jr. and L. R. Faulkner,Anal. Chem.49, 489–494 (1977)
Cyclic and differential pulse voltammetric behavior of reactants confined in the electrode surface, A. P. Brown and F. C. Anson,Anal. Chem.49, 1589–1595 (1977)
The current potential relationship in differential pulse polarography—A revision, G. J. Heigne and W. E. Van der Linden,Anal. Chim. Acta 99, 183–187 (1978)
Pulsed Polarography, B. Ya Kaplan, Khimiya, Moscow USSR, 240 pp (1978) (Russ.)
Differential pulse polarography (review), R. F. Salikhdzhanova, N. A. Romanov, N. A. Sobina, and L. Ya. Kheifets,Zavod. Lab.44, 1171–1173 (1978)
Constant potential pulse polarography, J. H. Christie, L. L. Jackson, and R. A. Osteryoung,Anal. Chem.48, 561–564 (1978)
The current potential relationship for differential pulse polarography, I. Ruzic and M. Sluyters Rehbach,Anal. Chim. Acta.99, 177–182 (1978)
Current potential-time relationship in differential pulse polarography: Theory of reversible, quasireversible and irreversible electrode processes, R. L. Birke,Anal. Chem.50, 1489–1496 (1978).
Pulse radio polarography-A new method for study of electrode kinetics from traces level to mM concentration, A. J. Andriamantena, R. Garlier, and M. Plissonier,J. Electroanal. Chem. Interfacial Electrochem.97, 77–83 (1979).
Theoretical aspects of new polarographic methods, Z. Galus, In:Fundamentals of Electrochemical Analysis, pp. 489–498, Ellis Horwood Ltd. (1976)
Pulse polarography. Part XI. Some problems in solving kinetic equations, L. F. Roeleveld, B. J. C. Wetsema, and J. M. Los,J. Electroanal. Chem. Interfacial Electrochem.75, 839–844 (1977).
Instrumentation
Preliminary evaluation of an electronic polarographic instrument, E. P. Parry and R. A. Osteryoung,Anal. Chem.36, 1366–1367 (1964)
Application of a computerized electrochemical system to pulse polarography at a hanging mercury drop electrode, H. E. Keller and R. A. Osteryoung,Anal. Chem.43 (3), 342–348 (1971)
Instrumental artifacts in differential pulse polarography, J. H. Christie, J. Osteryoung, and R. A. Osteryoung,Anal. Chem.45, 210–215 (1973)
Study of dropping mercury electrode in normal pulse polarography, J. H. Christie, J. Osteryoung, and R. A. Osteryoung,Anal. Chem.45, 210–215 (1973)
Low noise pulse polarograph suitable for automation, B. H. Vassos and R. A. Osteryoung,Chem. Instrum.5, 257–270 (1974)
Inexpensive solid state modification of the Heath kit polarograph, R. W. Andrew,Chem. Instrum.6, 163–172 (1975)
Improved differential pulse polarography, N. Klein and Ch. Yarnitzky,J. Electroanal. Chem. Interfacial Electrochem.61, 1–9 (1975)
The non-faradaic background in pulse polarography, R. A. Osteryoung and J. H. Christie,Natl. Bur. Stand (US) Specl. Publ.422, 871–879 (1976)
Digital simulation of differential pulse polarography, J. W. Dillard and K. W. Hauck,Anal. Chem.48, 218–222 (1976)
R. H. Abel, J. H. Christie, L. L. Jackson, J. G. Osteryoung, and R. A. Osteryoung,Chem. Inst.7, 123–135 (1976)
Fast sweep differential pulse voltammetry at a dropping mercury electrode, H. Blustein and A. M. Bond,Anal. Chem.48 (2), 248–252 (1976)
Modification of pulse polarograph for rapid scanning and its use with stationary electrodes, K. C. Burrows, M. P. Brindle, and M. C. Hughes,Anal. Chem.49, 1459–1461 (1977)
Simple approach to the problem of overlapping waves using a microprocessor controlled polarograph, A. M. Bond and B. S. Grabaric,Anal. Chem.48, 1624–1628 (1976)
Pulse polarography. VIII. A new digital to analogue pulse polarograph, J. P. Van Dieren, B. G. W. Kaars, J. M. Los, and B. J. C. Wetsema,J. Electroanal. Chem. Interfacial Electrochem.68 ( 2 ), 129–137 (1976)
Dynamic compensation of the overall and uncompensated cell resistance in a two or three electrode system transient techniques, Ch. Yarmitzky and N. Klein,Anal. Chem.47, 850–854 (1976)
Improved low noise differential pulse polarography, R. Kalvoda and A. Trojanek,J. Electroanal. Chem. Interfacial Electrochem.75, 151–155 (1977)
Differential pulse anodic stripping voltammetry in a thin layer electrochemical cell, T. P. DeAngelis and W. R. Heineman,Anal. Chem.48, 2262–2263 (1976)
Differential pulse polarography and voltammetry with a microprocessor-controlled polarograph and a pressurised mercury electrode, A. M. Bond and B. S. Grabaric,Anal. Chim. Acta 88, 227–236 (1977)
Thin layer differential pulse voltammetry, T. P. De Angelis, R. E. Bond, E. E. Brooks, and W. R. Heineman,Anal. Chem.49, 1792–1797 (1977)
Methods of relationship of short rise times of cell voltage in pulse polarography, M. Krizan,J. Electroanal. Chem. Interfacial Electrochem.80, 337–344 (1977)
A pulse polarograph for the measurement of fast chemical reactions, M. Krizan, H. Schmidt, and H. Strehlow,J. Electroanal. Chem. Interfacial Electrochem.80, 345–356 (1977)
Digital simulation of differential pulse polarography with incremental time change, J. W. Dillard, J. A. Turner, and R. A. Osteryoung,Anal. Chem.49, 1246–1250 (1977)
Pulse differential polarography, P. Blanquet, Fr.235/412, CI. GOI N 27/48 Dec. 1977.
Differential pulse voltammetry with slow dropping mercury electrodes: A new electroanalytical technique, L. Grifore,Cron. Chim.54, 13–17 (1977)
Cyclic differential pulse voltammetry: A versatile instrumental approach using a computerized system, K. F. Drake, R. P. Van Duyne, and A. M. Bond,J. Electroanal. Chem. Interfacial Electrochem.89, 231–246 (1978)
Fast sweep differential pulse voltammetry at a dme with computerized instruments, A. M. Bond and B. S. Grabaric,Anal. Chem.51, 126–128 (1979)
Rapid scan alternate drop pulse polarography, J. A. Turner and R. Osteryoung,Anal. Chem.50, 1496–1500 (1978)
High performance pulse and differential pulse polarography, W. P. Van Bennelcom,Anal. Chim. Acta 101, 283–307 (1978)
Use of computerised instrumentation for pseudo derivative direct current and normal pulse polarography with correction for charging current, A. M. Bond and B. S. Grabaric,Anal. Chim. Acta 101, 309–318 (1978)
Differential pulse polarography, A. Trojanek and R. Kalvoda, Czech. 172 742 (U.GOI N 27/40) 15 May 1978
Differential pulse polarograph, R. Kalvoda and A. Trojanek, Czech. 175913 (U. GOI N 27/48)
Differential pulse polarography, A. Trojanek and R. Kalvoda, Czech. 17914 (U GOI N 27/48)
Correction for background current in differential pulse alternating current and related polarographic techniques in the determination of low concentration with computerised instrumentation, A. M. Bond and B. S. Grabaric,Anal. Chem.51, 337–341 (1979)
Analysis
Pulse polarographic analysis of toxic heavy metals, J. G. Osteryoung and R. A. Osteryoung,Am. Lab.4, 8–16; 14–16 (1972).
Pulse stripping analysis. Determination of some metals in aerosols and other limited size samples, E. P. Parry and D. H. Hern, Joint Conf. Sensing Environment Pollutants Collec. Tech. Papers, 1, 6 pp. (1971)
Determination of 2,4,diamino-5-(3,4,5-timethoxy benzyl) pyrimidine (Trimethoprim) in blood and urine by differential pulse polarography, M. A. Brooks, J. A. F. De Silva, L. M. D’Arconte,Anal. Chem.45, 263–266 (1973)
Determination of phenobarbital and diphenylhydanation in blood by differential pulse polarography, M. A. Brooks, J. A. F. DeSilva, and M. R. Hackman,Anal. Chim. Acta 64, 165–175 (1973).
Determination of diazepam in serum by differential pulse polarography, E. Jacobsen, T. V. Jacobsen, and T. Rojahn,Anal. Chim. Acta 64, 473–476 (1973)
Differential pulse polarographic determination of drugs in biological fluids, M. A. Brooks, J. A. F. De Silva and M. R. Hackman,Amer. Lab.5 ( 9 ), 23-26, 28-30, 32, 34-38 (1973)
Application of differential pulse polarography to anodic electrode processes involving mercury compound formation, D. R. Canterford and A. S. Buchaman,J. Electroanal. Chem. Interfacial Electrochem.44, 291–298 (1973)
Determination of arsenic (III) at the parts per billion level by differential pulse polarography, D. J. Myers and J. Osteryoung,Anal. Chem.45, 267–271 (1973)
Pulse polarography in process analysis, determination of ferri, ferrous and cuprous ions, E. P. Parry and D. P. Anderson,Anal. Chem.45, 458–463 (1973).
Differential pulse polarographic and second harmonic a.c. polarography are used, G. E. Batley and T. M. Florence,J. Electroanal. Chem. Interfacial Electrochem.55, 23–43 (1974)
H. W. Nürnberg and B. Kastening, Polarographic and voltammetric techniques, In:Methodium Chimicum, F. Korte, ed., Vol. 1/A, pp. 584–607, Academic Press, New York (1974)
Determination of submicromolar concentrations of sulfonamides by differential pulse polarography after diazotisation and coupling with 1-naphthol, A. G. Fogg and Y. Z. Ahmed,Anal. Chim. Acta 70, 241–244 (1974).
Normal pulse polarography of double helical DNA: Dependence of the wave height on starting potential, E. Palecek,Collect. Czech. Chem.Commun.39, 3449–3455 (1974)
Microanalysis of heavy metals by differential pulse polarography, S. Hayano and N. Shinozuka,Seisan-Kenkyu,26, 78–81 (1974)
Effect of film formation on the normal pulse polarographic behaviour of sulphide, D. R. Cauterford,J. Electroanal. Chem. Interfacial Electrochem.52, 144–147 (1974)
Electroreduction and pulse polarographic determination of nicotinamide in multivitamin tablets, E. Jacobson and K. B. Thorgersen,Anal. Chim. Acta 71, 175–184 (1974)
Determination of chlorodiazepoxide hydrochloride (librium) and its major metabolites in plasma by differential pulse polarography, M. R. Hackman, M. A. Brooks, and J. A. F. DeSilva,Anal. Chem.46, 1075–1082 (1974)
Amperometric titration employing differential pulse polarography, D. J. Myer and J. Osteryoung,Anal. Chem.46, 356–359 (1974)
Differential pulse polarography in trace analysis, Bagheri Ababar Ph.D. Thesis, Howard Univ., Washington, D.C. (1975)
Application of differential pulse polarography to the assay of vitamins, J. Lindquist and S. M. Farroha,Analyst 100, 377–385 (1975)
Differential pulse polarographic determination of some carcinogenic nitrosamines, K. Hasebe and J. Osteryoung,Anal. Chem.47, 2412–2418 (1975)
Trace level determination of 1, 4-benzodiazepines in blood by differential pulse polarography, M. A. Brooks and M. R. Hackerman,Anal. Chem.47, 2059–2062 (1975)
Determination of 1,4 benzodiazepines in biological fluids by differential pulse polarography, M. A. Brooks and J. A. F. DeSilva,Talanta 22, 849–860 (1975)
Determination of thiols by pulse polarography, F. Peter and R. Rosset,Anal. Chim. Acta 79, 47–58 (1975)
Electrochemistry of thiols and disulphides II. The d.c., a.c., and differential pulse polarography of glutathione, G. A. Mairesse-Ducarmois, G. J. Patriarche, and J. L. Vandenbalck,Anal. Chim. Acta 76, 299–308 (1975)
Organic functional group analysis at the micro level. I. Determination of the N-oxide function by differential pulse polarography, T. S. Ma, M. R. Hackman and M. A. Brooks,Mikrochim. Acta 2, 617–625 (1975)
Accuracy and reliability of trace metal determination in environmental samples by advanced polarographic and spectroscopic techniques, H. W. Nurnberg, M. Stoeppler, and P. Valenta,Thalassia Jugose 11, 85–100 (1975) (Eng).
Comparison of differential pulse and d.c. sampled polarography for the determination of ferrous and manganous ions in lake water, W. Davison,J. Electroanal. Chem. Interfacial Electrochem.72, 229–237 (1976)
Determination of trace elements in zinc plant electrolyte by differential pulse polarography and anodic stripping voltammetry, E. S. Pilkington and C. Weeks,Anal. Chem.48, 1665–1669 (1976)
Determination of uranium in plutonium-238 metal and oxide by differential pulse polarography, N. C. Fawcet,Anal. Chem.48, 215–218 (1976)
Analytical evaluation of differential pulse voltammetry at stationary electrodes using computer based instrumentation, S. C. Rifkin and D. H. Evans,Anal. Chem.48, 2174–2180 (1976)
Determination trace mercury (II) in 0.1 M perchloric acid by differential pulse stripping voltammetry at a rotating gold disc electrode, R. W. Andrews, J. H. Larochdle, and D. C. Johnson,Anal. Chem.48, 212–214 (1976)
Applications of polarography and voltammetry to marine and aquatic chemistry. Part II. The polarographic approach to the determination and speciation of metals in the marine environment, Fresenius,Z. Anal. Chem.282, 357–367 (1976)
Effects of surfactants in differential pulse polarography, E. Jacobson and H. Lindseth,Anal. Chim. Acta,86, 123–127 (1976)
Differential pulse polarographic determination of acrolein in water samples, L. H. Howe,Anal. Chem.48, 2167–2169 (1976)
Determination of acrylamide monomer by differential pulse polarography, S. R. Betso and J. D. McLean,Anal. Chem.48, 766–770 (1976)
Amperometric and differential pulse voltammetric detection in high performance liquid chromatography, D. G. Swartzfager,Anal. Chem.48, 2189–2192 (1976)
Applications of modern polarographic methods to analytical and physical chemistry, H. W. Nürnberg,Kem. Kozl.45, 13–46 (1976) (Hung.)
Potentialities and applications of advanced polarographic and voltammetric methods in environmental research and surveillance of toxic metals, H. W. Nürnberg,Electrochim. Acta 22, 935–949 (1977).
Applications of polarography and voltammetry to marine aquatic chemistry. IV. A new voltammetric method for the study of mercury traces in seawater and in land water, L. Sipos, P. Valenta, H. W. Nürnberg, and M, Branica,J. Electroanal. Chem. Interfacial Electrochem.77, 263–267 (1977)
New potentialities in ultra trace analysis with differential pulse anodic stripping voltammetry, P. Valenta, L. Mart, and H. Rutzel,J. Electroanal. Chem. Interfacial Electrochem.82, 327–343 (1977)
Pulse polarographic analysis of nucleic acids and proteins, E. Paleck, V. Brabec, F. Jelen, and Z. Pechan,J. Electroanal. Chem. Interfacial Electrochem.75, 471–485 (1977)
Differential pulse polarographic determination of nitrate and nitrite, S. W. Boese and V. S. Archer,Anal. Chem.49, 479–484 (1977)
Determination of nitrite ion using differential pulse polarography, S. K. Chang, R. Kozeniauskas, and G. W. Harrington,Anal. Chem.49, 2272–2275 (1977)
Polarographic study of certain progestogens and their determination in oral contraceptive tablets by differential pulse polarography, L. G. Chatten, R. N. Yadev, S. Binnigton, R. E. Moskalyk,Analyst 102, 323–327 (1977)
Cathodic pulse stripping analysis of iodine at the parts per billion level, R. C. Propst,Anal. Chem.49, 1199–1205 (1977)
Direct and titrimetric determination of hydroxide using normal pulse polarography at mercury electrodes, E. Kirowa-Eisner and J. Osteryoung,Anal. Chem.50, 1062–1066 (1978)
Differential pulse polarographic determination of molybdenum at parts per billion levels, P. Bosserman, D. T. Sawyer, and A. L. Page,Anal. Chem.50, 1300–1303 (1978)
Differential pulse polarography of phenylarsine oxide, J. H. Lowry, R. B. Smart, and K. H. Mancy,Anal. Chem.50, 1303–1309 (1978)
General Principles and Thery
The cathode ray oscillograph applied to the dropping mercury electrode, L. A. Matheson and N. Nichols, Trans. Electrochem. 193–210 (1938)
Cathode ray polarograph. Verification of the theoretical equation, J. E. Randies,Trans. Faraday Soc.44, 334 (1948)
A cathode polarograph. Part II. Current-voltage curves, J. E. B. Randies,Trans. Faraday Soc.44, 327–338 (1948)
Theory of irreversible waves in oscillographic polarography, P. Delahay,J. Am. Chem. Soc.75, 1190–1196 (1953)
Unified theory of polarographic waves, P. Delahay,J. Am. Chem. Soc.75,1430–1435 (1953)
Oscillographic polarographic waves for the reversible deposition of metals on solid electrodes, T. Berzins and P. Delahay,J. Am. Chem. Soc.75, 555–559 (1953).
Diffusion currents at cylindrical electrodes. A study of organic sulfides, M. M. Nicholson,J. Am. Chem. Soc.76, 2539–2545 (1954)
Voltammetry and polarography with continuously changing potential, P. Delahay, In:New Instrumental Methods in Electrochemistry, Chap. 6, pp. 115–139, Interscience Pub., New York (1954)
Zur theorie der Randles-Sevick kathodenstrahl-polarographie, H. Matsuda and Y. Ayabe,Z. Elektrochem.59, 494–503 (1958)
Diffusion currents at spherical electrodes, R. P. Frankenthal and I. Shain,J. Am. Chem. Soc.78, 2969–2979 (1956)
The theory of polarographic currents. A general formula for the diffusion-caused current and its application, H. Matsuda,Z. Electrochem.61, 489–506 (1957).
Polarography of metallic monolayers, M. M. Nicholson,J. Am. Chem. Soc.79, 7–12 (1957)
Nernst controlled currents in hanging drop polarography, W. H. Reinmuth,J. Am. Chem. Soc.79, 6358–6360 (1957)
Cyclic voltammetry with application of the hanging mercury drop electrode. II. Investigation of the mechanism of the reduction of p-nitroaniline, W. Kemula and Z. Kublic,Bull. Acad. Polon. Sci. Ser. Sci. Chim.6, 653–659 (1958)
A new voltammetric method of investigation of the formation of intermetallic compounds using the hanging mercury electrode, W. Kemula, Z. Galus, and Z. Kertlik,Bull Acad. Polon. Ser. Sci. Chim.Geol.6, 661–668 (1958)
Voltammetry with linearly varying potential case of irreversible waves at spherical electrodes, R. D. DeMars and I. Shain,J. Am. Chem. Soc.81, 2654–2659 (1959)
Voltammetry with the hanging mercury drop electrode, W. Kemula, In:Advances in Polarography, I. S. Longmuir, ed., Vol. 1, pp. 105–143, Pergamon Press, Oxford (1960)
Kinetic equation for irreversible reactions in oscillographic polarography, A. Ya. Gokhshtein and Ya. P. Gokhshtein,Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR 131, 601–604 (1960)
Voltammetry with the hanging mercury drop electrode, Y. P. Gokshtein and A. Y. Gokshtein, In:Advances in Polarography, I. S. Longmuir, ed., pp. 105–143, Pergamon Press, New York (1960)
Recherches sur les courants catalytiques en polarographie-oscillographique a2019balayage lineaire de tension, J. M. Saveant and E. Vianello, In:Advances in Polarography, I. S. Longmuir, ed. Vol. I, pp. 367–374, Pergamon Press, New York (1960)
Theory of stationary electrode polarography, W. H. Reinmuth,Anal. Chem.33,1793–1794 (1961)
Theory of stripping voltammetry with spherical electrodes, W. H. Reinmuth,Anal. Chem.33, 185–187 (1961)
Theory of diffusion limited charge transfer processes in electroanalytical techniques, W. H. Reinmuth,Anal. Chem.34, 1446–1454 (1962)
Single sweep method, J. Vogel, In:Progress in Polarography, I. M. Kolthoff and P. Zuman, eds., Vol. II, pp. 429–448, Interscience Publishers, New York (1962)
Triangular wave cyclic voltammetry, Z. Galus, H. Y. Lee, and R. N. Adams,J. Electroanal. Chem.5, 17–22 (1963)
Theory of stationary electrode polarography: Single scan and cyclic methods applied to reversible, irreversible, and kinetics system, R. S. Nicholson and I. Shain,Anal. Chem.36, 706–723 (1964)
Theory of stationary electrode polarography for a chemical reaction coupled between two charge transfer, R. S. Nicholson and I. Shain,Anal. Chem.37, 178–190 (1965)
Experimental verification of an ECE mechanism for the reduction of p-nitrosophenol, using stationary electrode polarography, R. S. Nicholson and I. Shain,Anal. Chem.37, 190–195 (1965)
Some examples of the numerical solutions of non-linear integral equations, R. S. Nicholson,Anal. Chem.37, 667–671 (1965).
Theory and application of cyclic voltammetry for measurement electrode reaction kinetics, R. S. Nicholson,Anal. Chem.37, 1351–1355 (1965).
Significance of non-steady state a.c. and d.c. measurements in electrochemical adsorption kinetics. Application to galvanostatic and voltage sweep methods, B. E. Conway, E. Gileadi, and H. A. Kozlowska,J. Electrochem. Soc.112, 341 (1965)
A potential step-linear scan method for investigating chemical reactions initiated by a charge transfer, W. H. Schwarz and I. Shain,J. Phys. Chem.70, 845–852 (1966)
Evaluation of stationary electrode polarography and cyclic voltammetry for the study of electrode processes, S. P. Perone,Anal. Chem.38, 1958–1963 (1966)
The potential sweep method: A theoretical analysis, S. Srinivasan and E. Gileadi,Elec trochim. Acta 11, 34–35 (1966)
Multistep charge transfers in stationary electrode polarography, D. S. Polcyn and I. S. Shain,Anal. Chem.38, 370–375 (1968)
Theory of stationary electrode polarography for a multistep charge transfer with catalytic (cyclic) regeneration of the reactant, D. S. Polcyn and I. Shain,Anal. Chem.38, 376–382 (1966)
Potential sweep voltammetry: Theoretical analysis of monomerization and dimerization mechanisms, J. M. Saveant and E. Vianello,Electrochim. Acta 12, 1545–1561 (1967)
Potential sweep voltammetry: General theory of chemical polarization, J. M. Saveant and E. Vianello,Electrochim. Acta 12, 629–646 (1967)
ECE mechanism as studied by polarography and linear sweep voltammetry, J. M. Saveant,Electrochim. Acta 12, 753–766 (1967)
Cyclic voltammetry with asymmetrical potential scan: A simple approach to mechanisms involving moderately fast chemical reactions, J. M. Saveant,Electrochim. Acta 12, 999–1030 (1967)
Effects of adsorption of electroactive species in stationary electrode polarography, R. H. Wopschal and I. Shain,Anal. Chem.39, 1514–1527 (1967)
Adsorption effects in stationary electrode polarography with a chemical reaction following charge transfer, R. H. Wopschal and I. Shain,Anal. Chem.39, 1535–1542 (1967)
The interpretation of adsorption pseudo capacitance curves as measured by the potential sweep method, I. J. M. Hale and R. Greef,Electrochim. Acta 12, 1409–1420 (1967)
Disproportionation and ECE-mechanisms. I. Theoretical analysis. Relationships for linear sweep voltammetry, M. Mastsagostino, L. Nadjo, and J. M. Saveant,Electrochim. Acta 13, 721–749 (1968)
Nonunity electrode reaction orders and stationary electrode polarography, M. S. Shuman,Anal. Chem.41, 142–146 (1969)
Rate controlled adsorption of products in stationary electrode polarography, M. H. Hulbert and I. Shain,Anal. Chem.42, 162–171 (1970)
Single and cyclic linear sweep voltammetry, E. Yeager and J. Kuta, In:Techniques of Electrochemistry, E. Yeager and A. J. Salkind, eds., vol. 1, pp. 198–202, Wiley-Interscience, New York (1972)
Theoretical study of a reversible reaction followed by a chemical reaction in thin layer linear potential sweep voltammetry, E. Laviron,J. Electroanal. Chem., Interfacial Electrochem.39, 1–23 (1972)
Theory of potential scan voltammetry with finite diffusion kinetics and other complications, H. E. Keller and W. H. Reinmuth,Anal. Chem.44, 1167–1178 (1972)
Low temperature studies of electrochemical kinetics. I. Cyclic voltammetry of diethyl fumarate, R. D. Gryfa and J. T. Maloy,J. Electrochem. Soc.122, 377–383 (1975)
Linear potential sweep and cyclic voltammetry, DD. MacDonald, In: Transient Techniques in Electrochemistry, Chap. 6, pp. 185–228, Plenum Press, New York (1977).
ECE and disproportionation. Part V. Stationary state general solution application to LSV, C. Amatore and JM. Saveant, J. Electroanal. Chem. Interfacial Electrochem. 85, 27–46 (1977).
Convolution and finite difference approach: Application to cyclic voltammetry and spectroelectrochemistry, C. Amatore, L. Nadjo, and JM. Saveant, J. Electroanal. Chem. Interfacial Electrochem. 90, 321–331 (1978).
Limiting diffusion currents in hydrodynamic voltammetry. Part IV. Stationary disc and ring electrodes in a rotational flow produced by a rotating disc, S. Hamada, M. Itoh, M. Matsuda, and J. Yamada, J. Electroanal. Chem. Interfacial Electrochem. 91, 107–114 (1978).
Theory of regeneration mechanisms in thin layer potential sweep voltammetry, E. Laviron, J. Electroanal. Chem. Interfacial Electrochem. 87, 31–37 (1978).
The effect of slow two electron transfers and disproportionation on cyclic voltammograms, MD. Ray, J. Electroanal. Chem. Interfacial Electrochem. 125, 547–555 (1978).
Quantitative resolution of overlapped peaks in programmed potential step voltammetry, PA. Boudreau and SP. Perone,Anal. Chem. 51, 811–817 (1979).
Instrumentation
Gerat fur schnelle oscillographische quantitative analyse, J. Vogel and P. Valenta,Collect. Czech. Chem. Commun.21, 502–508 (1956).
Arbeits methoden und anevendung der gleichspannung polarographie. I. Apparatives, methoden und elektroden und II. Theorie de polarographischen kurve, HW. Nurnberg and M. Stackelberg,J. Electroanal. Chem.2, 181–229 (1961).
Modern methods of current voltage polarography, HW. Nurnberg, Z.Anal. Chem.186, 1–53 (1962).
A digital readout device for analog integrators, EC. Toren Jr. and CP. Driscoll,Anal. Chem .35 , 1809–1810 (1963).
Operational amplifier circuits for controlled potential cyclic voltammetry. II. JR. Alden, JQ. Chambers, and RN. Adams,J.Electroanal. Chem.5, 152–157 (1963).
Electroanalytical controlled potential instrumentation, GL. Booman and WB. Holbrook,Anal. Chem.35, 1793–1809 (1963).
A digital data collection, wave form generation, and timing instrument for electrochemical measurements, GL. Boosman,Anal. Chem.38, 1141–1148 (1966).
Instrumentation for digital data acquisition systems in voltammetric techniques, ER. Brown, DE. Smith, and D. Deford,Anal. Chem.38, 1130–1136 (1966).
Some investigations on instrumental compensation of non-faradaic effects in voltammetric techniques, ER. Brown, DE. Smith, TG. McCofd, and D. Deford,Anal. Chem .38 , 1119–1130 (1966).
Continuous ohmic polarisation compensator for a voltammetric apparatus utilising operational amplifiers, D. Pouli, JR. Huff, and JC. Pearson,Anal. Chem .38 , 382–384 (1966).
Chemical instrumentation, GW. Ewing,J. Chem. Educ.46, A717 (1967).
Electrochemical data acquisition and analysis system based on a digital computer, G. Lauer, R. Abel, and FC. Anson,Anal. Chem.40, 765–769 (1967).
Chemical instrumentation, JB. Flato, Princeton Applied Res. Tech. Note, T-193, Amer. Lab. Feb. 1969, p. 10.
Solid-state polarographic instrumentation-A unique approach to versatility, R. Bezman and PS. Mckinney,Anal. Chem.41, 1560–1567 (1969).
Solid state signal generators for electroanalytical experiments, RL. Myers and I. Shain,Chem. Instrum.2, 203–211 (1969).
Real time computer optimisation of stationary electrode polarographic measurements, SP. Perone, DO. Jones, and WF. Gutknechr,Anal. Chem. 41, 1154–1162 (1969).
Modularized digitizing time-synchronizing current-sampling system for electroanalytical studies, RG. Glem and WW. Goldsworthy,Anal. Chem. 43, 918–928 (1971).
Computerised learning machine applied to qualitative analysis of mixtures by stationary electrode polarography, S. P. Perone and L. B. Sybrandt,Anal. Chem. 43, 382 (1971).
Linear sweep voltammetry—Compensation of cell resistance and stability. Determination of the residual uncompensated resistance, D. Garrean and J. M. Saveant,J. Electroanal. Chem. Interfacial Electrochem.35, 309–331 (1972).
Evaluation of a computerised sampling technique for digital data acquisition of high speed transient wave forms. Application to cyclic voltammetry, D. E. Smith, G. Greason, and R.J. Lloyd,Anal. Chem. 44, 1159–1166 (1972).
Operational amplifier instruments for electrochemistry, R. R. Schroeder, In:Electrochemistry, J. S. Mattson, H. B. Mark, Jr., and H. C. MacDonald, Jr. eds., Chap. 10, pp. 293–301, 314–350, Marcel Dekker Inc., New York (1972).
Interactive laboratory computer applications to electroanalytical research, S. P. Perone,Ing. Chem. Comput. Assisted Chem. Res. Des. (Pop. Discuss Jt. jPR, U.S. Seminar) (1973) (Pat. 1975 ), pp. 51–75.
Fast fourier transform based interpolation of sampled electrochem. data, R. J. O’Halloram and D. E. Smith,Anal. Chem. 50, 1391–1394 (1978).
Computerised pattern recognition for classification of organic compounds from voltammetric data, D. R. Burgard and S. P. Perone,Anal. Chem. 50, 1366–1371 (1978).
Quantitative resolution of overlapped peaks in programmed potential step voltammetry, P. A. Bourdeau and S. P. Perone,Anal. Chem. 51, 811–817 (1979).
Applications
Voltammetry and polarography with continuously changing potential: Applications to ana- I lytical, P. Delahay, In:New Instrumental Methods in Electrochemistry , Chap. 6, pp. 139–143, Interscience Publishers, New York (1954).
Analytical applications of the hanging mercury drop electrode, JW. Ross, RD. DeMars, and I. Shain, Anal. Chem. 28, 1768–1771 (1956).
Anodic stripping voltammetry using the hanging mercury drop electrode, RD. DeMars and I. Shain, Anal. Chem. 29, 1825–1827 (1957).
Application de la goute pendaute de mercure a la determination d.c. minimes quantites de different ions, W. Kemula and Z. Kublic,Anal. Chem. Acta 18, 104–111 (1958).
Cyclic voltammetry with applications of the hanging mercury drop electrode. II. Investigation of the mechanism of the reduction of p-nitroaniline, W. Kemula and Z. Kublic,Bull. Acad. Polon. Sci. Sev. Sci. Chim. 6, 653–659 (1958).
A new voltammetric method of investigation of the formation of intermetallic compounds using the hanging mercury electrode, W. Kemula, Z. Galus, and Z. Kublic,Bull. Acad. Polon. Ser. Sci. Chim. Geol . 6, 661–668 (1958).
The influence of gold in mercury electrodes on certain electrode processes, W. Kemula, Z. Galus, and Z. Kublic,Bull. Acad. Sci. Ser. Sci. Chim. 1, 613–618 (1959).
Voltammetry at inert electrodes. I. Analytical applications of boron carbide electrodes, TR. Mueller and RN. Adams,Anal. Chim. Acta 23, 467–479 (1960).
Voltammetry with the hanging mercury drop electrode, W. Kemula, In:Advances in Polarography , IS. Longmuir, ed., Vol. 1, p. 105, Pergamon Press (1960).
Unter suching von adsorption serschein angen an rhodium iridium palladium und gold mit der potentiostatischen dreieck methode, FG. Will and CA. Knorr, Z.Elektrochem.64, 270–275 (1960).
Voltammetry at inert electrodes. II. Correlation of experimental results with theory for voltage and controlled potential scanning, controlled potential electrolysis and chronopoten- tiometric techniques. Oxidation of ferrocyanide and o-dianisdine at boron carbide electrodes, TR. Mueller and R. Adams,Anal Chim. Acta 25, 482–497 (1961).
Electrolytic generation of radical anions in aqueous solutions, L. H. Piette, P. Luding, andR. N. Adams,J. Am. Chem. Soc.83, 3909–3910 (1961).
The hanging mercury drop in polarography, J. Riha, In:Progress in Polarography, IM. Kolthoff and P. Zuman, eds., Vol. II, pp. 383–396, Interscience Publishers, New York (1962).
Stripping analysis, I. Shain, In:Treatise on Analytical Chemistry, IM. Kolthoff and PJ. Elving, eds., Part I, Sec. D-2, Chap. 50, pp. 2534–2564, Interscience, New York (1963).
Integration of single sweep oscillopolarograms. I. Determination of reactant adsorption and oxide film reduction at platinum electrodes, R. A. Osteryoung, G. Lauer, and F. C. Anson,J. Electrochem. Soc.110, 926 (1963).
Determination of mixtures by single sweep oscillography, R. A. Osteryoung and E. P. Parry,J. Electroanal Chem. 9, 299–304 (1965).
Effect of surface state of platinum on electrochemical adsorption of oxygen in acid solutions, V. Lukyanycheva, V. Tikhomirova, and V. S. Bagotskii,Elektrokhimiya 1, 262–266 (1975).
Application of controlled potential techniques to study of rapid succeeding chemical reaction coupled to electro-oxidation of ascorbic acid, SP. Perone and JW. Kretlow,Anal. Chem.38, 1760–1763 (1966).
Potential sweep voltammetry—Adsorption of chloranalic acid on a mercury electrode, S. Roffia and E. Vianello,J. Electroanal Chem. Interfacial Electrochem.15, 405–413 (1967).
A comparison of radiotracer and electrochemical methods for the measurement of the electrosorption of organic molecules, E. Gileadi, L. Duic, and J. O’M Bockris,Electrochim. Acta 13, 1915–1935 (1968).
Voltammetric determination of neptunium at the glassy carbon electrode, G. E. Plock,J. Electroanal Chem. Interfacial Electrochem.18, 289–293 (1968).
Ferrate (VI) analysis by cyclic voltammetry, A. S. Venkatadri, W. F. Wagner, and H. H. Bauer,Anal Chem.43, 1115–1119 (1971).
Voltammetry with disk electrodes and the analytical application, M. Kopanica and F. Vydra,J. Electroanal Chem. Interfacial Electrochem.31, 175 (1971).
Voltammetry with disk electrodes and its analytical applications, F. Vydra and M. Stulikova,Collect. Czech. Chem. Commun.37, 123 (1972).
Voltammetry with disk electrodes and its analytical applications. VIII. The cyclic voltammetry of copper (II) at the glassy carbon rotating disk electrode, M. Stulikova and F. Vydra,J. Electroanal Chem. Interfacial Electrochem.44, 117–127 (1973).
Determination of nanogram quantities of carbonyl compound using twin cell potential sweep voltammetry, BK. Afghan, AV. Kulkarni, and JF. Ryan,Anal Chem.47, 488–494 (1975).
A comparison of the analytical utility of three different potential ramp techniques in voltammetry using a carbon paste electrode, P. Soderhjelm,J. Electroanal Chem. Interfacial Electrochem. 71, 109–115 (1976).
Use of coelectrocrystallisation for expanding the possibilities of voltammetric analysis, TA. Krapivkima, EM. Roizenblat, VV. Nosacheva, GA. Kalambet, and GN. Veretina,Metody Polych. Anal Mater Electron Tekh., 95–101 (1976).
Determination of catecholamines by thin-layer linear sweep voltammetry, R. R. Fike and D. J. Curran,Anal Chem. 49, 1205–1210 (1977).
Turbulent hydrodynamic voltammetry. III. Analytical studies using a turbulent voltammetric cell, M. Varadi and E. Pungor,Magy. Kem. Foly.84, 58–61 (1978).
Data treatment in cyclic voltammetry, G. Gunzburg,Anal Chem. 50, 375–376 (1978).
Micromolar voltammetric analysis by ring electrode studding at a rotating ring-disc electrode, S. Bruckenstein and P. R. Gifford,Anal Chem. 51, 250–255 (1979).
A comparison of radioatracer and electrochemical methods for the measurement of the electrosorption of organic molecules, E. Gileadi, L. Duic, and J. O’M. Bockris,Electrochim. Acta 13, 1915–1935 (1968).
Cyclic and stripping voltammetry of mercury at impregnated graphite electrode in chloride thiocyanate media, R. Bilewicz, Z. Stojek, and Z. Kublile,J. Electroanal. Chem. Interfacial Electrochem.96, 29–44 (1979).
Determination of nitrogen oxides and sulphur dioxide absorbed into iron (II) EDTA solution by voltammetry, ACS/CSJ-Chem. Congr. No. 2412 CTE No. 7 (1979).
Voltammetric behaviour of chlorine/chloride system and detection of chloride ions in molten nitrates, E. Desimoni and F. Palmisano,Anal. Chem. 51, 122 (1979).
General Principles and Theory
New method of microdetermination of the copper ion, C. Zbinden,Bull. Soc. Chim. Biol.13, 35–40 (1931).
The theory of concentration polarization, V. G. Levich,Acta Phys. Chim. USSR 17, 257–307 (1942).
Theory of concentration polarization. II. Steady-state regime, V. G. Levich,Acta Phys. Chim. USSR 19, 117–132 (1944).
Theory of concentration polarization. III. The transition regime, V. G. Levich,Acta Phys. Chim. USSR 19, 133–138 (1944).
Coulometric determination of submicrogram amounts of silver, SS. Lord, Jr., RC. O’Neill, and LB. Rogers,Anal. Chem. 24, 209–213 (1952).
Square wave polarography, G. C. Barker and I. L. Jenkin,Analyst 77, 685–696 (1952).
Polarographic waves of simple metal ions. Significance of the half-wave potential, IM. Kolthoff and JJ. Lingane, In:Polarography, Vol. 1, pp. 190–203, Wiley-Interscience, New York (1952).
Coulometric determinations of submicrogram amounts of cadmium and zinc with stationary- mercury plated platinum electrodes, K. W. Gardner and L. B. Rogers,Anal. Chem. 25, 1393–1397 (1953).
Coulometric and polarographic determination of trace amounts of lead, T. L. Marple and L. B. Rogers,Anal. Chim. Acta 11, 574–585 (1954).
Currents controlled by the rate of semi-infinite linear diffusion, P. Delahay, In:New Instrumental Methods in Electrochemistry, pp. 47–57, Wiley Interscience, New York (1954).
Inverse polarography with stationary amalgam anodes. I. Basic principles and technique, A. Hickling, J. Maxwell, and J. V. Shennan,Anal. Chim. Acta 14, 287–295 (1956).
Polarography of metallic monolayers, M. M. Nicholson,J. Am. Chem. Soc. 79, 7–12 (1957).
Anodic amalgam voltammetry. I. Principles of the method, Z. R. Neeb,Anal. Chem. 171, 321 (1959).
Classification and nomenclature of electroanalytical methods, P. Delahay, G. Chariot, and H. A. Laitinen,Anal. Chem. 32, 103A (1960).
Polarographie im durchfliessenden elektrolyt I. Ein fuhrungsmitteilung, F. Strafelda,Collect. Czech. Chem. Commun. 25, 862–870 (1960).
Voltammetry with the hanging mercury drop electrode, In: W. Kermula,Advances in Polarography, Vol. I, IS. Longmuir, ed., p. 105, Pergamon, Oxford (1960).
Electrolysis with constant potential: Reversible processes at a hanging mercury drop electrode, I. Shain and K. J. Martin,J. Phys. Chem. 65, 254–258 (1961).
L. N. Vasileva and E. N. Distribution of a metal concentration inside the mercury drop during the electrolytic separation of such a metal on a stationary mercury electrode, Vinogradova,Zavodsk. Lab. 27, 1079–086 (1961).
Theory of stripping of voltammetry with spherical electrodes, W. H. Reinmuth,Anal. Chem. 33, 185–187 (1961).
Inverse polarography and voltammetry, new methods in trace analysis, R. Neeb,Angew. Chem. 74, 203–213 (1962).
Dependence of metal concentration in a mercury drop on the duration of enrichment, L. N. Vasileva and E. N. Vinogradova,Zavod. Lab.28, 1427–1428 (1962).
Influence of surface active substances on the electrodeposition and electrooxidation of metals on the hanging mercury drop electrode, W. Kemula and S. Glodowski,Roczniki. Chem. 36, 1203–1216 (1962).
Sensitivity enhancement of amalgam polarography with concentration in the stationary mercury drop, A. G. Stromberg,Zavod. Lab. 29, 387–390 (1963).
Polarographie im durchfliessenden elektrolyt II. Stationare spharische elektrode, F. Strafelda and A. Kimla,Collect. Czech. Chem. Commun.28, 1516–1523 (1963).
Polarographie im durchfliessenden elektrolyt III. Diffusion zur unflossenen spharischen elektrode, F. Strafelda and A. Kimla,Collect. Czech. Chem. Commun.28, 2696–2705 (1963).
Anodic current constants and the calculation of amalgam-polarography, M. S. Zakharov and A. G. Stromberg,J. Phys. Chem. (Russian) Zh. Fiz. Khim. 38 (1), 130–135 (1964).
Effects of electrolysis potentials on depth of anodic indentations in amalgam polarography with stationary mercury electrodes, M. S. Zakharov,Zavod. Lab. 30 (1), 14–17 (1964).
Influence of solution on the depth of the anodic minimum in amalgam polarography, A. G. Stromberg and N. A. Kaplin,Zavod. Lab. 30, 525–527 (1964).
Theory of anodic stripping voltammetry with a plane, thin mercury-film electrode, W. T. Devries and E. Van Dalen,J. Electroanal. Chem.8, 366–377 (1964).
Electrode kinetics with adsorbed foreign neutral substance, A. Aramata and P. Delahay,J. Phys. Chem.68, 880–883 (1964).
Adsorption of dependent stripping analysis at the graphite electrode, S. P. Perone and T. J. Oyster,Anal. Chem. 36, 235–236 (1964).
Stripping voltammetry, E. Barendrecht,Chem. Weekblad.60, 345–358 (1964).
Stripping analysis: I. Introduction. II. Theory and application of stripping analysis, I. Shain,Treatise Anal. Chem.4, 2534–2558 (1964).
Exact treatment of anodic stripping voltammetry with a plane mercury film electrode, W. T. de Vries,J. Electroanal. Chem.9, 448–456 (1965).
Ohmic drop distortion of anodic stripping curves from a thin mercury film electrode, W. T. de Vries and E. Van Dalen,J. Electroanal. Chem. 12, 9–14 (1966).
Inverse Polarographie und Voltammetrie, R. Neeb, Verlag Chemie, Weinheim (1969).
Problem of increasing the sensitivity of anodic stripping voltammetry, L. Huderova and K. Stulik,Talanta 19, 1285 (1972).
Intermetallic compounds in amalgams, M. T. Kozlovskii and A. I. Zebreva,Progr. Polarogr. 3, 157 (1972).
Study of the mutual effect of different metals on a mercury-graphite electrode by inverse voltammetry, E. Ya. Neiman and Kh. Z. Brainina,Zh. Anal. Khim.28, 886 (1973).
Studies of exchange reactions involving electrogenerated mercurous halid films, G. Colovs, G. S. Wilson, and J. L. Moyers,Anal. Chem.46, 1045 (1974).
Evaluation and comparison of some techniques of anodic stripping voltammetry, G. E. Batley and T. M. Florence,J. Electroanal. Chem. Interfacial Electrochem. 55, 23 (1974).
Elimination of copper-zinc intermetallic interferences in anodic stripping voltammetry, T. R. Copeland, R. A. Osteryoung, and R. K. Skogerboe,Anal. Chem.46, 2093 (1974).
Stripping Voltammetry in Chemical Analysis, Kh. Z. Brainina, Wiley, New York (1974).
Diffusion coefficients of metals in mercury, A. Baranski, S. Fitak, and Z. Galus,J. Electroanal. Chem. Interfacial Electrochem.60, 175 (1975).
Electrochemical Stripping Analysis, F. Vydra, K. Stulik, and E. Julakova, Wiley, New York (1976).
Trace analysis by atomic absorption spectroscopy and anodic stripping voltammetry, F. P. J. Cahill and G. W. Van Loon,Am. Lab.8 (8), 11 (1976).
Theoretical treatment of staircase voltammetric stripping from the thin film mercury electrode, J. H. Christie and R. A. Osteryoung,Anal. Chem.48, 869 (1976).
Kalman filter applied to anodic stripping voltammetry: Theory, P. F. Seeling and H. N. Blount,Anal. Chem.48, 252 (1976).
Intermetallic compound formation between copper and zinc in mercury and its effects on anodic stripping voltammetry, M. S. Shuman and G. P. Woodward, Jr.,Anal. Chem.48, 1979 (1976).
Interfering influence of silver on the voltammetric behaviour of Cd2+ and Zn2+ ions on HMDE in supporting electrolytes containing nitrates, P. Ostapczuk and Z. Kublik,J. Electroanal. Chem. Interfacial Electrochem.68, 193 (1976).
The effect of dissolved organics on the stripping voltammetry of sea water, G. E. Batley and T. M. Florence,J. Electroanal. Chem. Interfacial Electrochem. 72, 121 (1976).
Trace metal analysis by anodic stripping voltammetry. Effect of sorption by natural and model organic compounds, P. L. Brezonik, P. A. Brauner, and W. Stumm,Water Res.10, 605 (1976).
Determination of the chemical forms of dissolved cadmium lead and copper in sea water, G. E. Batley and T. M. Florence,Mar. Chem. 4, 347 (1976).
Stripping voltammetry, E. Barendrecht, In:Electroanalytical Chemistry, A. J. Bard, ed., Vol. 2, pp. 53–109, Marcel Dekker, New York (1967).
Voltammetric and potentiometric comparison of tendencies of cadmium and zinc to inter- metallic compound formation with silver, copper, and gold in mercury, P. Ostapczuk and Z. Kublik,J. Electroanal Chem. Interfacial Electrochem. 83, 1 (1977).
Electrochemical Stripping Analyses, F. Vydra, K. Stulik, and E. Julakova, Halsted Press, New York (1977).
Law of distribution of anodic peak values in amalgam and film anodic stripping voltammetry, Z. A. Kaplin and B. A. Kubrak,Zh. Anal Khim. 32, 1838–1841 (1977).
Effect of activity coefficient of metal in amalgam on anodic peak characteristics in a.c. stripping analysis, L. V. V. Bashkatova and V. Z. Bashkatov,Zh. Anal Khim. 32, 1495–1502 (1977).
Potentials of current maxima in inverse voltammetry of Pb and Cd on rotating disc carbon- glass and glass carbon electrodes, O. L. Kabonova, Yu. A. Gorcharov, and S. K. Beuiaminok,Elektrokhimiya,13, 1448–1453 (1977).
Study of a residual current of a mercury film electrode used in stripping analysis, B. F. Nazarov, A. D. Rakhmonbadyov, and A. G. Stromberg,Elektrokhimiya 13, 1575–1577 (1977).
Application of semidifferential electroanalysis to anodic stripping voltammetry, M. Goto, K. Ikenoya, M. Kajihara, and D. Ishi,Anal Chim. Acta 101, 131–138 (1978).
Intermetallic compounds formed in mixed (complex) amalgams. I. The systems: Copper- mercury, zinc-mercury and copper-zinc-mercury, A. H. I. Ben-Bassat and A. Azrad,Electrochim. Acta 23, 63–69 (1978).
Distribution law for anodic current in stripping analysis, B. A. Kubrak, A. A. Kaplin, A. N. Pokrovskaya, and V. N. Polyakova,Izvest. Tomsk. Politekh, Inst, ta 61, 3 (1976).[CA 88, 68491 (1978).]
Statistical criteria of sensitivity and resolving power, A. A. Kaplin, A. A. Zheltonozhko, A. A. Pokrovskaya, and B. A. Kubrole,Izvest. Tomsk. Politekh. Inst, ta, 56–60 (1976).[CA 88, 68489 (1978).]
Dependence of metal concentration on an electrode surface on a.c. voltammetry in a.c. stripping polarography, V. Z. Bashkatov, V. A. Bramin, and L. V. Bashkatova,Zh. Anal Khim.33, 230–235 (1978).
Minimum determinable anodic peak height at a steep slope of residual current in stripping polarography. Model of the triangular peak, A. G. Stromberg and N. Pibula,Zh. Anal Khim.33 (3), 436–441 (1978).
Stripping polarography, A. A. Kaplin, V. E. Katyulhim, A. E. Geineman, and V. E. Saraeva, USSR 615406, July 1978.
Improving the resolution of inverse voltammetry by anodic passivation of amalgams, V. A. Zgadova, B. F. Nazarov, and E. A. Zakharova,Zh. Anal Khim. 33, 1631–1633 (1978).
Ways of increasing the sensitivity of stripping voltammetry methods, A. G. Stromberg and A. A. Kaplin,Izvest. Sib. Osd. Akad. Nauk SSSR, Ser. Khim. Nauk 4, 31–38 (1978).[CA 89, 190261a (1978).]
Application of semidifferential electroanalysis to anodic stripping voltammetry, M. Goto, K. Ibenoya, M. Kajuhara, and D. Ishii,Anal Chim. Acta 101, 131–138 (1978).
Study of a quasi reversible electrode process with a consequent first order chemical reaction in stripping analysis on a mercury film electrode, Yu. A. Karbainov, N. N. Chernysheva, and A. G. Stromberg,Zh. Fiz. Khim. 52, 2701–2702 (1978).
Study of quasi reversible processes on electrodes of different geometric form in inverse voltammetry, A. E. Geineman, A. A. Kaplin, and A. G. Stromberg,Zh. Anal Khim. 33, 1510–1516 (1978).
Pseudopolarograms: Applied potential-anodic stripping peak current relationships, M. S. Shuman and J. L. Cromer,Anal Chem. 51, 1546–1550 (1979).
Anodic stripping semidifferential electroanalysis with thin mercury film electrode formed in situ, M. Goto, K. Ikenoya, and D. Ishii,Anal Chem. 51, 110–115 (1979).
Elimination of intermetallic compound interface in twin electrode thin layer anodic stripping voltammetry, D. A. Roston, E. E. Brooks, and W. R. Heineman,Anal Chem. 51, 1728–1732 (1979).
The reversible electrodeposition of trace metal ions from multi-ligand systems Part I Theory, Part II. Calculations on the electrochemical availability of lead at trace levels in sea water, D. R. Turner and M. Whitfield,J. Electroanal Chem. Interfacial Electrochem.103, 43–60; 61–79 (1979).
Flame atomic absorption analysis for selenium after electrochemical preconcentration, W. Lund and R. Bye,Anal Chim. Acta 110, 279–284 (1979).
Faradaic and non-faradaic currents due to reactant stripping at metal surfaces or from thin film electrodes, G. C. Barker and A. W. Gardner,J. Electroanal Chem. Interfacial Electrochem.100, 641–656 (1979).
Instrumentation, Electrodes, and Cells
Instrumental approach to potentiometric stripping analysis of some heavy metals, D. Jagner,Anal Chem.50, 1924–1929 (1978).
Analytical applications of hanging mercury drop electrode, J. W. Ross, R. D. Demars, and I. Shain,Anal Chem.28, 1768–1771 (1956).
Anodic stripping voltammetry with mercury electrodes—potential-step and current-step methods, G. Mamantov, P. Papoff, and P. Delahay,J. Am. Chem. Soc.79, 4034–4040 (1957).
Anodic stripping voltammetry using the hanging mercury drop electrode, R. DeMars and I. Shain,Anal Chem.29, 1825–1827 (1957).
A rotating hanging mercury-drop electrode, E. Barendrecht,Nature 181, 764–765 (1958).
Application of hanging mercury drop electrode to an investigation of intermetallic compounds in mercury, W. Kemula, Z. Galus, and Z. Kublik,Nature 182, 1228–1229 (1958).
Mercury chloride film anode. I. Study of the characteristics of a mercury chloride film anode by chronopotentiometric methods, T. Kuwana and R. N. Adams,Anal Chim. Acta 20, 51–60 (1959).
Mercury chloride film anode. II. Investigation of the characteristics of the mercury chloride film anode by voltage scan method, T. Kuwana and R. N. Adams,Anal Chim. Acta 20, 60–67 (1959).
Analytical application of the hanging mercury drop electrode. Analysis of traces of impurities in uranium salts, W. Kemula, E. Rakowska, and Z. Kublik,J. Electroanal Chem. 1,205–217 (1959/1960).
Trace analysis with a rotating hanging mercury drop, M. Van Swaay and R. S. Deedler,Nature 191, 241–242 (1961).
Use of the rotating hanging mercury drop in analysis. Anodic stripping using a rotating mercury drop, J. J. Engelsman and A. M. J. M. Claassems,Nature 191, 240–241 (1961).
Stripping analysis with spherical mercury electrodes, I. Shain and J. Lewinson,Anal Chem.33, 187–189 (1961).
The rotated, mercury-coated platinum electrode. Preparation and behaviour of continuously deposited mercury coatings and applications to stripping analysis, S. Bruckenstein and T. Nagai,Anal Chem.33, 1201–1209. (1961).
Anodic amalgam voltammetry. III. Comparative investigations on the use of amalgamated platinum electrodes and stationary mercury electrodes, R. Neeb, Z.Anal Chem.180, 161–168 (1961).
Microcell for voltammetry with hanging mercury drop electrode, W. L. Underkofler and I. Shain,Anal Chem.33, 1966–1967 (1961).
Square wave polarography after prior electrolysis at a stationary electrode, F. Von Sturm and M. Ressel,Fresnius Z. Anal. Chem.186, 63–79 (1962).
Anodic amalgam voltammetry. IV. Chronopotentiometric determination of Tl, R. Neeb, Z.Anal. Chem.190, 98–111 (1962).
Coulostatic anodic stripping with a mercury electrode, P. Delahay,Anal. Chem. 34, 1662–1663 (1962).
The hanging mercury drop in polarography, J. Riha, In:Progress in Polarography, Vol. II, I. M. Kolthoff and P. Zuman, eds., pp. 383–396 (1962).
Application of hanging mercury drop electrodes in analytical chemistry, W. Kemula and Z. Kublik,Adv. Anal. Chem. Instrum.2, 123–177 (1963).
Carbon paste electrode’s application to cathodic reduction and anodic stripping voltammetry, C. Olson and R. N. Adams,Anal. Chim. Acta 29, 358–363 (1963).
New construction of an electrolytic cell and electrodes, V. I. Kuleshov and A. G. Stromberg,Metody Analize Khim.56, 37–41 (1963).
Vector polarography on a stationary drop, S. B. Isfasman and R. M. Salikhdzhanova,Zavod. Lab.30, 133–140 (1964).
Application of derivative techniques to anodic stripping voltammetry, S. P. Perone and J. R. Birk,Anal. Chem. 37, 9–12 (1965).
Investigation of a.c. polarography at stationary electrodes, with application to stripping analysis, W. Underkofler and I. Shain,Anal. Chem. 37, 218–222 (1965).
Determination of mixtures by single sweep oscillopolarography, R. A. Osteryoung and E. P. Parry,J. Electroanal. Chem.9, 299–304 (1965).
Differential pulse anodic stripping of trace metals, H. Siegerman and G. O’Dom,Amer. Lab.4 (6) (1972).
Use of carbon-graphite electrodes in inverse voltammetry (Review), A. A. Antsiferov and S. I. Sinyakova,Elektrokhim. Metody. Anal. Mater.115 (1972).
Apparatus for automatic analysis by stripping voltammetry, G. Reusmann and J. Westphalen,Fresenjus’ Z.Anal. Chem.259, 127 (1972).
New cell for rapid anodic stripping analysis user-interactive computer program for analysis of anodic stripping data, R. G. Clem, G. Litton, and L. D. Ornelas, Anal. Chem. 45, 1306 (1973).
Analytical applications of pulsed voltammetric stripping at thin film mercury electrodes, T. R. Copeland, J. H. Christie, R. A. Osteryoung, and R. K. Skogerboe, Anal. Chem. 45, 2171 (1973).
Stripping voltammetry with collection at a rotating ring-disc electrode, D. C. Johnson and R. E. Allen,Talanta 20, 305 (1973).
Use of graphite and mercury-plated graphite electrodes in alternating current voltammetry, E. M. Roizenblat, L. F. Levchenko, and G. N. Veretina,Zh. Anal. Khim.28, 33 (1973).
Anodic stripping voltammetry at a tubular mercury-covered graphite electrode, W. R. Seitz, R. Jones, L. N. Klatt, and W. D. Mason,Anal. Chem.45, 840 (1973).
Microcell for stripping analysis with glassy carbon and mercury-plated glassy carbon electrodes, K. Stulik and M. Stulikova,Anal. Lett. 6, 441 (1973).
Voltammetry at disc electrodes and its analytical application. VII. Use of the second harmonic alternating current technique for stripping analysis at rotating disc electrodes, M. Stulikova and I. Vydra, /.Electroanal. Chem. Interfacial Electrochem.42, 127 (1973).
Carbon glass-ceramic as a new material for solid electrodes in inverse voltammetry, B. A. Anokhim and V. I. Ignatov,Zh. Anal. Chem. 29, 1221 (1974).
Anodic stripping with collection, using thin mercury films, D. Laser and M. Ariel,J. Electroanal. Chem. Interfacial Electrochem.49, 123 (1974).
Determination of trace metals in aqueous environments by anodic stripping voltammetry with a vitreous carbon rotating electrode, A. H. Miguel and C. M. Tankowski,Anal. Chem.46, 1832 (1974).
Electrode for anodic stripping voltammetry, W. R. Matson,Interface Newsletter, January 10, 1974.
Use of linear sweep, superimposed alternating current and pulse voltammetry in the study of anodic stripping at a rotating mercury-copper electrode, J. P. Roux, O. Vittori, and M. Porthault,Analysis 3, 411 (1975).
Silver based mercury film electrode, I. General characteristics and stability of the electrode, Z. Stojek and Z. Kublik,J. Electroanal. Chem. Interfacial Electrochem.60, 349 (1975).
Styrene impregnated, cobalt-60 irradiated graphite electrode for anodic stripping analysis, R. G. Clem and A. F. Sciamanna,Anal. Chem.47, 276 (1975).
Cause of loss of hydrogen-overvoltage on graphite electrodes used for anodic stripping voltammetry, R. G. Clem,Anal. Chem.47, 1778 (1975).
Determination of some metals and their mixtures by stripping chronopotentiometry on a glassy carbon rotating disc electrode, L. Luong and F. Vydra,Collect. Czech. Chem. Commun.40, 2961 (1975).
Differential pulse anodic stripping voltammetry in a thin layer electrochemical cell, T. P. De Angelis and W. R. Heineman,Anal. Chem.48, 2262 (1976).
Computer assisted optimization of anodic stripping voltammetry, Q. V. Thomas, L. Kryger, and S. P. Perone,Anal. Chem.48, 761 (1976).
A novel scheme for the classification of heavy metal species in natural waters, G. E. Batley and T. M. Florence,Anal. Lett.9, 379 (1976).
Experimental factors affecting the phase-selective reversible anodic stripping determination of gallium from 1.0 molar ammonium thiocyanate electrolytes at 60°C and collation of results with sodium thiocyanate/sodium perchlorate-based room temperature measurements, E.D. Moorhead and G. A. Forsberg,Anal. Chem.48, 751 (1976).
Graphite-epoxy mercury thin film working electrode for anodic stripping voltammetry, J. E. Anderson and D. E. Tallman,Anal. Chem. 48, 209 (1976).
Cyclic and stripping voltammetry with graphite based thin mercury film electrodes prepared “in situ,” Z. Stojek, B. Stepmik, and Z. Kublik,J. Electroanal. Chem. Interfacial Electrochem.74, 227 (1976).
Silver based mercury film electrode. Part II. The influence of aging of electrode on the electrode processes of various metal ions, Z. Stojek, P. Ostapczuk, and Z. Kublik,J. Electroanal. Chem. Interfacial Electrochem.67, 301 (1976).
A multiple cell system for differential pulse anodic stripping voltammetry at a hanging mercury drop electrode, J. H. Lowry and R. B. Smart,Am. Lab.8 (12), 47 (1976).
Staircase voltammetric stripping analysis at thin film mercury electrodes, U. Eisner, J. A. Turner, andR. A. Osteryoung,Anal. Chem.48, 1608 (1976).
Digital microcoulometric measurements of cadmium anodic stripping at the micrometer hanging mercury drop electrode, E. D. Moorhead and W. H. Doub, Jr.,Anal. Chem. 49, 199 (1977).
Thin layer differential pulse voltammetry, T. P. DeAngelis, R. E. Bond, E. E. Brooks, and W. R. Heinemann,Anal. Chem.49, 1792 (1977).
Programmable electrochemistry, W. R. Matson, E. Zink, and R. Vitukevitch,Am. Lab. 9 (7), 59 (1977).
Stripping determination of traces of lead using second harmonic alternating voltammetry and rotating disc electrode, M. Kopanica and V. Stara,J. Electroanal. Chem. Interfacial Electrochem. 77, 57 (1977).
Investigation by automated differential pulse anodic stripping voltammetry of the problems of storage of dilute solutions, A. M. Bond and B. W. Kelly,Talanta 24, 453–457 (1977).
A programmable device for electrochemical stripping analysis, F. Opebar and M. Herout,Chem. Listy 71, 867–870 (1977).
Radiation-cured polymer-impregnated graphite electrodes for anodic stripping voltammetry, K. G. McLaren and G. E. Batley,J. Electroanal. Chem. Interfacial Electrochem. 79, 169 (1977).
Silver based mercury film electrode. Part III. Comparison of theoretical and experimental anodic stripping results obtained for lead and copper, Z. Stojek and Z. Kublik,J. Electroanal. Chem. Interfacial Electrochem.77, 205 (1977).
Electrodeposition and stripping at graphite cloth electrodes, D. Yaniv and M. Ariel,J. Electroanal. Chem. Interfacial Electrochem. 79, 159 (1977).
Anodic stripping coulometry at a thin-film mercury electrode, R. Eggli,Anal. Chim. Acta 91, 129 (1977).
A new electrode system with efficient mixing of electrolyte, T. Magjer and M. Branica,Croat. Chem. Acta 49 (1), 11 (1977).
Application of a rotating disc electrode and a rotating cell with stationary electrode in stripping voltammetry for the determination of lead and zinc, F. Vydra and T. V. Nghi,Anal. Chim. Acta 91, 335 (1977).
Anodic stripping voltammetry in a flow-through cell with a fixed mercury film glassy carbon disc electrode. Part I. J. Wang and M. Ariel,J. Electroanal. Chem. Interfacial Electrochem.83, 217 (1977).
Study of anodic stripping voltammetry with collection at tubular electrodes, G. W. Schieffer and W. J. Blaedel,Anal. Chem.49, 49 (1977).
Pulsed voltammetric stripping at the thin-film mercury electrode, J. A. Turner, U. Eisner, and R. A. Osteryong,Anal. Chim. Acta 90, 25–34 (1977).
Derivative potentiometric stripping analysis with a thin film of mercury on a glassy carbon electrode, D. Jagner and K. Aren,Anal. Chim. Acta 100, 375–388 (1978).
A micro-computer system for potentiometric stripping analysis, T. Anfalt and M. Stramberg,Anal. Chim. Acta 103, 379–388 (1978).
Subtractive anodic stripping voltammetry at twin mercury film electrode, E. Steeman, E. Temmerman, andR. Verbinnen,Anal. Chim. Acta 96, 177–181 (1978).
A survey of instrumentation used for monitoring metals in water, M. S. Quinby-Hunt,Am. Lab. 17, 37 (1978).
Applications of staircase voltammetry to trace metal analysis, J. S. Jasinski, EDRO-SARAP,Res. Tech. Rep. 1, 21 pp (1976).[CA 88, 83121f (1978).]
Possibility of using factorial design for lowering the detection limit of elements by stripping voltammetry, O. N. Markymenko, A. A. Kaplin, and V. M. Pichugina, Deposited Doc. VINITI 3970–3976, 8 pp (1976).[CA 89, 99021 (1978).]
Differential pulse anodic stripping voltammetry as a rapid screening technique for heavy metal intoxicants, J. P. France and R. A. Ze Zeeuw,Arch. Toxicol. 37, 47–55 (1976).[CA 89, 141316 (1978).]
Choice analytical signal in inverse voltammetry, Kh. Z. Brainina, G. T. Shishin, L. I. Roitman, and L. N. Kalinishevskaya,Zh. Anal. Khim. 33, 1708–1719 (1978).
Substrate anodic stripping voltammetry with rotating mercury coated glassy carbon electrode, L. Sipos, S. Kozar, I. Kontusic, and M. Branica,J. Electroanal. Chem. Interfacial Electrochem.87, 347–352 (1978).
Anodic stripping voltammetry with collection at tubular electrodes for the analysis of tap water, G. W. Schieffer and W. Blaedel,Anal. Chem. 50, 99–102 (1978).
The rotating disc electrode in flowing systems. Part 1. An anodic stripping monitoring system for trace metals in natural waters, J. Wang and M. Ariel,Anal. Chim. Acta 99, 89–98 (1978).
The rotating disc electrode in flowing systems. Part 2. A flow system for automated anodic stripping voltammetry of discrete samples, J. Wang and M. Ariel,Anal. Chim. Acta 101, 1–8 (1978).
Silver based mercury film electrode. Part IV. Comparison of theoretical and and experimental voltammetric results obtained for cadmium, P. Ostapczuk and Z. Kublik,J. Electroanal. Chem. Interfacial Electrochem.93, 195–212 (1978).
Electrode for a.c. inverse voltammetry, B. S. Bruk and M. N. Bogoslovskaya,Zavod. Lab.44, 395–398 (1978).
Application of chemically modified electrodes to analysis of metal ions, G. T. Cheek and R. F. Nelson,Anal Lett. A 11 (5), 383–402 (1978).
Multiple-scanning potentiometric stripping analysis, J. Mortensen, E. Ouziel, H. J. Sko’v, and L. Kryger,Anal Chim. Acta 112, 297–312 (1979).
Anodic stripping voltammetry with a symmetric double-step wave form, J. J. Kankare and K. E. Haapakka,Anal Chim. Acta 111, 79–87 (1979).
Experimental evaluation of recursive estimation applied to linear sweep anodic stripping voltammetry for real time analysis, P. F. Seelig and H. N. Blunt,Anal Chem. 51, 327–337 (1979).
Application of recursive estimation to the real time analysis of trace metal analyses by linear sweep, pulse and differential pulse anodic stripping voltammetry, P. F. Seelig and H. N. Blunt,Anal Chem.51, 1129–1134 (1979).
Minicomputer-controlled, background subtracted anodic stripping voltammetry: Evaluation of parameters and performance, S. D. Brown and B. R. Kowalski,Anal Chim. Acta 107, 13–27 (1979).
Anodic stripping voltammetry at a reticulated mercury vitreous carbon electrode, W. J. Blaedel and J. Wang,Anal Chem. 51, 1724–1728 (1979).
Modification of a commercial micrometer hanging mercury drop electrode, J. E. Bonelli, H. E. Taylor, and R. K. Skogerboe,Anal Chem. 51, 2412–2413 (1979).
Origin and elimination of interferences from siliconization procedures in anodic stripping voltammetry, M. Ochme,Anal Chim. Acta 107, 67–73 (1979).
Cyclic and stripping voltammetry of mercury at impregnated graphite electrode in chloride and thiocyanate media, R. Oilewicz, Z. Stojek, and Z. Kublik,J. Electroanal Chem. Interfacial Electrochem.96, 29–44 (1979).
Applications—Anodic
Application de la goute pendante de mercure a la determination de minimes quantites de differents ions, W. Kemula and Z. Kublik,Anal. Chim. Acta 18, 104–111 (1958).
Determination of small amounts of cadmium, lead, bismuth and thallium, R. Neeb, Z.Anal Chem.171, 330 (1959).
Anodic stripping voltammetry of nickel at solid electrodes, M. M. Nicholson,Anal Chem. 32, 1058–1062 (1960).
Application of stripping analysis to the determination of iodide with silver microelectrodes, I. Shain and S. P. Perone,Anal Chem. 33, 325–329 (1961).
Application of stripping analysis to the trace determination of tin, S. L. Philips and I. Shain,Anal Chem.34, 262–265 (1962).
Chronopotentiometric deposition and stripping of silver, lead and copper at platinum electrode, A. R. Nisbet and A. J. Bard,J. Electroanal Chem. 6, 332–343 (1963).
The application of stripping analysis to the determination of silver (1) using graphite electrodes, S. P. Perone,Anal Chem. 35, 2091–2094 (1963).
Anodic stripping voltammetry of gold and silver with carbon paste electrodes, E. C. Jacobs,Anal Chem.35, 2112–2115 (1963).
Determination of silver in alkali and alkaline earth metals, Ku. Z. Brainina, T. A. Rygailo, and V. B. Belyavskaya,Metody Analiza Khim. 5-6, 124–128 (1963).
Trace analysis by anodic stripping and voltammetry. I. Trace metals in dead sea brine. 1. Zinc and cadmium, M. Ariel and U. Eisner,J. Electroanal Chem. 5, 362–374 (1963).
Polarography with accumulation at a stationary electrode, A. G. Stromberg and E. A. Zakharova,Zavods. Lab.30, 261–267 (1964).
Polarographic determination of ultramicro traces by concentration and stripping on mercury and solid electrode, S. I. Sinyakova and Yu. I. Vainshtein,Metody. Analiza Khim. 5-6, 5–15 (1963).[CA 61, 1233g (1964).]
Polarography with accumulation on a stationary electrode, A. G. Stromberg and E. A. Zakharova,Zavod. Lab. 30, 261–267 (1964).
Stripping analysis. III. Experimental procedures, I. Shain,Treatise Anal. Chem.4, 2560–2564 (1964).
Filtration as a source of error in anodic stripping voltammetry, H. Specker and G. Schieve, Z.Anal. Chem.204, 1–3 (1964).
Trace analysis by anodic stripping voltammetry. II. The method of medium exchange, M. Ariel, U. Eisner, and S. Gottesfeld,J. Electroanal. Chem. 7, 307 (1964).
Voltammetry of nickel in molten lithium fluoride,J. Electroanal. Chem. 7, 302 - 306 (1964).
The determination of ionic zinc in sea-water by anodic stripping voltammetry using ordinary capillary electrode, G. Macchi,Electroanal. Chem.9, 290–298 (1965).
Anodic stripping voltammetry of mercury(II) at the graphite electrode, S. P. Perone and W. J. Kretlow,Anal. Chem. 37, 968–970 (1965).
Chemical stripping analysis. Determination of cerium(IV), permanganate and iron(III) in the micromolar concentration range, S. Bruckenstein and J. W. Bixler,Anal. Chem. 37, 786–790 (1965).
Electroanalytical method for amalgam forming metals, Ch. Yarnitsky and M. Ariel,J. Electroanal. Chem.10, 110–118 (1965).
Redissolution anodique par polarographie a impulsions, G. Donadey, R. Rosset, and G. Chariot,Chem. Anal. 17, 575 (1972).
Determination of lead, cadmium, copper, thallium, bismuth and zinc in serum by anodic stripping polarography, I. Sinko and S. Gomicsek,Mikrochim. Acta 2, 163 (1972).
Determination of mercury(II) in acidic media by stripping voltammetry with collection, R. E. Allen and D. C. Johnson,Talanta 20, 799 (1973).
Determination of trace amounts of zinc, cadmium, lead and copper in airborne particulate matter by anodic stripping voltammetry, G. Colovos, G. S. Wilson, and J. Moyers,Anal. Chim. Acta 64, 457 (1973).
Effect of supporting electrolyte concentration in pulsed stripping voltammetry at the thin film mercury electrode, T. R. Copeland, J. H. Christie, R. K. Skogerboe, and R. A. Osteryoung,Anal. Chem.45, 995 (1973).
Microdetermination of lead in blood: A derivative pulse stripping voltammetric method, L. Duic, S. Szechter, and S. Srinivasan,J. Electroanal. Chem. Interfacial Electrochem.41, 89 (1973).
Determination of lead in evaporated milk by atomic absorption spectrophotometry and anodic stripping voltammetry collaborative study, J. A. Fiorino, R. A. Moffitt, A. L. Woodson, R. J. Gajan, G. E. Huskey, and R. G. Scholz,J. Assoc. Offic. Anal. Chem. 56, 1246 (1973).
Determination of traces of thallium in urine by anodic stripping a.c. voltammetry, D. L. Levit,Anal. Chem.45, 1291 (1973).
Determination of gold in drugs and serum by use of anodic stripping voltammetry, G. M. Schmid and G. W. Bolger,Clin. Chem.19, 1002 (1973).
Determination of lead in blood and urine by anodic stripping voltammetry, B. Searle, W. Chan, and B. Davidow,Clin. Chem.19, 76 (1973).
Polarographie and Voltammetric Techniques, H. W. Nurnberg and B. Kastening, In:Methodicum Chimicum, F. Korte, ed., vol. 1/A, pp. 584–607, Academic Press, New York (1974)
Electroanalytical determination and characterisation of some heavy metals in sea water, M. Branica, L. Sipos, S. Bubie, and S. Kozar,Proc. 7th Materials Research Symp., Gaithersburg, Md. (1974).
Voltammetric deposition and stripping of selenium(IV) at a rotating gold-disc electrode in 0.1M perchloric acid, R. W. Andrews and D. C. Johnson,Anal. Chem.47, 294 (1975).
Determination of zinc in human eye tissues by anodic stripping voltammetry, T. R. Williams, D. R. Foy, and C. Benson,Anal. Chim. Acta 75, 250 (1975).
Polarography and Voltammetry in Marine Chemistry, H. W. Nurnberg and P. Valenta, In:The Nature of Sea Water, E. D. Goldberg, ed., pp. 87–136, Dahlem Konferenzen, Berlin (1975).
The Electroanalytical Chemistry of Sea Water, M. Whitefield, In:Chemical Oceanography, J. P. Riley and G. Skirrow, ed., 2nd Ed., Vol. 4, Chap. 20, Academic Press, London (1975).
Zero-current inverse chronopotentiometry of lead at a carbon-glass-ceramic electrode, Yu. A. Goncharov and A. N. Doronin,Zh. Anal. Khim.31, 897 (1976).
Inverse voltammetry and coulometry of lead at a carbon-glass-ceramic electrode, O. L. Kabanova and Yu. A. Gancharov,Zh. Anal. Khim.31, 902 (1976).
Selective stripping voltammetric determinations employing cells for electrolysis with simultaneous ion-exchange or solvent extraction, K. Stulik and P. Bedros,Talanta 23, 563 (1976).
The electrochemical stripping determination of bismuth in aqueous and nonaqueous media after its extraction, T. V. Nghi and F. Vydra,J. Electroanal. Chem. Interfacial Electrochem.71, 325 (1976).
Applications of polarography and voltammetry to marine and aquatic chemistry. II. The polarographic approach to the determination and speciation of toxic trace metals in the marine environment, H. W. Nurnberg, P. Valenta, L. Mart, B. Raspor, and L. Sipos,Fresenius Z. Anal. Chem.282, 357–367 (1976).
Capabilities of voltammetric techniques for water quality control problems, J. Buffle, F. L. Greter, G. Nembrini, J. Paul, and W. Haerdi,Fresenius Z. Anal. Chem.282, 339 (1976).
A novel scheme for the classification of heavy metal species in natural waters, G. E. Batley and T. M. Florence,Anal. Lett. 9, 379 (1976).
Characterization of trace metal-organic interactions by anodic stripping voltammetry, T. A. O’Shea and K. H. Mancy,Anal. Chem.48, 1603 (1976).
Determination of the stability constants of some hydroxo and carbonato complexes of Pb(II), Cu(II), Cd(II) and Zn(II) in dilute solutions by anodic stripping voltammetry and differential pulse polarography, H. Bilinski, R. Huston, and W. Stumm,Anal. Chim. Acta 84, 157 (1976).
The determination of zinc, cadmium, lead and copper in a single sea-water sample by differential pulse anodic stripping voltammetry, M. I. Abdullah, B. R. Berg, and R. Klimek,Anal. Chim. Acta 84, 307 (1976).
Electroanalytical determination and characterization of some heavy metals in seawater, M. Branica, L. Sipos, S. Bubic, and S. Kozar,Natl. Bur. Stand (U.S.) Spec. Publ. 442, 917 (1976).
Direct determination of mercury in sea-water by anodic stripping voltammetry with a graphite electrode, R. Fukai and L. Huynh-Ngoc,Anal. Chim. Acta 83, 375 (1976).
Determination of trace mercury(II) in 0.1 M perchloric acid by differential pulse stripping voltammetry at a rotating gold disk electrode, R. W. Andrews, J. H. Larochello, and D. C. Johnson,Anal. Chem.48, 212 (1976).
Electroanalysis of toxic metals in blood and urine, A. A. Cernik,Proc. Anal. Div. Chem. Soc.13, 227 (1976).
Determination of traces of cadmium in alloy steels by anodic stripping voltammetry, K. Stulik and K. Marik,Talanta 23, 131 (1976).
Determination of trace elements in zinc plant electrolyte by differential pulse polarography and anodic stripping voltammetry, E. S. Pilkington, C. Weeks, and A. M. Bond,Anal. Chem.48, 1665 (1976).
Cathodic stripping voltammetry of nanogram amounts of selenium in biological material, M. W. Bles, J. A. Dalziel, and C. M. Elson,J. Assoc. Off. Anal. Chem. 59, 1234 (1976).
Application of polarography and voltammetry to marine aquatic chemistry. Part II. The polarographic approach to the determination and speciation of metals in the marine environment, H. W. Nurnberg, P. Valenta, L. Mart, B. Raspov, and L. Sipos,Fresenius Z. Anal Chem.282, 357–367 (1976).
Use of stripping analysis (inverse voltammetry) in the analysis of macro- and microsubstances (Review), A. A. Kaplin, A. G. Stromberg, and N. P. Pikula,Zavod. Lab.43, 385 (1977).
Comparative study of the analytical characteristics of thin-film flowing and pulsed system, V. A. Igolinskii and G. I. Zheleznyak,Zavod. Lab.43, 140 (1977).
New potentialities in ultra trace analysis with differential pulse anodic stripping voltammetry, P. Valenta, L. Mart, and H. Rutzel,J. Electroanal Chem. Interfacial Electrochem. 82, 327 (1977).
The stripping voltammetric determination of metals in non-aqueous media on the mercury film electrode prepared in situ. Determination of lead after its extraction with dithizone using a substitution reaction with Hg-salt, F. Vydra and T. V. Nghi,J. Electroanal Chem. Interfacial Electrochem.78, 167 (1977).
Potentialities and applications of advanced polarographic and voltammetric methods in environmental research and surveillance of toxic metals, H. W. Nurnberg,Electrochim. Acta 22, 935 (1977).
An experimental study on the speciation of dissolved zinc, cadmium, lead and copper in river Rhine and north sea water, by differential pulsed anodic stripping volummetry, J. C. Duinker and C. J. M. Kramer,Mar. Chem. 5, 207 (1977).
Application of anodic stripping voltammetry to determination of the state of complexation of traces of metal ions at low concentration levels, M. Branica, D. M. Novak, and S. Bubic,Croat. Chem. Acta 49, 539 (1977).
Applications of polarography and voltammetry to marine and aquatic chemistry. IV. A new voltammetric method for the study of mercury traces in sea water and island waters, L. Sipos, P. Valenta, H. W. Nurnberg, and M. Branica,J. Electroanal Chem. Interfacial Electrochem.77, 263 (1977).
Trace chemistry of toxic metals in biomatrixes. II. Voltammetric determination of the trace content of cadmium and other toxic metals in human whole blood, P. Valenta, H. Ruetzel, H. W. Nuernberg, and M. Stoeppler,Fresenius Z. Anal Chem. 285, 25 (1977).
Inverse voltammetric determination of gold in a sulphuric acid solution on a solid electrode, V. A. Zarinskii, L. S. Chulkina, and N. N. Baranova,Zh. Anal Khim. 32, 530 (1977).
Determination of ruthenium as ruthenate by stripping voltammetry, A. Trojnek,J. Electroanal Chem. Interfacial Electrochem.81, 189 (1977).
Investigation by automated differential pulse anodic stripping voltammetry of the problem of storage of dilute solutions, A. M. Bond and B. W. Kelly,Talanta,24, 453 (1977).
Determination of some thiourea-containing pesticides by pulse voltammetric methods of analysis, M. R. Smyth and J. G. Osteryoung,Anal Chem.49, 2310 (1977).
Flow injection analysis, Part X. Theory, techniques and trends, J. Ruzicka and E. H. Hansen,Anal Chim. Acta 99, 37–76 (1978).
Defining the electroanalytically measured species in a natural water sample, W. Davison,J. Electroanal Chem. Interfacial Electrochem.87, 395–404 (1978).
Anodic stripping voltammetry at a mercury film electrode: Baseline concentrations of cadmium, lead and copper in selected natural waters, J. E. Poldoski and G. E. Glass,Anal Chim. Acta 101, 79–88 (1978).
The determination of copper, lead, cadmium and zinc in human teeth by anodic stripping voltammetry, W. Lund, M. Oehme, and J. Jonsen,Anal Chim. Acta 100, 389–398 (1978).
Determination of total arsenic at the nanogram level by high-sweep anodic stripping voltammetry, P. H. Davis, G. R. Dulude, R. M. Griffin, W. R. Matson, and E. W. Zink,Anal Chem.50, 137–143 (1978).
Anodic stripping voltammetry of tellurium(IV) in aqueous solution and mixed solvents, M. Kopanica and V. Stara,J. Electroanal Chem. Interfacial Electrochem. 91, 351–357 (1978).
Electrochemical stripping determination of traces of copper, lead, cadmium and zinc in zirconium metal and zirconium dioxide, K. Stulik, P. Baran, J. Dolezal, and F. Opekar,Talanta 25, 363–369 (1978).
A new voltammetric stripping method applied to the determination of the brightener concentration in copper pyrophosphate plating baths, D. Tench and C. Ogden,J. Electrochem. Soc.125, 194–198 (1978).
Determination of extremely small amounts of substances with the microprobe after electro- lytical enrichment on small surfaces, R. Bock, E. Zimmer, and G. Weichbrodt,Fresenius Z.Anal. Chem.293, 377–387 (1978).
Subtractive anodic stripping voltammetry at twin mercury film electrodes, E. Steeman, E. Timmerman, andR. Valinnen,Anal. Chim. Acta 96, 177–181 (1978).
Evaluation and optimization of the standard addition method for absorption spectrometry and anodic stripping voltammetry, J. P. Franke, R. A. DeZeeus, and R. Hakkert,Anal. Chem.50, 1374–1380 (1978).
Determination of the detection limit for twenty elements of the periodic system by stripping polarography, A. G. Stromberg, A. A. Kaplin, N. P. Pikula, and B. A. Kubrak,Fiz.-Khim. Metody. Anal. 2, 6–10 (1977).
Determination of trace impurities in high purity reagents by mercury-thin film anodic stripping voltammetry, Y. Israel, T. Ofir, and J. Rejek,Mikrochim. Acta 1, 151–163 (1978).
Polarographic and voltammetric methods for the determination of elements, R. Neeb,Mikrochim. Acta 1 (3–4), 305–318 (1978).
Potentiometric stripping analysis for lead in urine, D. Jagner, L. G. Danielsson, and K. Aren,Anal. Chim. Acta 106, 15–21 (1979).
Potentiometric stripping analysis for zinc, cadmium lead and copper in sea water, D. Jagner and K. Aren,Anal. Chim. Acta 107, 29–35 (1979).
Potentiometric stripping analysis in non-deaerated samples, D. Jagner,Anal. Chem. 51, 342–345 (1979).
Pseudo polarographic determination of metal complex stability constants in dilute solution by rapid scan anodic stripping voltammetry, S. D. Brown and B. R. Kowalski,Anal. Chem.51, 2133–2139 (1979).
Interference in anodic stripping voltammetry from the teflon vessels used in pressurized digestion, M. Ochme,Talanta 26, 913–916 (1979).
Use of chelex resin for determination of labile trace metal fractions in aqueous ligand media and comparison of the method with anodic stripping voltammetry, P. Figura and B. McDuffie,Anal. Chem.51, 120–125 (1979).
The determination of cadmium, lead and copper in urine by differential pulse anodic stripping voltammetry, W. Lund and R. Eriksen,Anal. Chim. Acta 107, 37–46 (1979).
A rapid high performance analytical procedure with simultaneous voltammetric determination of toxic trace metals in urine, J. Golimowski, P. Valenta, M. Stoeppler, and H. W. Nurnberg,Talanta 26, 649–656 (1979).
Determination of cobalt by anodic stripping voltammetry at a mercury film electrode, H. Bloom, B. N. Noller, and D. E. Richardson,Anal. Chim. Acta 109, 157–160 (1979).
Cyclic and stripping voltammetry of tin in the presence of lead in pyrogallol medium at hanging and film mercury electrodes, S. Glodowski and W. Kublic,Anal. Chim. Acta 104, 55–65 (1979).
Determination of traces of arsenic in zinc sulphate industrial solutions by voltammetry and cathodic redissolution, T. Monama and G. Duyckaerts,Anal. Lett. 12, 219–229 (1979).
Target preparation for x-ray emission analysis by anodic electrodeposition of cyano metalates from 2-propanol-water mixtures, K. Wundt, H. Duschner, and K. Starke,Anal. Chem. 51, 1487–1492 (1979).
Comparison of digestion procedures for the determination of heavy metals (cadmium, copper, lead) in blood by anodic stripping voltammetry, M. Oehme and W. Lund,Fresenius Z. Anal. Chem.298, 260–268 (1979).
Applications—Cathodic
Determination of chloride by cathodic stripping polarography, R. G. Ball, D. L. Manning, and O. Menis,Anal. Chem.32, 621–623 (1960).
Determination of micro amounts of chloride ions at a stationary mercury electrode, Kh. Brainina and E. M. Roizenblat,Zavod. Lab. 28, 21–23 (1962).
Determination of chloride ion in dilute solutions by cathodic stripping voltammetry, W. L. Maddox, M. T. Kelley, and J. A. Dean,J. Electroanal. Chem. 4, 96–104 (1962).
Inverse polarographic determination of chloride in ppm range in concentrated mineral acids, H. Specker and G. Schieve, Z.Anal. Chem. 196, 1–5 (1963).
Simultaneous determination of bromide and chloride by cathodic stripping voltammetry, G. Colovos, G. S. Wilson, and J. L. Moyers,Anal. Chem.46, 1051 (1974).
Determination of phosphate by cathodic stripping voltammetry at a glassy carbon electrode, J. A. Cox and K. H. Cheng,Anal. Lett.7, 659 (1974).
Cathodic stripping coulometry of lead, H. A. Laitinen and N. H. Watkins,Anal. Chem.47, 1352 (1975).
Determination of the sodium salt of 2-mercaptopyridine-N-oxide by differential pulse cathodic stripping voltammetry, D. A. Csejka, S. T. Nakos, and E. W. DuBord,Anal. Chem.47, 322 (1975).
Mechanism of anodic deposition and cathodic stripping of Pb02 on conductive tin oxide, H. A. Laitinen and N. H. Witkins,J. Electrochem. Soc.123, 804 (1976).
The determination of bromide, chloride and lead in airborne particulate matter by stripping voltammetry, B. L. Dennis, G. S. Wilson, and J. L. Moyers,Anal. Chim. Acta 86, 27 (1976).
Direct determination of thioamide drugs in biological fluids by cathodic stripping voltammetry, I. E. Davidson and W. F. Smyth,Anal. Chem.49, 1195 (1977).
Phase selective cathodic stripping voltammetry for determination of water-soluble mercap- tans, W. M. Moore and V. F. Gaylor,Anal. Chem.49, 1386 (1977).
Determination of halide ions by cathodic stripping analysis, K. Manandhar and D. Pletcher,Talanta 24, 387 (1977).
Cathodic stripping voltammetric study of the release of inorganic sulphide from proteins in alkaline media, T. M. Florence,Anal. Lett. B 11, 913–924 (1978).
Cathodic stripping voltammetry. Part I. Determination of organic sulphur compounds, flavins and porphyrins at the sub-micromolar level, T. M. Florence,J. Electroanal. Chem. Interfacial Electrochem.97, 219–236 (1979).
Cathodic stripping voltammetry. Part II. Study of the release of inorganic sulphide from proteins during denaturation in alkaline media, T. M. Florence,J. Electroanal. Chem. Interfacial Electrochem.97, 237–255 (1979).
Cathodic stripping voltammetric determination of organic halides in drug dissolution studies, I. E. Davidson and W. F. Smyth,Anal. Chem. 51, 2127–2133 (1979).
Determination of selenium in soils and plants by differential pulse cathodic-stripping voltammetry, S. Forbes, G. P. Bounds, and T. S. West,Talanta 26, 473–477 (1979).
Books and Reviews
Permeability of membranes. I. Theory of ionic permeability, K. H. Meyer and J. F. Sievers,Helv. Chim. Acta 19, 649–664 (1936).
Permeability of membranes. II. Studies with artificial selective membranes, K. H. Meyer and J. F. Sievers,Helv. Chim. Acta 19, 665–677 (1936).
General discussions on papers pertaining to biomembranes and bioelectrochemistry, T. Teorell,Trans. Faraday Soc. 33, 1053–1055 (1937).
Permeability of membranes. II. Effect of boric anhydride and aluminium oxide on the electrode properties of glass, B. P. Nikolski and T. A. Tolmacheva,Zh. Fiz. Khim. 10, 504–512 (1937).
Electric potentials of crystal surfaces and at silver halid surfaces in particular, I. M. Kolthoff and H. L. Sanders,J. Am. Chem. Soc. 59, 416–420 (1937).
Glass electrode for measuring sodium ion, G. Eisenman, D. O. Rudin, and J. U. Casty,Science 126, 831–834 (1957).
Membranes of heterogeneous structure for the determination of the activity anions, E. Pungor, J. Havas, and K. Toth,Acta Chim. Acad. Sci. Hung. 41 (1–2), 239–255 (1964) (Eng).
Theory and application of anion selective membrane electrodes, E. Pungor,Anal. Chem. 39, (No. 53), 28A–45A (1967).
Recent developments in the theory and application of some ion selective membrane electrodes, E. Pungor and K. Toth,Hung. Sci. Instrum. 14, 15–20 (1968).
Similarities between liquid and solid ion exchangers and their usefulness as ion specific electrodes, G. Eisenman,Anal. Chem. 40, 310–320 (1968).
Theory of membrane electrode potentials: An examination of the parameters determining the selectivity of solid and liquid ion exchanges and of neutral ion-sequestering molecules, G. Eisenman, In:Ion Selective Electrodes, R. A. Durst, ed., Chap. 1, pp. 1–56, National Bureau of Standards Pub. No. 314 (1969).
Solid-state and liquid membrane ion selective electrodes, J. W. Ross, Jr., In:Ion Selective Electrodes, R. A. Durst, ed., National Bur. of Stand. Publ. No. 314, Chap. 2, pp. 57–88 (1969).
Heterogeneous membrane electrodes, A. K. Covington, In:Ion Selective Electrodes, R. A. Durst, ed., National Bur. of Stand. Pub. No. 314, Chap. 3, pp. 89–106 (1969).
Thermodynamic studies, J. N. Butler, In:Ion Selective Electrodes, R. A. Durst, ed., Natl. Bur. of Stand. Pub. No. 314, Chap. 5, pp. 143–189 (1969).
New directions for ion selective electrodes, G. A. Rechnitz,Anal. Chem. 41 (No. 12), 109A–113A (1969).
Ion selective membrane electrodes. Part I. Glass electrodes, G. J. Moody, R. B. Oke, and J. D. R. Thomas,Lab. Prac. 18, 941–945 (1969).
Ion Selective Membrane Electrodes, E. Pungor and K. Toth,Analyst 95, 625–648 (1970).
Selective Ion Sensitive Electrodes, G. J. Moody and J. D. R. Thomas, Merrow, Watford (England) (1971).
R. P. Buck,Physical Methods of Chemistry, A. Weissberger and B. Rossiter, eds., Vol. I, Part II, Chap. II, pp. 61–162, Wiley, New York (1971).
Ion selective electrodes in science, medicine and technology, R. A. Durst,Am. Sci. 59 (3), 353–361 (1971).
Ion selective sensors, W. Simon,Pure Appl. Chem. 25, 811–823 (1971).
Function potential and selectivity rating of selective ion-sensitive membrane electrodes, G.J. Moody and J. D. R. Thomas,Lab. Pract. 20, 307–311 (1971).
Theory and applications of ion-selective electrodes, J. Koryta,Anal. Chim. Acta 61 (3), 329–411 (Eng) (1972).
Development and publication of work with selective ion sensitive electrodes, G. J. Moody and J. D. R. Thomas,Talanta 19, 623–639 (1972) (Eng).
Ion selective electrodes, potentiometry and potentiometric titrations, R. P. Buck,Anal. Chem. 44, 270R–295R (1972).
Some problems concerning the behaviour of ion selective membrane electrodes under current, C. Liteanu, I. C. Popescu, and E. Hopirtean, In:Ion Selective Electrodes, E. Pungor, ed., pp. 51–96, Akademiai Kiado, Budapest (1973).
Selectivity and sensitivity of ion selective electrodes, G. J. Moody and J. D. R. Thomas, In:Ion Selective Electrodes, E. Pungor, ed., pp. 97–113, Akademiai Kiado, Budapest (1973).
An examination of the temperature coefficients of ion selective electrodes in non-isothermal galvanic cells, E. Lindner, K. Toth, and E. Pungor, In:Ion Selective Electrodes, E. Pungor, ed., pp. 205–217, Akademiai Kiado, Budapest (1973).
Selectivity of coated wire and liquid ion sensitive electrodes, T. Stworzewicz, J. Czapkiewicz, and M. Leszko, In:Ion Selective Electrodes, E. Pungor, ed., pp. 259–267, Akademiai Kiado, Budapest (1973).
Steady-state space charge effects in symmetric cells with concentration polarized electrodes, R. P. Buck,J. Electroanal. Chem. Interfacial Electrochem. 46, 1–23 (1973).
K. Cammaun,Das Arbeiten mit Ion Selektiven Elektroden, Springer Verlag, Berlin (1973).
Ion selective electrodes, potentiometry and potentiometric titrations, R. P. Buck,Anal. Chem.46, 28R (1974).
Ion selective electrodes, R. P. Buck,Anal. Chem. 48, 23R (1976).
Applications of ion-selective membrane electrodes in organic analysis; Part I. Theoretical consideration, G. E. Bainlescu and V. V. Cosofret (Eng. Trans), Chap. 1–5, pp. 9–49, Ellis Horwood Ltd. Pub., Chichester (1977).
Analysis with Ion Selective Electrodes, J. Vesely, D. Weiss, and K. Stulik, ed., Wiley, New York, 220 pp. (1977).
Determination of selectivity coefficients of ion selective Electrodes, F. Shinsaking and M. Okada,Matsushita Hiroshi Chubu Kogyo Daigabu Kiyo , 13-A, 143–149 (1977) (Japan).
Theory and principles of membrane electrodes, R. P. Buck, In:Ion Selective Electrodes in Analytical Chemistry, H. Freiser, ed., Vol. 1, Chap. 1, pp. 1–141, Plenum Press, New York (1978).
Precipitate-based ion selective electrodes, E. Pungor and K. Toth, In:Ion Selective Electrodes in Analytical Chemistry, H. Freiser, ed., Vol. 1, Chap. 2, pp. 143–210, Plenum Press, New York (1978).
Ion selective electrodes based on neutral carriers, W. E. Morf and W. Simon, In:Ion Selective Electrodes in Analytical Chemistry, H. Freiser, ed., Vol. 1, Chap. 3, pp. 211–286, Plenum Press, New York (1978).
Selection of suitable reference electrodes of pH and ion selective measurements, W. C. Clock,Beckmann 2, 22–26 (1978) (Ger).
Ion selective electrodes response to anions, K. Masamitsu and T. Kosurhara,Dogin Nyusu 8, 1–5 (1978) (Japan).
Functional electrode, N. Katsumi and U. Yoshio,Bunsenki 11, 798–803 (1978) (Japan).
Potential pitfalls in the use of ion selective electrodes-reference electrode pairs, R. A. Durst,Theory Des. Biomed. Appl. Solidstate Chem. Sens. Workshop 1977, 155–163 (1979).
Potential generating processes at interfaces: from electrolyte/metal and electrolyte membrane to electrolyte semiconductor, R. P. Buck,Theor. Des. Biomed. Appl. Solidstate Chem. Sens. Workshop 1977, 3–39 (1978) (Eng).
The problem of the single ion activity, R. G. Bates,Denki Kagaku Oyebi Kogyo Butsuri Kagaku 46 (9), 480–484 (1978) (Eng.).
Ion selective electrodes, E. Pungor, K. Toth, and G. Nagy,Mikrochim Acta 1 (5–6), 531–545 (1978).
Statistical approach for selectivity of ion selective membrane electrodes, C. Liteanuet al.,Anal. Chem. 50 (8), 1202–1209 (1978).
Response time studies on neutral carrier ion-selective membrane electrodes, E. Lindner, K. Toth, E. Pungor, E. Morf Werner, and W. Simon,Anal. Chem. 50 (12), 1627–1631 (1978) (Eng).
A mixed potential ion selective electrodes theory, K. Camman,Ion Selective Electrodes Conf. 1978, 297–306 (1978).
Ion selective electrodes in analytical chemistry, H. Freiser, ed., 439 pp., Plenum Press, New York (1978).
The present state of art (of ion selective electrodes), E. Pungor,Ion Selective Electrodes Conf. 1977; 161–173 (1978).
Comparative theoretical aspects of different types of ion selective electrodes, R. P. Buck and P. Richard, W. R. Kenan, Jr., ed., Lab. Chem. Univ. North Carolina, Chapel Hill N.C.Ion Selective Electrodes Conf.1977, 21–55 (1978).
Introduction, basic electrode types, classification and selectivity considerations, A. K. Covington, In:Ion Selective Electrode Methodology, A. K. Covington, ed., Vol. I, Chap. I, pp. 1 - 20, CRC Press Inc., Florida (1979).
P. Standards and A. K. Covington, In:Ion Selective Electrode Methodology, A. K. Covington, ed., Chap. 4, pp. 67–76, CRC Press Inc. Florida (1979).
Enzyme electrode, P. Vadgama, In:Ion Selective Electrode Methodology, A. K. Covington, ed., Vol. II, Chap. 2, pp. 23–40, CRC Press Inc. Florida (1979).
Instrumentation and Method of Preparation
The development of membranes prepared from artificial cation-exchange materials with particular reference to the determination of sodium ion activities, M. R. Wyllie and H. W. Patnode,J. Phys. Chem.54, 204–227 (1950).
Fluoride microanalysis by linear null point potentiometry, R. A. Durst,Anal. Chem.40, 931–935 (1968).
Industrial analysis and control with ion selective electrodes, T. S. Light, In:Ion Selective Electrodes, R. A. Durst, ed., Nat. Bur. of Stand. Publ. No. 314, Chap. 10, pp. 349–374 (1969).
Ion selective membrane electrodes, II. Nonglass membrane electrode, G. J. Moody, R. B. Oke, and J. D. R. Thomas,Lab. Pract. 18, 1056–1062 (1969).
Differential potentiometry with ion selective electrodes. A new instrumental approach, M.J. D. Brand and G. A. Rechnitz,Anal. Chem.42, 616–622 (1970).
Computer approach to ion selective electrode potentiometry by standard addition methods, M. J. D. Brand and G. A. Rechnitz,Anal. Chem.42, 1172–1177 (1970).
Applications of ion selective electrodes in continuous analysis, B. Fleet and A. Y. W. Ho, In:Ion Selective Electrodes, E. Pungor, ed., pp. 17–35, Akademiai Kiado, Budapest (1973).
Use of sensitive single chemical flow through electrode for automation of potentiometric CP determination in biol. materials according to flow stream principle, U. Tietz, U. Gruenke, P. Hastmann, and E. Keil, Z.Med. Laboratoriumsdiagn, 19 (5), 327–332 (1978) (Ger).
Automated semi-micro determination with ion selective electrodes, W. A. Lingerak, F. Bakker, and J. Slanina,Ion Selective electrode Conference 1977, 453–462 (1978).
Application of computers in potentiometric studies of complexation equilibriums, Majer Vladimir, Stulik, and Karel,Chem. Listy 72 (8), 785–800 (1978) (Czech).
Novel computer evaluation of multiple standard addition with ion selective electrodes, G. Horvai, L. Domokos, and E. Pungor,Fresenius Z. Anal. Chem. 292 (2), 132–134 (1978).
An evaluation of some pharmaceutical applications of an ion selective electrodes-Auto analyzer II system, A. W. Finnerty, H. Luttrell, Zudeck, and Steven,Adv. Autom. Anal. Technic Int. Congr. 7th,2, 210–214 ( 1976 ) ( Pub. 1977 ) E. C. Barton, ed., Mediad Inc., Tarrytown, N. Y.
Evaluation of multiple standard addition data obtained with ion selective electrodes. I. Evaluation using a desk-lop computer, G. Horvai, L. Domoskos, and E. Pungor (Altalanos Anal. Kem. Tansz. Budapesti Musz. Fgy, Budapest, Hung).Magy. Kem. Foly 84 (11), 481–483 (1978) (Hung.).
Electrode system for determining ions in solution, Bocke Jan. Ger Off en. 2726271 (CI GOIN 27128) 22 Dec. 1977.
Method and apparatus for the continuous measurements of gas traces with ion selective electrodes, Fritze, Ulrich, Herschinger and Heinz, Ger Offen. 2723310 (CI GOIN 27/46) CA 90 (1979) 91782 d.
Computer automation of potentiometric analysis with ion selective electrodes, J. Slanina, F. Bakkar, J. J. Moels, J. E. Ordelman, and A. G. M. Bruyen-Hes,Anal. Chim. Acta 112 (1), 45–54 (1979).
Microcomputer controlled potentiometric analysis system, R. M. Charles and H. Freiser,Anal. Chem.51 (7), 803–807 (1979).
Instrumentation for ion selective electrodes, P. R. Burton, In:Ion Selective Electrode Methodology, A. K. Covington, ed., Vol. I, Chap. 2, pp. 21–41, CRC Press Inc. Florida (1979).
Applications
The use of membrane electrodes in the analysis of ionic concentrations, E. Pungor and E. Hallos-Rockosinyi,Acta. Chim. Acad. Sci. Hung. 27, 63–68 (1961) (German).
Selective ion electrodes in analysis instrumentation, T. S. Light, Vol. 5, L. Fowler, R. G. Harmon, and D. K. Roe, eds., pp. 73–87, Plenum Press, New York (1968).
Activity standards for ion selective electrodes, R. G. Bates and M. Alfenaar, In:Ion Selective Electrodes, R. A. Durst, ed., Natl. Bur. of Stand. Publ. No. 314, Chap. 6, pp. 191–214 (1969).
Ion selective electrodes in biomedical research, R. N. Khuri, In:Ion Selective Electrodes, R. A. Durst, ed., Nat. Bur. of Stand. Publ. No. 314, Chap. 8, pp. 287–312 (1969).
Analytical studies on ion selective membrane electrodes, G. A. Rechnitz, In:Ion Selective Electrodes, R. A. Durst, ed., Nat. Bur. of Strand. Publ. No. 314, Chap. 9, pp. 313–348 (1969).
Analytical techniques and applications of ion selective electrodes, R. A. Durst, In:Ion Selective Electrodes, R. A. Durst, ed., Nat. Bur. of Stand. Publ. No. 314, Chap. 11, pp. 375–414 (1969).
Application of ion selective electrode systems to industrial processes, R. L. Beals,Ann. Instrum. 7, 74–79 (1969).
Ion selective electrodes—Industrial applications, T. S. Light,Ind. Water Eng. 6 (9), 33–37 (1969).
Measurements of inorganic water pollutants by specific ion electrode, J. M. Riseman,Am. Lab. 32–39, July (1969).
Ion selective electrodes in science, medicine and technology, R. A. Durst,Am. Sci.59 (3), 354–361 (1971).
Ion selective electrode procedure for organophosphate pesticide analysis, G. Baum and F. B. Ward,Anal. Chem.43, 947–948 (1971).
Applications of ion selective electrodes—Application, W. E. Bazzelle,Anal. Chim. Acta 54, 29–39 (1971).
Intrinsic end point errors in pipette titrations with ion selective electrodes, P. W. Carr,Anal. Chem.43, 425–430 (1971).
Application of specific ion electrodes to electroplating analyses, M. S. Frant,Plating 58, 686–693 (1971).
Ion sensitive electrodes for individual ionic activity measurements, G. Milazzo, In:Ion Selective Electrodes, E. Pungor, ed., pp. 115–126, Akademiai Kiado, Budapest (1973).
Ion selective electrodes, Crytur and B. Manek, In:Ion Selective Electrodes, E. Pungor, ed., pp. 219–224, Akademiai Kiado, Budapest (1973).
The biomed. and related roles of ion selective electrodes, G. J. Moody and J. D. R. Thomas,Prog. Med. Chem.14, 51–104 (1977).
Recent analytical applications of ion selective electrodes, G. J. Moody and J. D. R. Thomas,Lab. Pract. Rev. Curr. Tech. Instrum. 1–20 (1977).
Sources of error in ion selective electrode potentiometry, R. A. Durst, In:Ion Selective Electrodes in Analytical Chemistry, H. Freiser, ed., Chap. 5, pp. 311–338, Plenum Press, New York (1978).
Applications of ion selective electrodes, G. J. Moody and J. D. R. Thomas, In:Ion Selective Electrodes in Analytical Chemistry, H. Freiser, ed., Chap. 6, pp. 339–433, Plenum Press, New York (1978).
Applicability of ion selective electrodes in automated systems for clinical analysis, W. Simon, D. Ammann, H. F. Osswald, P. C. Meier, and R. E. Drhneb,Adv. Autom. Anal. Technicon. Int. Congr. 7th 1976 (Pub. 1977 ) 1, 59–62.
Studies on ion selective electrodes. Part II. Calibration of ion selective electrodes with exponential dilution flask, V. Raune,Kem Kemi 5 (12), 614–617 (1978).
Electrode behaviour of anion selective membranes in solutions of surfactants, S. V. Timofeev, E. A. Materova, L. K. Arkhangelskii, and E. V. Chirkova,Vestn. Leningr. Univ. Fiz. Khim.3, 139–141 (1978).
The use of ion selective electrodes in diary science, E. Tschager,Milchwirtsch Ber. Bun- desanst. Wolfpassing Rotholz 56, 189–194 (1978).
Evaluation of multiple standard addition data obtained with ion selective electrodes. II. A study on the precision of the multiple standard addition method, G. Horvai, K. Toth, and E. Pungor,Mogy. Kem. Foly 84 (11), 483–485 (1978) (Hung.).
New achievements in the flow solution analysis with ion selective electrodes, G. Nagy, Z. Feher, K. Toth, and E. Pungor,Ion Selective Electrode Conf.1977, 477–490 (1978).
Trends in the standardization of ion selective electrodes, R. G. Bates and R. A. Robinson,Ion Selective Electrode Conf.1977 (1978).
The use of combination electrodes in automated systems, M. Vandeputte, L. Dryon, and D. L. Massart (Pharm. Inst. Univ. Brussels, St. Genesius Rode. Belg),Ion Selective Electrodes Conf.1977, 583–587 (1978).
Analytical techniques involving ion selective electrodes, J. D. R. Thomas,ISE Conference 1977; 175–198 (1978).
Present status and future applications of coated wire electrodes, H. Freiser,Theory Des Biomeel Appl. Solidstate Chem. Sensor Workshop 1977, 177–182 (1978).
Survey of flow through analytical systems employing ion selective electrodes as detectors, G. Nagy, Z. Feher, K. Toth, and E. Pungor,Hung. Sci. Instrum.41, 27–39 (1977).
Errors and error propagation using ion selective electrodes evaluation of concentrations, S. Ebel, E. Glaser, and A. Seuring,Fresenius, Z.Anal. Chem. 291 (2), 108–112 (1978).
Studies on standard addition method in ion selective electrodes—An equation, a plot and a monograph involving A£, Chao Tsao-Fang,K’OHsueh TungPao.24 (5), 212–214 (1979).
Ion selective electrodes in organic elemental and functional group analysis—a review, W. Selig, Report 1977(CA 90, 161712 g) (1979).
Practical techniques for ion selective electrodes, R. J. Simpson, In:Ion Selective Electrode Methodology, A. K. Covington, ed., Vol. I, Chap. 3, pp. 13–66, CRC Press Inc. Florida (1979).
Ion Selective Electrodes in Medicine and Medical Research, D. M. Band and T. Treasure, In:Ion Selective Electrode Methodology, A. K. Covington, ed., Vol. II, Chap 3, pp. 41–63, CRC Press Inc. Florida (1979).
Analytical methods involving ion selective electrodes (including flow methods), K. Toth, G. Nagy, and E. Pungor, In:Ion Selective Electrode methodology, A. K. Covington, ed., Vol. II, Chap. 4, pp. 65–122, CRC Press Inc. Florida (1979).
Solid Membrane Electrodes: Theory
Electrode for sensing fluoride ion activity in solutions, M. S. Frant and J. W. Ross, Jr.,Science 154, 1553–1555 (1966).
Glass electrodes for hydrogen and other cations—Principles and Practice, G. Eisenman, ed., Marcel Dekker, New York (1967).
Theory of potential distribution and response of solidstate membrane electrodes, R. P. Buck,Anal. Chem.40, 1432–1439 (1968).
Alkaline earth and lanthanum ion electrodes of the third kind based on the hydrogen ion responsive glass electrode. Thermodynamic solubility products of long chain normal fatty acids and their alkaline earth and lanthanum salts in water, A. A. A. A1 Attar and W. H. Beck,J. Electroanal. Chem. Interfacial Electrochem.27, 59–67 (1970).
Study of the behaviour of membrane and single crystal electrodes with respect to some univalent ions, N. Bottazzini and V. Crespi,Chim. Ind. (Milan) 52, 866–869 (1970).
Recent results in the field of precipitate based ion selective electrodes, K. Toth, In:Ion Selective Electrodes, E. Pungor, ed., pp. 145–164, Akademiai Kiado, Budapest (1973).
The low response of silicone rubber electrodes to low levels of activity, P. L. Bailey and E. Pungor, In:Ion Selective Electrodes, E. Pungor, ed., pp. 167–171, Akademiai Kiado, Budapest (1973).
Response to Ca+2 ions of CaF2 crystal membrane electrode, G. Malathiet ah, Analyst (Lond ) 103 (1228), 768–770 (1978).
Effect of pH on response of a CN ISE, M. Gratzletal., Anal. Chim. Acta 102, 85–90 (1978).
Study of mechanism of ion selective electrode using impedance measurements, J. Mertens, P. Vanden Winkel, and J. Verecken,Bioelectrochem. Broenerg. 5 (4), 699–712 (1978).
Response of Cu(II) ion selective electrode to some complexing agents, I. L. Sekara and F. Josef,Anal. Lett.All (5), 415–427 (1978).
Dynamic response studies of solidstate CP ISE in presence of Fe(III) with an on line computer, J. W. Bixler, R. Nee, and S. P. Perone,Anal. Chim. Acta 99 (2), 225–232 (1978).
Transient characteristics of a cadmium ion selective electrode, E. Niki and H. Shirai (Fac. Technol. Univ. Tokyo, Japan),Elektrokhimiya 14 (5), 714–718 (Russ) (1978).
Grain boundary effects in solidstate ion selective electrodes, R. E. Vander Leest and A. Geven,J. Electroanal. Chem. Interfacial Electrochem.90 (1) 97–104 (1978).
Structure and electrical properties of the ion selective electrode membranes based on AgX-Ag2S (X = CI, Br, I), Yu. G. Vlasov and S. B. Kocheregin,Ion Selective Electrode Conf. 1977, 597–601 (1978).
Interpretation of the response mechanism of solidstate ion selective electrodes regarding diffusion process, A. Hulanicki and A. Leuenstam,ISE Conf.1977, 395–402 (1978).
The behaviour of solidstate ISE in the presence of complexing agents, W. E. Vander Linden and G. J. M. Heigne,ISE Conf.1977, 445–452 (1978).
Polyvinyl chloride matrix membrane ion selective electrodes, G. J. Moody and J. D. R. Thomas, In:Ion selective Electrode Methodology, A. K. Covington, ed., Vol. I, Chap. 7, pp. 111–130, CRC Press Inc., Florida (1979).
Heterogeneous membrane, carbon support and coated wire ion selective electrodes, R. W. Cattrall, In:Ion Selective Electrode Methodology, A. K. Covington, ed., Vol. 1, Chap. 8, pp. 131–173, CRC Press Inc., Florida (1979).
Crystalline and pressed powder; Solid membrane electrodes, R. P. Buck, In:Ion Selective Electrode Methodology, A. K. Covington, ed., Vol. 1, Chap. 9, pp. 175–250, CRC Press Inc., Florida (1979).
Gas-sensing probes, M. Riley, In:Ion Selective Electrode Methodology, A. K. Covington, ed., Vol. II, Chap. 1, pp. 1–21, CRC Press Inc., Florida (1979).
Solid Membrane Electrodes: Instrumentation and Methods of Preparation
Permselective membrane electrodes, J. S. Parsons,Anal. Chem. 30, 1262–1265 (1958).
Electrochemical generation of fluoride ion by solid-state transference, R. A. Durst and J. W. Ross,Anal. Chem.40, 1343–1344 (1968).
Nitrate determinations in soil extracts with the nitrate electrode, A. Oeien and A. R. Selmer-Olsen,Analyst (Lond) 94 (1123), 888–894 (1969).
Ion selective combination electrode of synthetic materials, D. N. Hoole and G. L. Klein, Ger. Offen. 1918590 (CI GOIN) 30 Oct. 1969.
Plastic electrodes selective for organic ions, T. Higuchi, C. R. Glian, and J. L. Tossounian,Anal. Chem. 42, 1674–1676 (1970).
Construction of ion selective glass electrodes by vacuum deposition of metals, J. P. Guignard and S. M. Friedman,J. Appl. Physiol.29, 254–257 (1970).
Copper(I) sulfide ceramic membrane as selective electrodes for copper(II), H. Hirata, K. Higashiyama, and K. Date,Anal. Chim. Acta 51, 209–212 (1970).
The p-n-p transistor used exponentially to linearize the voltage out put of the pC02 physiological electrode, C. E. W. Hahn,Rev. Sci. Instrum. 42, 1164–1168 (1971).
Differential potentiometric determination of parts per billion chloride with ion selective electrodes, T. M. Florence,J. Electroanal Chem. Interfacial Electrochem. 31, 77–86 (1971).
Apparatus for producing ion selective electrodes, F. Oehme, Ger. Offen. 2006194 (CI GOIN) 11 Feb. 1971.
Ion specific electrodes, J. Ruzicka, CG. Lamm, and JC. Tjell, Ger. Offen. 2034686 (CI GOIN) 11 Feb. 1971.
New type of solid-state ion selective electrodes with insoluble sulfides or halides, J. Ruzicka and C. G. Lamm,Anal. Chim. Acta 53 (1), 206–208 (1971).
Electrode—the universal ion selective solidstate electrode, I. Halides, J. Ruzicka and C. G. Lamm,Anal. Chim. Acta 54 (1), 1–12 (1971).
New type of lead(II) ion selective ceramic membrane electrode, H. Hirata and K. Higashiyama,Anal. Chim. Acta 54 (3), 415–422 (1971).
A further study on a chelate forming selective electrode, P. Gabor-Klatsmanyi, K. Toth, and E. Pungor, In:Ion Selective Electrodes, E. Pungor, ed., pp. 183–190, Akademiai Kiado, Budapest (1973).
Development of a silicone-rubber potassium membrane electrode, J. Pick, K. Toth, M. Vasale, E. Pungor, and W. Simon, In:Ion Selective Electrodes, E. Pungor, ed., pp. 245–252, Akademiai Kiadu, Budapest (1973).
Polyvinyl chloride) matrix membrane ion selective electrodes, G. J. Moody and J. D. R. Thomas, In:Ion Selective Electrodes in Analytical Chemistry, H. Freiser, ed., Chap. 4, pp. 287–309, Plenum Press, New York (1978).
Electrodes for determination of ion activity, J. Vesely, J. Jindara, and F. Gvegr, Czech. 176359 (CI GOIN 27130) 15 Jan 1979.
Ion selective electrodes process control, J. M. Zimmer Theo,Mess. Pruef. 9, 521–524 (1978).
Ion selective electrode, J. Wedzicha, J. Pogorzelski, S. Walizak, Pol. 95511 (CI GOIN 27/30) 29 Apr 1978.
Superhigh sensitivity of a CuSe-Ag2S solid membrane Cu2+ ion selective electrode in several metal buffer solutions, Y. Umezawa,Bull. Chem. Soc. Jpn.52 (3), 945–946 (1979).
Specific electrode with modular construction, J. Tacussel, Fr. Demonde 2,363,798 (CI GOIN 27/30) 31 Mar 1978.
Ion sensitive inplantable electrodes fabricated by hybrid technology, S. S. Yee and M. A. Afromowitz,Theory Des Biomed, Appl. Solid State Sensor Workshop 1977, 81–89 (1978).
Potassium film electrodes based on macrocyclic polyesters, Sh. K. Norov et al.,Elektrok- himiya, 14 (10), 1615 (1978) (Russ).
Electrode coatings, S. Grabiec, E. Lubaszha, and I. Janczarski, Pol. 86912 (CI GOIN 27/30) 30 June 1978.
Carbon paste for Ca2+ ion selective electrode, G. A. Qureshi,Libyan J. Sci.8A, 37–41 (1978).
Construction and behaviour of micro flow through Cu(II) ion selective electrodes, W. E. Van der Linden andR. Oostervink,Anal. Chim. Acta 101 (2), 419–422 (1978).
Ion selective electrode, C. J. Battaglia, J. C. Chang, and D. S. Daniel,Res. Disci.176, 15–16 (1978).
Selective ion electrode, M. Lebl, J. Vesely, and J. Jindara, Czech 172449 (CI GOIN 27/30) 15 May 1978.
Measurement of chloride ion concentrations in microsamples, R. K. Popp, J. D. Frantz, G. L. Vogel, and P. E. Hare (Geophys. Lab. Carnegie Inst. Washington, Washington, DC) Year Book—Carnegie Inst. Washington 1977, 913–917 (1978).
Use of combination electrodes in automated systems, M. Vandeputte, L. Dryon, and D. L. Massart,Ion Selective Electrode Conf.1977, 583–587 (1978).
Construction of Cu2+, Cd2+ and Pb2+ ion selective electrode, A. Takashi,Denki Kagaka Oyobi Kogyo Butsuri Kagaku 46 (5), 259–263 (1978).
Polypropylene glycol adducts as sensor for ion selective electrodes, A. M. Y. Jaber, G. J. Moody, and J. D. R. Thomas,Ion Selective Electrodes Conf.1977, 411–417 (1978).
A fluoride sensitive electrode based on bismuth fluoride, V. Ebock and C. Neiser, Z.Chem.18 (9), 343–344 (1978) (Ger.).
New solid state ion selective electrodes for phosphate and chloride activity measurements, J. Tacussel and J. J. Fombon,Ion Selective Electrodes Conf.1977, 567–575 (1978).
Construction of CP, Br~, I”, S~, SCN~ and CN~ ion selective electrodes, A. Takashi,Denki Kagaku Oyobi Kogyo Butsuri Kagaku 46 (6), 343–347 (1978).
A new type of homogeneous chalcogenide ion selective electrodes, M. Neshkova and H. Sheytanov,Ion Selective Electrode Conf.1977, 503–510 (1978).
Technological investigations with ion selective electrodes for the purpose of determination of S04, W. Misniakiewicz and K. Raszkes,Ion Selective Electrode Conf. 1977, 467–475 (1978).
The formation of mixed CuS-Ag2S membranes for Cu2+ ion selective electrodes. Part III. Electrode response in presence of complexing agents, G. J. M. Heijne and W. E. Vander Linden,Anal. Chim. Acta 96 (1), 13–22 (1978).
Applications of chloride electrodes based on mercurous chloride/mercuric sulfide, P. L. Bailey, J. Wilson, S. Karpel, and M. Riley,Ion Selective Electrodes Conf.1977, 201–206 (1978).
A new type of homogeneous chalcogenide ion selective electrodes, M. Neshkova and H. Sheytanov,Ion Selective Electrodes Conf.1977, 503–510 (1978).
Heterogeneous ion selective electrodes based on epoxy resin. A CP ion selective electrode K. Sykut and E. Nowakowska,Biul. Lubel Two Nauk Mat. Fiz. Chem.19 (1), 89–93 (1977).
Cl~ and Br~ ion selective electrodes, J. Siemroth and I. Henning, Ger (East) 127997 (CI GOIN 27/30) 26 Oct 1977.
New solid state ion selective electrodes for phosphate and CP measurement, J. Tacussel and J. J. Fombon,Ion Selective Electrode Conf.1977, 567–575 (1978).
K+ ion selective electrode and digital apparatus for measurements, J. Havas, L. Keskes, and R. Somods,Orv. Tech.15 (2), 41–46 (1977) (Hung.).
Ion selective electrode crytur, M. Sember and M. Manek,Ion Selective Electrode Conf.1977, 529–537 (1978).
Determination of water miscible organic solvents by ion selective electrodes, G. J. Kakabadse,Solvents-Neglected Parameter, Solvents Symp. 2nd 1977, CA 90, 97119q (1979).
Solid Membrane Electrodes: Applications
Analytical study of a sulphide ion selective membrane electrode in alkaline solutions, G. A. Rechnitz and T. M. Hesa,Anal. Chem.40, 1054–1060 (1968).
Activity measurements with a fluoride selective membrane electrode, K. Srinivasan and G. A. Rechnitz,Anal. Chem.40, 509–512 (1968).
Trace fluoride determination with specific ion electrode, E. W. Baumann,Anal. Chim. Acta 42 (1), 127–132 (1968).
Lead poisoning in children: detection by ion selective electrode, G. A. Rechnitz,Science 166 (3904), 532 (1969).
Electrometric determination of iodine in organic material, B. Paletta and K. Panzenbeck,Clin. Chim. Acta 26, 11–14 (1969).
Analysis of alkaline pulping liquor with sulfide ion selective electrode, J. L. Swartz and T. S. Light,Tappi 53, 90–95 (1970).
Potentiometric measurements in aqueous, non-aqueous and biological media using a lead ion selective membrane electrode, G. A. Rechnitz and N. C. Kenny,Anal. Lett. 3, 259–271 (1970).
Potentiometric microdetermination of phosphate with an ion selective lead electrode, W. Selig,Mikrochim. Acta 564–571 (1970).
Semi-micro determination of oxalate with a lead specific electrode, W. Selig,Microchem. J.15, 452–458 (1970).
Determination of the cyanide ion in the atmosphere, drinking water, industrial wastes and biological media by a specific electrode, C. Collombel, J. P. Durand, J. Bureacy, and J. Cotte,J. Eurip. Toxicol. 3, 291–299 (1970).
Determination of cyanides with ion selective membrane electrodes, K. Toth and E. Pungor,Anal. Chim. Acta.51, 221–230 (1970).
Determination of fluoride in silicate rocks without separation of aluminium using a specific ion electrodes, B. L. Ingram,Anal. Chem.42, 1825–1827 (1970).
Determination of thiois with a specific ion electrode, L. C. Gruen and B. S. Harrap,Anal. Biochem.42, 377–381 (1971).
Iodide selective electrodes in reacting and in equilibrium systems, J. H. Woodson and H. A. Liebhafsky,Anal Chem.41, 1894–1897 (1969).
Standard addition titration method for the potentiometric determination of fluoride in sea water, T. Anfalt and D. Jagner,Anal. Chim. Acta 53, 13–22 (1970).
Potentiometric determination of halide ions in solution, M. Bartusek, J. Senkyr, J. Janosova, and M. Polasek, In:Ion Selective Electrodes, E. Pungor, ed., pp. 173–182, Akademiai Kiado, Budapest (1973).
Bromide-selective electrode for use in following the Zhabotinsky-type oscillating chemical reaction, E. Koris and M. Bunger, In:Ion Selective Electrodes, E. Pungor, ed., pp. 191–203, Akademiai Kiado, Budapest (1973).
Potentiometric studies on thioacetamide and thiourea by means of a sulphide ion selective membrane electrode, M. K. Papay, K. Toth, and E. Pungor, In:Ion Selective Electrodes, E. Pungor, ed., pp. 225–243, Akademiai Kiado, Budapest (1973).
Method for following the formation of aluminium chloride di-isopropylate with a chloride- selective membrane electrode, I. Simonyi and I. Kalman, In:Ion Selective Electrodes, E. Pungor, ed., pp. 253–258, Akademiai Kiado, Budapest (1973).
Application of ion selective membrane electrodes in organic analysis. Part II. Applications in organic analysis, G. E. Baiulescu and V. V. Cosofret (Eng. Trans), Chap. 6-9, 10.3, 11.1.2, 11.2.1, and 15.1 and 15.3. 2, Ellis Horwood Ltd. Publ., Chichester (1977).
Application of ion selective electrodes in steel industry, M. E. Hofton,Proc. Chem. Conf.1975,28, 72–80 (1976).
Indirect determination of small amounts of Co in presence of Zn ions and other metallic ions via cyanide ion selective electrodes, A. Duca and M. Florica,Rev. Chim. (Bucharest) 28 (12), 1186–1188 (1977).
Ion selective electrodes,Anon (Engl) Res. Disch.161, 29–39 (1977).
Behaviour of copper (II) ion selective electrodes in various copper ion buffers, T. Hashizume,Kitakyushu Kogyo Keto semmon Gakko Kenkyu Hokoku 11, 183–188 (1978).
CP selective liquid membrane electrodes based on lipophilic methyl-tri-N-alkyl ammonium compounds and their applicability to blood serum measurements, K. Hartman, S. Luterotti, H. F. Osswals, M. Oehme, P. C. Meier, D. Ammann, and W. Simon,Mikrochim. Acta 2, (3-4), 235–246 (1978).
Method for the determination of methanol in binary methanol-water mixtures by use of ion selective electrodes, G. J. Kakabadse, H. A. Maleilaet al.,Analyst (Lond) 103 (1231), 1046–1052 (1978).
Application of a copper electrode as a detector for high-performance liquid chromatography, C. R. Loscombe, G. B. Coz, and J. A. W. Dalziel,J. Chromatogr.166 (2), 403–410 (1978).
Measurement of critical miscellaneous concentration by ion selective electrodes, J. E. Newberg and V. Smith,Colloid Polym. Sci. 256 (5), 494–495 (1978).
Measurements of ionic activities in aqueous solution using epoxy based ion exchange membrane electrode, K. M. Joshi and G. M. Ganu,Ind. J. Technol. 16 (2), 53–55 (1978).
Determination of H2S in air using ion selective electrodes, Heyessy and Gyorgy,Munkavedelen , 24 (1–3), 21–25 (Hung.) (1978).
The limits of detection of gas sensing probes—Application to NH3 sensor, F. Van der Pol,Anal. Chim. Acta 97 (2), 245–252 (1978).
Solid state ion selective electrode SCN~ ion, Yu. V. Shavnya and Yu. M. Chikin,Elektrokhimiya 14 (2), 336 (1978).
Determination of tartrate ion activity using a commercial selectrode, L. P. Dorsett and D. E. Mucahy,Anal. Lett.A11 (11), 53–61 (1978).
Behaviour of a polycrystalline fluoride-selective membrane electrode in organo-aqueous media, L. I. Manakova, N. V. Bausova, V. E. Moiseev, V. G. Bamburov, and A. P. Sivoplyas,Zh. Anal. Khim. 33 (8), 1517–1520 (1978) (Russ.).
Determination of concentration of phosphate and arsenate ions, T. Tanaka, K. Hiiro, and A. Kawahara, Japan Kokai 7839193 (CI GOIN 27/56), 10 April 1978(CA 89 122625 r-1978).
Automated immunoassay with a silver sulfide ion-selective electrode, R. L. Solsky and G. A. Rechnitz,Anal. Chim. Acta 99 (2), 241–246 (1978).
Determination of F~ in organo-aqueous solutions using a F~ ion selective electrode, S. A. Gava, N. S. Poluckton, and G. N. Koroleva,Zh. Anal. Khim.33 (3), 506–510 (1978).
Simple potentiometric method for determination of reducing substances in unine with Cu2+ ion selective electrode, D. P. Nikolelis et al,Anal. Chim. Acta 98 (2), 227–232 (1978).
Determination of sulfates in natural waters using a barium selective electrode, G. Ouzounian and G. Michard,Anal. Chim. Acta 96 (2), 405–409 (1978).
Applications of ion selective electrodes to metal finishing industries, G. Subramanian, N. Chandra, and G. Prabhakara Rao,J. Electrochem. Soc. India 27 (1), 37–42 (1978).
Optimisation and control of lab. sulfidization of oxidised copper ores with ion selective electrodes, M. H. Jones and J. T. Woodcock,Proc. Austr. Inst. Min. Metall. 266, 11–19 (1978).
Evaluation of ion selective electrodes for control of Na2S additions during lab. flotation of oxidized ores, M. H. Jones and J. T. Woodcock,Trans. Inst. Min. Metall Sect. C 87, 99–105 (1978).
Clinical applications of ion selective electrodes, C. Fuchs, D. Dorn, and C. J. Preusse,Ion Selective Electrodes Conf.1977, 373–378 (1978).
Application of chloride ion selective electrodes in the production of synthetic fibers, L. N. Bykova, N. A. Kazaryan, N. S. Chernova, I. D. Shakhova, and N. M. Kvasha,Ion Selective Electrodes Conf.1977, 289–295 (1978).
Determination of S032-, S02 and HS03 by zero current chronopotentiometry, I. Sekera andJ. F. Lechner,Anal. Chim. Acta 99 (1), 99–104 (1978).
Free cyanide analyser, R. A. Purch,Ion Selective Electrode Conf.1977, 359–362 (1978).
An investigation of halide ion selective electrodes in mixed solution, L. N. Bykova, N. A. Kzaryn, E. Pungor, and N. S. Chernova,Ion Selective Electrodes Conf.1977, 281–287 (1978).
Potentiometric determination of alkylxanthates with ion selective electrodes, G. E. Baillescu, V. V. Cosofret, and M. Blasnic,Ion Selective Electrode Conf.1977, 207–214 (1978).
Determination of Pd(II) as Pdl2 by l~ ion selective electrode, V. Vajgand and V. Kalajligeva,Ion Selective Electrode Conf. 1977, 577–581 (1978).
Analysis of multi-ionic solution with several ion selective electrodes, V. Rauno,Ion Selective Electrode Conf 1977., 589–595 (1978).
Experiments with PVC matrix membrane Ca2+ ion selective electrodes, B. J. Birch, A. Craggs, G. J. Moody, and J. D. R. Thomas,J. Chem. Educ. 55 (11), 740–741 (1978).
Testing and characteristics of colbutinol ion selective electrodes, K. Fukamachi and N. Ishibashi, Yakugaku Zasshi,99 (2), 126–130 (1979) (Japan).
Continuous measurement and automatic control of aluminum for paper making systems, F. Deheme, TAPPI Papermakers conf. (Proc) 41–47 (1979).
Ion selective electrodes in organic functional group analysis: Microdetermination of hydrazines with the copper electrode, S. S. M. Hassan and M. T. M. Zaki,Mikrochim. Acta 1 (1-2), 137–144 (1979).
Liquid Ion Exchange Membrane Electrodes: Theory
Liquid ion exchange membranes of extreme selectivity and permeability of anions, K. Sollner and G. M. Shean,J. Am. Chem. Soc.86, 1901–1902 (1964).
Liquid ion exchange membranes of extreme ionic selectivity and high transmissivity, K. Sollner and G. M. Shean,Protoplasma 63 (1-3), 174–180 (1967).
Calcium selective electrode with liquid ion exchanger, J. W. Ross, Jr.,Science 156, 1378–1379 (1967).
Electrical phenomena associated with the transport of ions and ion pairs in liquid ion-exchange membranes. I. Zero current properties, J. Sandblom, G. Eisensmair, and J. L. Walker, Jr.,J. Phys. Chem.71 (12), 3862–3870 (1967).
Liquid ion exchange membranes with weakly ionised groups. I. A theoretical study of their steady state properties, J. Sandblom,J. Phys. Chem.73, 249–264 (1969).
Electrochemical behaviour of liquid anion membranes. Bionic potentials with the NOJ-CP, NOg-Br”, Br~-Cl~ couples, G. Scibona, P. R. Danesi, F. Salvemini, and B. Seuppa,J. Phys. Chem.75 (4), 554–561 (1971).
Bi-ionic potentials of a liquid membrane electrode selective toward calcium, J. Bagg, O. Nicholoson, and R. Vinen,J. Phys. Chem. 75, 2138–2143 (1971).
Selectivity parameter and partition coefficient for a calcium selective electrode, J. Bagg and W. P. Chung,Aus. J. Chem.24, 1963–1966 (1971).
Experience of using chloride electrodes in blood, Z. A. Alagova, G. I. Shumilova, and K. I. Sulka,Nauchn. Tr. Kofan Gos. Univ. 232, 148–152 (1977) (Russ.).
Effect of phenol deriv on the selectivity of an organic sulphonate selective electrode, F. Taitiro, O. Satoshi, and H. Hirokazu,Chem. Lett.11, 1201–1202 (1978).
Effect of solvent nature on the selectivity of liquid Br~ ion selective electrodes, G. L. Starobinets, E. M. Rakhmanko, and R. Del Toro Renis,Vestsi Akad. Nauk BSSR Ser Khim. Nauk 4, 75–78 (1978).
Dynamic behaviour of a liquid membrane electrode reversible to nicotinate ion, L. Companella, T. Ferri, D. Gozzi, and G. Scorcelletti,Ion Selective Electrode Conf.1977, 307–316 (1978).
A mechanistic tool for liquid membrane ion selective electrodes investigation: Polarization of the liquid/liquid interface, J. Korytaet al.,Ion Selective Electrode Conf.1977, 441–444 (1978).
Exchange kinetics at a K+ selective liquid membrane electrode, C. Karl,Anal. Chem.50 (7), 936–940 (1978).
Relationship between activity and concentration measurements of plasma potassium, D. M. Band, J. Kratochvil, P. A. Poole Wilson, and T. Treame,Analyst (Lond) 103 (1224), 246–251 (1978).
Recent development in field of neutral carrier based ion selective electrodes, W. E. Morf and W. Simon,Ion Selective Electrodes Conf.1977, 149–159 (1978).
Ion transport in free and supported nitrobenzene aliquat nitrate liquid membrane ion selective electrodes. I. Bulk electrical properties including association and dielectric concentration, D. E. Mathis and R. P. Buck,J. Membr. Sci.4 (3), 379–394 (1979).
Ion transport in free and supported nitrobenzene aliquat nitrate liquid membrane ion selective electrodes. II. Interfacial kinetics and time dependent phenomena, D. E. Mathis, F. S. Stover, and R. P. Buck,J. Membr. Sci.4 (3), 395–413 (1979).
A study of the mechanism of response of liquid ion exchange Ca2+ ion selective electrode. Part I. Zero current potential of commercial and modified electrodes, M. Van Nicole and C. Garkch,J. Electroanal. Chem. Interfacial Electrochem.97 (2), 151–161 (1979).
Liquid ion exchange types, A. K. Covington and P. Davison, In:Ion Selective Electrode Methodology, A. K. Covington, ed., Vol. 1, Chap. 6, pp. 85–110, CRC Press Inc. Florida (1979).
Liquid Ion Exchange Membrane Electrodes: Instrumentation and Method of Preparation
A study of Ca-K ioa-exchange equilibrium with the help of membrane electrodes, S. K. Bose,J.Ind. Chem. Soc.37, 465–472 (1960).
Liquid anion membrane electrodes sensitive to metal cation concentration, G. Scibona, L. Mantella, and P. R. Danesi,Anal. Chem.42, 844–848 (1970).
A liquid ion exchange electrode specific to iodide ions, A. L. Grekovich, E. A. Materova, and T. I. Pronkina,Electrokhimiya 7, 436–438 (1971);Sov. Electrochem.7, 421–422 (1971).
Cation selectivity of liquid membrane electrodes based upon new ligands, W. Simon and W. E. Morf, In:Ion Selective Electrodes, E. Pungor, ed., pp. 127–143, Akademiai Kiado, Budapest (1973).
Liquid membrane electrodes with bromide CP functions, Moskvinet al.,Zh. Anal. Khim. 32 (8), 1559–1563 (1977).
Ion selective thiocyanate electrode for monitoring technological solutions at gold-extracting plants, Yu. Shavnya, Yu. M. Chikin, and V. A. Pronin,Nauchn. Tr. Irkutsk. Gos. Nauchno- Issted Inst. Redk. Tsventn. Met.31, 63–66 (1977) (Russ.).
Construction of a new perbromate selective electrode. Kinetic study of the Fe(II) perbromate reaction and microdetermination of iron, L. A. Lazarou and T. P. Hadjioannou,Anal. Lett.A11 (10), 719–795 (1978).
Liquid ion selective electrodes based on Zn tetrathiocyanate anion, E. M. Rakhmembo, G. L. Starobinets, V. L. Lomako, and A. Beisis,Vestsi. Akad. Nauk. BSSR Ser Khim. Nauk 6, 68–71 (1978) (Russ.).
Calcium ion selective electrodes based on calcium bis sensor and trialkyl phosphate mediators, G. J. Moody, N. S. Nassory, and J. D. R. Thomas,Analyst (Lond.) 103 (1222), 68–71 (1978).
An ion-extractive liquid membrane anionic surfactant sensitive electrode and its analytical applications, N. Ciocan and D. F. Anghel,FrtseniuoZ. Anal. Chem. 290 (3), 237–240 (1978).
Ion selective electrodes based on uranyl bis (2-ethylhexyl) phosphate, V. A. Mikhrilov, V. V. Ospov, and N. V. Serebrennikova,Zh. Anal. Khim.33 (6), 1154–1158 (1978).
Research and development of selective membrane electrodes. Communication in hydrogen chromate selective electrodes, Yu. I. Urusov, V. V. Sergievskii, A. F. Zhukov, and A. V. Gordievskii,Zh. Anal. Khim.34 (1), 156–160 (1979).
Ion exchanger and ion selective electrodes, Y. Shibazaki and N. Hanaoka, Japan Kokai Tokyo Koho 7923092 (CI BOIJ 1/04) 21 Feb. 1979.
Substance for indicator membranes of ion selective electrodes for determining potassium, ammonium and ocsium ions, A. V. Gordievskii, Yu. I. Urusov, and V. Syrchenk,Otkrytiya. Izofret, Prom. Obraztsy Tovarnye Znaki 6, 143 (1979).
Combination ion selective electrode based on solvent polymeric membranes, R. E. Dohner and W. Simon,Anal. Lett.12 (A3), 205–212 (1979).
Liquid Ion Exchange Membrane Electrodes: Applications
Studies with ion exchange calcium electrodes in biological fluids: Some applications in biomedical research and clinical medicine, E. W. Moore, In:Ion Selective Electrodes, R. A. Durst, ed., Nat. Bur. of. Stand. Publ. No. 314, Chap. 7, pp. 215–285 (1969).
Nitrate determination in soil extracts with the nitrate electrode, A. Oien and A. R. Selmer-Olsen,Analyst (Lond.) 94 (1123), 888–894 (1969).
Response of calcium selective and divalent cation selective electrodes to cyclohexyl ammonium ion, H. B. Collier,Anal. Chem.42, 1443 (1970).
Determination of nitrogen dioxide and nitric oxide in the parts per million range in flowing gaseous mixtures by means of the nitrate-specific ion electrode, R. DiMartini,Anal. Chem. 42, 1102–1105 (1970).
Analysis of plants soils and waters for nitrate by using an ion selective electrode, P. J. Milham, A. S. Awad, R. E. Paull, and J. H. Bull,Analyst (Lond.) 95 (1133), 751–757 (1970).
Determination of nitrate in waters with the nitrate selective ion electrode, D. R. Keeney, B. H. Byrnes, and J. J. Genson,Analyst (Lond.) 95 (1125), 383–386 (1970).
Analytical applications of liquid ion exchangers, A. R. Prabhu and S. M. Khopkai,J. Sci. Ind. Res.30, 16–22 (1971).
Application of ion selective membrane electrodes in organic analysis. Part II. Application in Organic Analysis, G. E. Baiulescu and V. V. Cosofret (Eng. Trans), Chap. 11, 13, 15, 16. 3, Ellis Horwood Ltd. Publ., Chichester (1977).
Potentiometric determination of boric acid in elemental boron with a fluoborate specific electrode, R. O. Inlow, Report 1977, NBL 287, 7 pp. (1977).
Ion selective electrode for determining anions, K. W. Sykut, J. Dumkiewicz, A. R. Duonkiewicz, Pol. 93,227 (CI GOIN 27/30) 15 Dec. 1977.
A study of surfactant solutions using the liquid membrane electrode selective to alkyl sulphate ions, A. Yamauchiet al,Bull. Chem. Soc. Jpn.51 (10), 2791–2794 (1978).
Ion selective membrane electrodes for organic analysis. Acetylcholins selective liquid membrane electrode, E. Hopirtem and M. Miklos,Rev. Chim (Bucharest) 29 (12), 1178–1181 (1978) (Rom.).
Study of a sodium ion selective electrode, E. A. Materova, Z. S. Alagova, G. I. Shomilova, and L. P. Vatlina,Vestn. Leningr. Univ. Fiz. Khim.4, 112–115 (1978) (Russ.).
Liquid membrane ion selective electrodes for some alkaloids, T. Goina, S. Hobai, and L. Razenberg,Farmecka (Bucharest) 26 (3), 141–147 (1978) (Rom.).
Application of ion selective electrodes in the purity test for CP and Pb2+ in several DAB and DAC substances, Ali Syed Laik, Stock, Wilfried,Pharm. Ztg.123 (41), 1815–1823 (1978).
Ion selective electrodes without reference solutions, Sh. K. Norov et al.,Elektrokhimiya 14 (10), 1613 (1978) (Russ.).
Serum Ca2+ and K+ determination by split membrane ion selective electrodes technique, R. W. Cattrall and T. Fong Kwok,Talanta 25 (9), 541–543 (1978).
Liquid state ion selective electrodes for determination of acidic and basic dyes, A. G. Fog and K. S. Yoo,Ion Selective Electrode Conf.1977, 369–372 (1978).
A dual ion selective electrode detector for the simultaneous detection of bromine and chlorine containing compounds in gas chromatography, K. Tsugioet al.,Anal. Chim. Acta 101 (2), 273–281 (1978).
Ion selective electrode responsive to chlorate ion, K. Hitoshi,Kitakyushu Kogyo Koto semmon Gakko Kenbyu Hokoku 11, 159–164 (1978).
Determination of gold in cyanide solutions with an ion selective electrode, Yu. V. Shavnya, A. S. Bychkov, O. M. Petrukhim, V. A. Zarinskii, L. V. Bakhtinova, and Yu. A. Zolotov,Zh. Anal. Khim 33 (8), 1531–1538 (1978) (Russ.).
New chloramine T and picrate ion selective electrode, T. P. Hadjiioannou, M. A. Koupparis, and E. P. Diamandis,Proc. Anal. Div. Chem. Soc.15 (3), 78–80 (1978).
Alcohol, lactate and glutamate sensors based on oxidoreductases with regeneration of nicotinamide adenine dinucleotide, A. Malinavskas and J. Kulys,Anal. Chim. Acta 98 (1), 31–37 (1978).
Measurement of free Ca2+ ion in capillary blood and serum, C. F. A. Niel, F. Torben, L. Komarmy, and O. Siggaard-Anderson,Clin. Chem. (Winston-Salem, N.C.)24(9), 1545–1552 (1978).
Determination of CP, F~, K+ and Na+ ion concentration of biological fluids by ion sensitive microcapillary electrode, J. Havas,et al.,Hung. Sci. Instrum.43, 7–14 (1978).
Recording intracellularly with K+ ion selective electrodes from single cortical neurons in awake cats, B. Wong and C. Woody,Exp. Neurol.61 (1), 219–225 (1978).
The calibration and use of a calcium ion specific electrode for kinetic studies of microhondrial calcium transport, R. K. Yamazaki, D. L. Mickey, and M. Story,Anal. Biochem. 93 (2), 430–441 (1979).
Enzyme Electrodes: Theory
Mechanism of action of valinomycin on mitochondria, C. Moore and B. C. Pressman,Biochem. Biophys. Res. Commun.15 (6), 562–567 (1964).
A highly selective cation electrode system based on in vitro behaviour of macrotetrolides in membranes, Z. Stefanac and W. Simon,Chimia 20 (12), 436 (1966) (Ger.).
The analytical role of ion selective and gas sensing electrodes in enzymology, C. J. Moody and J. D. R. Thomas,Analyst 100, 609–619 (1975).
Standard proton affinity of water-alcohol and water-ketone media determined using G ferricerium electrode, A. A. Pendin, O. L. Kucherova, T. K. Bunding, O. M. Susareva, and B. P. Nikol’skii,Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR 241 (2), 404–407 (1978) (Phys-Chem) (Russ.).
Enzyme Electrodes: Instrumentation and Method of Preparation
Electrodes for measuring urease enzyme activity, J. G. Montalvo, Jr.,Anal. Chem.41, 2093–2094 (1969).
A urea-specific enzyme electrode, G. Guilbault and J. G. Montalvo,J. Amer. Chem. Soc.91, 2164 (1969).
An electrode for determination of amino acids, G. G. Guilbault and E. Harbankova,Anal. Chem.42, 1779–1783 (1970).
Enzyme electrode for amygdalin, G. A. Rechnitz and R. Llendada,Anal. Chem.43, 283 (1971).
A novel penicillin enzyme electrode, C. J. Olliff, R. T. Williams, and J. M. Wright,Pharm. Pharmacol.30, 45 pp (1978).
An enzyme electrode for acetylcholine, D. Patrick, D. Alain, and T. Daniel,Biochem. Biophys. Acta 527 (1), 277–281 (1978).
Flexible valinomycin electrodes for on line determination of intravascular and myocardial K+, J. L. Hillet al., Am. J. Physiol.235 (4), 1455–1459 (1978).
Electrochemical studies of NADH in order to produce an enzyme electrode, H. Jaegfeldt and A. Torstensson,Ion Selective Electrodes Conf.1977, 403 (1978).
Enzyme Electrodes: Applications
Application of ion selective membrane electrodes in organic analysis. Part II. Application in organic analysis, G. Bainlescu and V. V. Cosofret (Eng. Trans), Chap. 10, 12–14, 16.1–16.2, 17, Ellis Horwood Ltd. Publ., Chichester (1977).
Determination of glucose in blood by H202 measurement with an enzyme electrode, F. Scheller, M. Jaenchen, O. Ristau, and I. Seyer,Fruchdiabetes Pathog Diagn. Pract. Kailsbugu Symp. Dabetes fragen 9th 2, 348–351 (1977) (Ger.).
Enzyme electrodes for L. lysine, L. histidine and L. tyrosine and L. arginine, W. C. White, 173 pp (1977) Avail. From Univ. Microfilms Int. Order No. 7809023.
Enzyme electrodes, A. Takasaka,Riusho Kensa 22 (5), 556–559 (1978) (Japan).
Membrane electrode measurement of lysozyme enzyme using living bacterial cells, P. D’Orazio, M. E. Meyerholf, and G. A. Rechnitz,Anal. Chem. 50 (11), 1531–1534 (1978).
Lysine specific enzyme electrode for determination of lysine in grains and foodstuff, W. C. White and G. G. Guilbault,Anal. Chem. 50 (11), 1481–1486 (1978).
An electrode for glucose Part 4. Measurements in diluted and undiluted whole blood samples with a simple arrangement, P. G. Reitnaver, Z.Med. Laboratoriumsdiagn.19 (3), 176–186 (1978) (Ger.).
Determination of L-amino acids and alcohols with oxidate enzymes and a tubular iodide- selective electrode, M. Ma Scini and G. Palleschi,Anal. Chim. Acta 100, 215–222 (1978).
Enzyme collagen membranes for electrochemical determination of glucose, D. R. Thevenotet al.,Anal. Chem.51 (1), 96–100 (1979).
Potentiometric enzyme electrode for lactate, T. Shinbo,et al.,Anal. Chim. 51 (1), 100–104 (1979)
Enzyme electrode for exhibitors determination urcate fluoride system, T. M. Canhet al.,Anal. Chem.51 (1), 91–95 (1979).
General Principles, Reviews, and Books
Studies in electrode polarisation. Part IV. The automatic control of the potential of a working electrode, A. Hickling,Trans. Faraday Soc.38, 27–36 (1974).
Coulometric analysis, J. J. Lingange,J. Am. Chem. Soc. 67, 1916–1922 (1945).
Electroanalysis, S. E. Q. Ashley,Anal. Chem.24, 91–95 (1952).
Electroanalytical Chemistry, J. J. Lingane, Interscience Publishers, Inc., New York (1953).
Electroanalysis, D. Deford,Anal. Chem. 26, 135–140 (1954).
Electroanalysis at controlled potential and related methods, In:New Instrumental Methods in Electrochemistry, P. Delahay, Chap. 12, pp. 282–298, Interscience Publishers, Inc., New York (1954).
Coulometry at controlled current, In:New Instrumental Methods in Electrochemistry, P. Delahay, Chap. 14, pp. 301–315, Interscience Publishers, Inc., New York (1954).
Instrumentation in coulometry at controlled current, In:New Instrumental Methods in Electrochemistry, P. Delahay, Chap. 19,402–407, Interscience Publishers, New York (1954).
Coulometric methods, W. D. Cooke, In:Organic Analysis, J. Mitchell, Jr., I. M. Kolthoff, E. S. Prosakauer, and A. Weissberger, eds., Vol. 2, pp. 169–193, Interscience Publishers,* New York (1954).
Electroanalysis, D. Deford,Anal. Chem.28, 660–666 (1956).
Electroanalysis and coulometric analysis, D. Deford and R. C. Bowers,Anal. Chem.30, 613–619 (1958).
Controlled potential electrolysis, L. Meites, In:Physical Methods of Organic Chemistry, A. Weissberger, ed., Vol. 1, Part IV, Chap. XLIX, pp. 3281–3333, Interscience Publishers, Inc., New York (1959).
Electroanalysis and coulometric analysis, D. Deford,Anal. Chem. 32, 31R–37R (1960).
Coulometric analysis, K. Abresch and I. Classen, (Eng. Trans), General principles, end point detection: Sec. 2-5, pp. 19–55; Electrolysis cells and instrumentation, Sec. 6–12, pp. 56–133; Analytical applications, pp. 137–151, pp. 217–238; Coulometric titrations, pp. 152–216, Chapman and Hall Ltd., London (1961).
Electroanalysis and coulometric analysis, A. J. Bard,Anal. Chem.34, 57R–64R (1962).
Coulometric analysis, D. D. Deford and J. W. Miller, In:Treatise on Analytical Chemistry, I. M. Kolthoff, P. J. Elving and S. B. Sandell, eds., Part I, Vol. 4, pp. 2475–2531, Interscience Publishers, New York (1963).
Electroanalysis and coulometric analysis, A. J. Bard,Anal. Chem. 36, 70R–79R (1964).
Controlled potential electroanalysis, coulometry, In:Polarographic Techniques, L. Meites, Chap. 10, pp. 511–538, Interscience Publishers, New York (1965).
Electroanalysis and coulometric analysis, A. J. Bard,Anal. Chem. 38, 88R–91R (1966).
Electroanalysis and coulometric analysis, A. J. Bard,Anal. Chem.40, 64R–79R (1968).
A. J. Bard and K. S. V. Santhanam, InElectroanalytical Chemistry, Vol. 4, Theory: pp. 217–251 A. J. Bard, ed.; Application: pp. 252–288; Experimental Methods: pp. 288 - 309; Marcel Dekker, Inc., New York (1970).
Instrumentation for process applications: Coulometry, C. D. Lewis, In:Treatise on Analytical Chemistry, I. M. Kolthoff, P. J. Elving, and S. B. Sandell, eds., Part I, Vol. 10, Chap. 105, pp. 6339–6347, Wiley-Interscience, New York (1972).
Techniques, apparatus and analytical applications of controlled potential coulometry, J. E. Harrar, In:Electroanalytical Chemistry, A. J. Bard, ed., Vol. 8, Principles and scope of coulometric techniques: pp. 4–23; Instrumentation and electrolysis cell design: pp. 23–86; Operational techniques: pp. 86–106; Analytical applications: pp. 106–167; Marcel Dekker, Inc., New York (1975).
Continuous analysis based on electrochemistry. III. Coulometry. H. L. Kies,Rev. Anal. Chem. 2 (3), 229–277 (1975).
Coulometry and coulometric titrations, S. Ebel, (Ger), Pharm. Unseres. Zeit 5 (5), 139–144 (1976).
Potential scanning coulometry: Theory and application to the study of chemical reactions associated with the electrode reaction, E. Laviron, L. Roullier, and R. Gavasso,J. Electroanal. Chem. Interfacial Electrochem.75 (1), 287–300 (1977).
Coulometric analysis, I. A. Kedrinskii, 32 pp., Sibirskii Tekhnologicheskii Institut., Krasnoyarsk, USSR (1977).
Application of controlled potential coulometry to reaction kinetics of species at tracer scale concentration: ‘The radio coulometry’, K. Samhoun and F. David, Report 1977, IPNO-RC- 77–05, 15 pp. (Eng). Avail. INIS from INIS Atomindex 8 (23) Abstr. No. 342851 (1977).
Coulometric analyzers at a controlled potential (Review), R. F. Salikhdzhanova,Zavod. Lab.44 (1), 9–11 (1978).
Modern electrochemical techniques in chemical, biochemical and pharmaceutical analysis. II. Coulometric techniques, G. T. Patriarche,Labo-Pharma-Probl. Tech. 26 (280), 817–826 (Fr.) (1978).
Coulometry in non-aqueous media, E. A. M. F. Dahmen and M. Bos,Proc. Anal. Div. Chem. Soc.15 (3), 86–91 (1978).
Amperometry, coulometry, conductimetry and potentiometry used in routine biochemistry, F. Paolaggi,Dimanche, Bid. Lariboisiere (C.R.) 20, 66–102 (Fr.) (1980).
Theory and Its Application to Kinetic Studies
Controlled potential electroanalysis, J. J. Lingane,Anal. Chim. Acta 2, 591 (1948).
Reduction of some nitro-compounds at stirred mercury surface, L. Bergman and J. C. James,Trans. Faraday Soc.50, 60–65 (1954).
Pulse coulometry, M. A. V. Devanathan and Q. Fernando,Trans. Faraday Soc.52, 1332–1337 (1956).
Current efficiency and titration efficiency in coulometric titration with electrogenerated eerie ion. Determination of iodine, J. J. Lingane, C. H. Langford, and F. C. Anson,Anal. Chim. Acta 16, 165–174 (1957).
Semi-micro hydrogenation with electrolytically generated hydrogen, J. W. Miller and D. D. DeFord,Anal. Chem.30, 295–298 (1958).
‘96493’ coulombs, J. J. Lingane,Anal. Chem.30, 1716–1723 (1958).
Constant potential coulometric reduction of organic nitro and halogen compounds, V. B. Ehlers and J. W. Sease,Anal. Chem.31, 16–22 (1959).
Background corrections in controlled potential coulometric analysis, L. Meites and S. Moros,Anal. Chem.31, 23–28 (1959).
Evaluation of the effect of secondary reactions in controlled potential coulometry, D. S. Geske and A. J. Bard,J. Phys. Chem. 63, 1057–1062 (1959).
Classification and nomenclature of electroanalytical methods, P. Delahay, G. Chariot, and W. A. Laitinent,Anal. Chem. 32, 1034 (1960).
A study of the molybdenum-catalyzed reduction of perchlorate, G. A. Rechnitz and H. A. Laitinen,Anal. Chem. 33, 1473–1477 (1961).
Utilisation d’un convertisseur tension-frequence pan l’integration coulometrique, R. Amsmann and J. Desbanes,J. Electroanal. Chem. 4, 121–122 (1962).
Precise wide-range direct reading electronic integrators, E. N. Wise,Anal. Chem. 34, 1181 (1962)
High speed coulometer based on a voltage to frequency converter, A. J. Bard and E. Solon,Anal. Chem. 34, 1181–1183 (1962).
A new method for the study of intermetallic compound formation in mixed amalgams, H. K. Ficker and L. Meites,Anal. Chim. Acta 26, 172–179 (1962).
Secondary reaction in controlled potential coulometry. II. Secondary electrode reactions, A. J. Bard and J. S. Mayell,J. Phys. Chem. 66, 2173–2179 (1962).
Experimental evaluation of rate constants for dimerization of intermediates formed in controlled potential electrolyses, L. Meites,J. Electroanal. Chem. 5, 270–280 (1963).
Physico-chemical hydrodynamics (translated by Scripta Technica Inc. Englewood Cliffs, N.J. Prentice Hall, 1962 700 pp.) V. G. Levich,Physico Chemical Hydrodynamics, Prentice Hall (1963)
Secondary reactions in controlled potential coulometry. III. Preceding and simultaneous chemical reactions, A. J. Bard and E. Solon,J. Phys. Chem. 67, 2326–2330 (1963).
Evaluation of rate constants for consecutive and competing first or pseudo-first order reactions with specific reference to controlled potential electrolysis, R. I. Gelb and L. Meites,J. Phys. Chem. 68, 630–639 (1964).
Effect of working electrode potential on the rates and extents of controlled potential electrolysis, L. Meites,J. Electroanal. Chem. 7, 337–342 (1964).
Study of kinetics of iridium (III) chlorate reaction by steady-state controlled potential coulometry, G. A. Rechnitz and J. E. Mc’Clure,Anal. Chem. 36, 2265–2270 (1964).
The value of the Faraday, W. J. Harner and D. N. Craig,J. Electrochem. Soc.111, 1434 (1964).
Coulometric analysis with gas volume measurement, D. M. King and A. J. Bard,Anal. Chem. 36, 2351–2352 (1964).
Secondary reactions in controlled potential coulometry. IV. Reversal coulometry and following chemical reactions, A. J. Bard and S. V. Tatwavadi,J. Phys. Chem.68, 2676–2682 (1964).
Application of steady-state controlled potential coulometry to the study of homogeneous solution reactions, G. A. Rechnitz and J. E. McClure,Talanta 12 (2), 153–158 (1965).
Consecutive electrochemical processes in controlled potential electrolysis. The isolation of intermediates, J. G. Mason,J. Electroanal. Chem. 11, 462–466 (1966).
Kinetics and mechanism of controlled potential coulometric oxidation of catechol, G. Sivaramiah and V. R. Krishnan,Ind. J. Chem. 4 (12), 541–542 (1966).
The application of sub-stoichiometric radiosotopic dilution principles to controlled potential coulometry and solvent extraction, A. R. Lavelsebe, L. T. Mclendon, S. R. DeVoe, P. A. Pella, and W. C. Purdy,Anal. Chim. Acta 39, 151–159 (1967).
Current-time curves in controlled potential electrolysis and the rates of reactions of intermediates, S. Karp and L. Meites,J. Electroanal. Chem. Interfacial Electrochem. 17, 253–265 (1968).
Undervoltage effects in the determination of silver by scanning and coulometry, R. C. Propst,J. Electroanal. Chem. Interfacial Electrochem. 16, 319–326 (1968).
Solid electrolyte coulometry. Silver bromide electrolyte, J. H. Kennedy and F. Chen,J. Electrochem. Soc. 115, (9), 918–924 (1968).
Electrochemical reduction of beta-diketones in dimethylsulfoxide, R. C. Buchta and D. H. Evans,Anal. Chem.40, 2181–2185 (1968).
Controlled potential electrolysis and the rate of homogeneous reactions, L. Meites,Pure Appl. Chem.18 (1–2), 35–79 (1969).
Solid electrolyte coulometry: Silver sulfide bromide electrolyte, J. H. Kennedy and F. Chen,J. Electrochem. Soc.116 (2), 207–211 (1969).
Mass and charge transfer kinetics and coulometric current efficiencies. III. Pattern theory and its application to oxidation reduction electrode processes,R. E. Bishop,Analyst 97 (1159), 761–771 (1972).
Mass and charge transfer kinetics and coulometric current efficiencies. IV. Application of pattern theory to solvent molecule and solvent ion reactions and the evaluation of current efficiencies, E. Bishop,Analyst 97 (1159), 772–782 (1972).
Investigation of electrodeposition and electrodissolution of silver at a platinum electrode studied by a galvanostatic method, E. A. Maznichenko, V. V. Sobol, and L. K. Tarasova,Elektrokhimiya 8 (12), 1888–1882 (Russ.) (1972).
Least squares adjustment of the fundamental constants, E. R. Cohen and B. N. Taylor,J. Phys. Chem. Ref. Data 2, 663–734 (1973).
Coupling organic and biological reactions with electrochemical measurements for analytical purposes, P. J. Elving,Bioelectrochem. Bioenergy 2 (4), 251–286 (1975).
Numerical solution of the disproportionation mechanism in controlled potential coulometry, J. Mock and D. I. Bustin,J. Electroanal. Chem. Interfacial Electrochem.79 (2), 307–317 (1977).
Anodic stripping coulometry at a thin film mercury electrode, R. Eggli,Anal. Chim. Acta 91 (2), 129–138 (1977).
Analogue solution of kinetics of the disproportionation following a first-order chemical reaction, J. Mocak, D. I. Bustin, and V. Pencak,Chem. Zvesti 31 (2), 153–164 (1977).
Coulometry in non-aqueous media, E. A. M. F. Dahmen, and M. Bos,Proc. Anal. Div. Chem. Soc. 15 (3), 86–91 (1978).
Measurements of homogeneous reaction rate by concentration-step, Controlled potential electrolysis, S. Unchiyama, G. Muto, and K. Nozaki,J. Electroanal. Chem. Interfacial Electrochem.91 (3), 301–308 (1978).
Numerical methods for evaluation of kinetics of coupled chemical reactions in controlled potential coulometry, J. Mock, D. Bustin, and D. Kysela,Coulom. Anal. Conf. (Pub. 1979), 269–277 (1978).
Advantages of generation of coulometric reagents during anodic dissolution of metals, A. I. Kostromin, A. A. Akhmetov, and I. F. Abdullin,Zh. Anal. Khim.34 (7), 1243–1246 (1979).
An electrochemical method for measuring redox potentials of low potential proteins by microcoulometry at controlled potentials, G. D. Watt,Anal. Biochem.99 (2), 399–407 (1979).
Radiocoulometry: its application to kinetics and mechanism studies of amalgamation reactions of barium (2+), calcium (3+) europium (3+), samarium (3+) and californium (3+) in aqueous media, K. Samhoun and F. David,J. Electroanal. Chem. Interfacial Electrochem.106, 161–163 (1980).
Instrumentation, Cells, etc.
Apparatus for automatic control of electrodeposition with graded cathode potential, C. W. Caldwell, R. C. Parker, and H. Diehl,Ind. Eng. Chem. Anal. Ed. 16, 532–535 (1944).
Electronic trigger circuit for automatic potentiometric and photometric titration, R. H. Muller and J. J. Lingane,Anal. Chem.20, 795–797 (1948).
Apparatus for electrolysis at controlled potential, C. J. Penther and D. J. Pompeo,Anal. Chem.21, 178–180 (1949).
The automatic recording titrator and its application to the continuous measurement of the concentration of organic sulphur compounds in gas streams, R. R. Austin,Am. Gas. Assoc. Proc. Annual Meeting 31, 505–515 (1949).
Methods for constant potential control, E. B. Thomas and R. J. Nook,J. Chem. Educat. 27, 217 - 219 (1950).
Improved potentiostat for controlled potential electrolysis, J. J. Lingane and St. L. Jones,Anal. Chem. 22, 1169–1172 (1950).
Electromechanical integrator for coulometric analysis, J. J. Lingane and St. L. Jones,Anal. Chem. 22, 1220–1221 (1950).
Microcoulometry: I. Construction and operation of an apparatus for the determination of polarographicn-values, St. Bogan, L. Meites, E. Peters, and J. M. Sturtevant,J. Am. Chem. Soc. 73, 1584–1587 (1951).
Millicoulometric redox-titration, L. Meites,Anal. Chem.24, 1057–1059 (1952).
Controlled potential electroanalyser, D. J. Bode, S. W. Levine, and R. W. Kress,Anal. Chem.25, 518 (1953).
Apparatus for automatic control of cathodic potential in electroanalysis, J. F. Palmer and I. Vogel,Analyst 78, 428–439 (1953).
Apparatus and techniques for semi-micro coulometric analyis, G. Packman,Anal. Chem. 26, 784 (1954).
Cells, apparatus and methodology for precise analysis by coulometry at controlled potential, L. Meites,Anal. Chem. 27, 116–119 (1955).
Automatic limited potential electrolysis using an electronic coulometer, E. L. Martin,Dissertation Abstracts 15, 1323–1324 (1955).
The hydrogen ion coulometer, H. W. Hoyer,J. Phys. Chem. 60, 372–373 (1956).
A hydrogen-nitrogen gas coulometer, J. A. Page and J. J. Lingane,Anal. Chim. Acta 16, 175–179 (1957).
Instrument for controlled potential electrolysis and precision coulometric integration, G. L. Booman,Anal. Chem.29, 213–218 (1957).
Apparatus for automatic controlled potential electrolysis using an electronic coulometer, L. L. Merrit, E. L. Marin, and R. D. Bedi,Anal. Chem. 30, 487–492 (1958).
Electronic controlled potential coulometric titrator, D. J. Fischer, M. T. Kelley, and H. C. Jones,Anal. Chem.31, 488–491 (1959).
Electronic controlled potential coulometric titrator, M. T. Kelley, H. C. Jones, and D. J. Fisher,Anal. Chem.31, 956 (1959).
Voltage scanning coulometry for the determination of traces of iron, F. A. Scott, R. M. Peekema, and R. E. Cennally,Anal. Chem. 33, 1024–1027 (1961).
A high sensitivity scanning coulometer with automatic background correction and proportional scan rate titration of plutonium and other redox species, R. C. Propst,Anal. Chem.35, 958–963 (1963).
Generalised circuits for electroanalytical instrumentation, W. M. Schwarz and I. Shain,Anal. Chem.35, 1770–1778 (1963).
Simplified use of transfer functions in analysis of operational amplifier electroanalytical instrumentation, I. Shain, J. E. Harrar, and G. L. Booman,Anal. Chem. 37, 1768–1769 (1965).
Differential controlled potential coulometry application to the determination of uranium, G. C. Gorde and J. Herrington,Anal. Chim. Acta 38, 369–375 (1967).
Differential controlled potential coulometry utilizing substoichiometric radioisotope dilution, P. A. Pella, A. R. Landgrebe et al.,Anal. Chem. 39, 1781–1785 (1967).
Study on the controlled potential coulometric analyzer, S. Emura and S. Okazaki,Bunseki Kagaku 16 (7), 718–720 (1967) (Japan).
Lanthanum hexaboride as an electrode material for electrochemical studies, D. J. Curran and K. S. Fletcher,Anal. Chem.40, 78–82 (1968).
An all-transistorized potential-controlled coulometric titrator for analytical purposes, W. Warzanskyj, A. Diez Moreno, and V. Almagro,J. Electroanal. Chem. Interfacial Electrochem.18, 107–113 (1968).
Modular solid-state unit for electrochemical studies, G. Dryhurst, M. Rosen, and P. J. Elving,Anal. Chim. Acta 42 (1), 143–152 (1968).
Simple low-current potentiostat coulometric analysis, J. T. Stock,J. Chem. Educ.45 (11), 736–738 (1968).
Reagent controller for electrolysis at essentially constant current, J. T. Stock,Microchem. J.13 (4), 656–663 (1968).
Microcell for coulometric titration, G. D. Christian and F. J. Feldman,Anal. Chem.40, 1168 (1968).
Precise integration of voltage (current) time functions with a fixed-field direct current motor-counter, J. J. Lingane,Anal. Chim. Acta 44 (1), 199–203 (1969).
Controlled potential coulometers based upon modular electronic units, G. Phillips and G. W. C. Milner,Analyst 94, 833–839 (1969).
Controlled potential coulometers based upon modular electronic units. Part II. The determination of ruthenium by controlled potential coulometry, G. Weldrick, G. Phillips, and G. W. C. Milner,Analyst 94, 840–843 (1969).
Transistorized power sources for constant current coulometric titration, J. T. Stock,J. Chem. Educ.46 (12), 858–860 (1969).
Coulometry of metal ions separated by liquid chromatography, G. Muto, T. Kawaguchi, and Y. Takada, Japan 75, 15, 393 (CI GOIN 31/08) 04 Jun 1975, Appl. 69147, 604, 18 Jun 1969.
Operational amplifier instruments for electrochemistry—circuits for controlled potential electrolysis, coulometry and coulometric titrations, R. R. Schroeder, In:Electrochemistry, Calculations, Simulations and Instrumentation, J. S. Mattson, H. B. Mark Jr., and H. C. MacDonald, Jr., eds., Chap. 10, pp. 289–293, Marcel Dekker, New York (1972).
Electrolytic gaps between electrodes for the microcoulometry of mercury, J. Grzebalski, J. Maciejewski, and J. Moszczynska, Pol. 84, 467 (CI. GOIN 27/26) 15 Oct 1976, Appl. 160, 680, 10 Feb. 1973, 2 pp.
Manual of controlled potential coulometric methods, J. E. Harrar, Report 1970, UCID- 15527, 45, PIP, Avail. Dep. NTIS fromNucl. Sci. Abstr.27 (7), 14497 (1973).
Determination of palladium by controlled potential coulometry. New platinum working electrode cell for controlled potential coulometry, L. P. Rigdon and J. E. Harrar,Anal. Chem.46, (6), 696–700 (1974).
Versatile, multitime range, integrated circuit, constant current coulometric titrator. Application to determination of microgram and nanogram quantities, L. B. Haycox, 1973, 198 pp. Avail. Univ. Microfilms Ann. Arbor, Mich. Order No. 74,8560. From Diss A6Str. Int. B 34 (10), 4858 (1974).
Effect of cell geometry on coulometric titrations, T. Damokas,Magy. Kem. Foly.80 (3), 123–126 (1974) (Huong.).
Precise set up for coulometric analysis with controlled potential, I. G. Sentyvrin, A. N. Mogilevskii, I. S. Skylarenko, I. A. Trifonova, N. S. Radionova, and I. A. Kazakov,Zh. Anal. Chim.30(1), 53–58 (1975) (Russ.).
Effect of stirring on the reduction current in constant potential coulometry, W. Rutkowski, Sobkowsky, and Aleksandra,Chem. Anal. (Warsaw) 20 (2), 383–388 (1975) (Pol.).
Computer-compatible instrumentation for automated controlled current coulometry, potentiometry and galvanostic measurements, J. E. Harrar and C. L. Pomernacki,Chem. Instrum. (N.Y.) 7 (4), 229–239 (1976).
Methods and instruments for measuring the thickness of layers, W. H. Guehring,Detektos- kopiya 4, 113–125 (1977).
Real-time computer optimized scanning potential coulometry for multi-component trace analysis, N. W. Petty, 1977,127 pp, Avail. Univ. Microfilms Int. Order No. 7731122. From Diss. Abstr. Inst. B38 (3), 3662 (1978).
Metal rod and wire electrode holders, E. A. Gaston and B. Edmund,Anal. Chem. 49 (12), 1880–1881 (1977).
Auxiliary compartment for coulometric titration, G. A. East and E. Bishop,Anal. Chem.49 (12), 1885–1886 (1977).
Highly selective coulometric method and equipment for the automated determination of plutonium, D. D. Jackson, R. M. Hollen, F. R. Roensch, and J. E. Rein,Anal. Chem. Nucl. Fuel. Re Process Proc. ORNL Conf. 21st 1977, 151–158 (1978).
A detailed study of sample injection into flowing streams with potentiometric detection, Z. Feher, G. Nagy, K. Toth, and E. Pungor,Anal. Chim. Acta 98 (2), 193–203 (1978).
Recent advances in data processing in controlled potential electrolysis, L. Meites,Coulom. Anal. Conf.1978 (1979).
Applications of thin layer minigrid electrodes. I. Analytical methods for halide and constant current coulometry with logical end point. II. Application for study of biological redox systems, M. L. Meckstoth, 155 pp. (1978) Avail. Univ. Microfilms Inst. Order No. 7904750. From Diss. Abstr. Int. B39 (9), 4311 (1979).
Controlled potential coulometry with the flow-through reticulated vitreous carbon electrode, A. N. Strohl and D. J. Curran,Anal. Chem. 51 (7), 1050–1053 (1979).
Current generator with digital control for coulometry. I. Apparatus for the triangle programmed coulometric titration technique, L. Kovacs, G. Nagy, and M. Kadar,Magy. Kem. Foly 85 (7) 331–334 (Hung.) (1979).
Flow coulometry with ring-disc electrode, T. Fujinaga, S. Okazaki, and H. Hirai,Bull. Inst. Chem. Res. Kyoto Univ.57 (5-6), 376–380 (1979).
Voltammetry and coulometry of iridium in a two-sided thin-layer system, L. V. Eliseeva and O. L. Kabanova,Zh. Anal. Khim.35 (3), 465–470 (1980).
Corrections for systematic errors from analog integration in controlled potential coulometry, L. T. Frazzini, M. K. Holland, J. R. Weiss, and E. Pietric,Anal. Chem. 52 (13), 2112–2116 (-1980).
Apparatus for use in rapid and accurate controlled potential coulometric analysis, T. L. Frazzini, M. K. Holland, C. E. Pietri, and J. R. Weiss, U.S. Pat. Appl. 69,152, 24 Oct. 1980, Appl. 23 Aug. 1979, 22 pp. Avail NTIS Order No. PAT Appl. 069152.
Determination of reduction potentials and electron transfer stoichiometrics for biological redox species by thin-layer pulse and staircase coulometry C. H. Su and W. R. Heineman,Anal. Chem.53 (4) 594–598 (1981).
Applications
Electrochemical jet test. Determination of local thickness of electrodeposited coatings, A. Ogarew,J. Appl. Chem. (USSR) 19, 31188 (1946) (Eng. Trans),Metal Ind. (Lond.) 70, 338–40 (1947).
Controlled potential electrolytic separation and determination of copper, bismuth, lead, and tin, J. J. Lingane and St. L. Jones,Anal. Chem.23, 1798–1806 (1951).
Galvanic determination of traces of oxygen in gases, P. Hersch,Nature 169, 792–793 (1952).
Electrochemical method for oxygen determination in gases, M. G. Jacobson,Anal. Chem.25, 586–591 (1953).
Dual intermediates in coulometric titration equilibria in copper(II) bromide solutions, P. S. Farrington, D. J. Meier, and E. H. Swift,Anal. Chem.25, 591–595 (1953).
Thickness of electrodeposited coatings by the anodic solution method, C. F. Waite,Plating 40, 1245–1248 (1953).
A millicoulometer method for the determination of polarographic n-values, Th. De Vries and J. L. Kroon,J. Am. Chem. Soc. 75, 2484–2486 (1953).
Standardisation of a titrated solution of hydrochloric acid by constant current coulometry, J. Badoz-Lambling,Anal. Chim. Acta 25, 1574 (1953).
Galvanic measurement of dissolved oxygen, A. G. Dowson and I. J. Backland,Nature 177, 712–713 (1956).
Coulometric determination of uranium(VI) at controlled potential, G. L. Booman, W. B. Holbook, andJ. E. Rein,Anal. Chem.29, 219–221 (1957).
Coulometric titration of aluminium, R. J. Iwamoto,Anal. Chim. Acta 19, 272–276 (1958).
Controlled potential coulometric determination of copper and uranium, W. D. Shults andP. F. Thomason,Anal. Chem.31, 492–494 (1959).
Application of coulometric titration to clinical and toxicological analysis, W. C. Purdy,FreseniusZ. Anal. Chem.243, 17–28 (1968).
High sensitivity coulometric analysis in acetonitrile, R. R. Bessettle and J. W. Olver,J. Electroanal. Chem. Interfacial Electrochem. 17, 327–334 (1968).
Coulometric estimation of phenylthiourea, thioglycolic acid and cysteine, K. S. V. Santhanam and V. R. Krishnan, Z.Anal. Chim.234 (4), 256–260 (1968).
The rapid dissolution of plutonium dioxide by a sodium peroxide-sodium hydroxide fusion, followed by determination of the plutonium content by controlled potential coulometry, G. W. C. Milner and D. Crossely,Analyst 93, 429–432 (1968).
Coulometric titration in industrial analysis, W. Buetchler, P. Gisske, and J. Meier,Fresenius Z. Anal. Chim.239 (5), 289–294 (1968).
Indirect controlled potential coulometry with mercury(II) DPTA complex., T. Kawaguchi and G. Muto,Bunseki Kagaku 17 (1), 38–42 (1968) (Japan).
Determination of plutonium by controlled current coulometry, J. R. Stokely, Jr. and W. D. Shults,Anal. Chim. Acta 45 (3) 528–532 (1969).
Controlled potential coulometric determination of americium, J. R. Stokely, Jr. and W. D. Shults,Anal. Chim. Acta 35 (3) 417–424 (1969).
Controlled potential coulometry and voltammetry of manganese in pyrophosphate medium, J. E. Harrar and L. P. Rigdon,Anal. Chem.41, 758–765 (1969).
Electrochemical methods in ultramicroanalysis. V. Coulometric determination of copper in the big scale, W. F. Helbig, Z.Anal. Chim.246 (6), 353–357 (1969).
New coulometric titration method. Application to the determination of uranium, J. J. Lingane,Anal. Chim. Acta 50 (1), 1–14 (1970).
Electrochemical methods in analytical chemistry. X. Constant current coulometry, F. P. Ijsseling,Chem. Tech.26 (11), 297–230, (12), 325–328 (1971).
Coulometric method for determining the thickness of silver electrolyte coatings, T. K. Khamrakulov andP. K. Agasyan,Zavod. Lab.38, (1), 24–26 (1972).
Copper electrode in coulometry, A. I. Kostromin and R. M. Badakshanov,Zh. Anal. Khim.21 (10), 2046–2049 (2972).
Simultaneous determination of platinum (II) platinum (IV) by controlled reagent coulometry, O. Ginstrop,Anal. Chim. Acta 63 (1), 153–163 (1973).
Use of copper electrode in galvanostatic coulometry, A. I. Kostomin and R. M. Badakshanov,Zh. Anal. Khim.29 (9), 1782–1787 (1974).
Application of controlled potential coulometry to the automatic recording of liquid chromatography. VI. Liquid chromatographic separation of carboxylic acids with the hydrogen form cation exchange resin, Y. Takata and Y. Arikawa,Bunseki Kagaku 23 (12), 1522–1527 (1974).
Coulometric microdetermination of organic compounds by controlling the potential. Structure of the apparatus and determination of picric acid as a model substance, J. Senkyr and M. Fialka,Ser. Fac. Sci-Nat. Univ. Purkynianae Brun. 5 (5), 19–27 (1975).
Controlled potential coulometric determination of some dithiaalkanediols, E. G. Semmertt, F. Rousselet, M. L. Girard, and M. Chemla,Analysis 3 (8), 456–459 (1975).
Coulometric method for determining the composition of alloys produced by electrolysis, N. Ciureanu and E. Grunichevi,Rev. Chim. (Bucharest) 26 (12), 1047–1049 (1975).
Application of controlled potential coulometry to the automatic recording of liquid chromatography. VII. Cation exchange chromatography of rare earths, Y. Takta and Y. Arikawa,Bunseki Kagaku 24 (12), 762 - 767 (1975).
Use of electrically generated iron(II) in constant current coulometry, A. I. Kostromin, L. L. Makarova, and L. I. Il’ina,Zh. Anal. Khim.31 (2), 240–243 (1976).
Precise coulometric determination of actinides: application to trace amounts. I. Uranium, J. Ravenel, C. Soret, and C. Bergey,Talanta 23 (8), 569–572 (1976).
Coulometry in clinical chemistry, W. C. Purdy,CRCCrit. Rev. Clin. Lab. Sci.7 (3), 227–237 (1977).
Recent electroanalytical studies in molten fluorides, D. L. Manning and G. Mamantov, Report 1976, CONF 7608110-1, 20 pp (Eng) Avail. NTIS from Energy Res. Abstr. 2 (24) Abstr. No. 60532 (1977).
Cell and method for the coulometric determination of the contents of water soluble components, R. O. Hallberg, C. H. M. Lindstroem, and L Westerberg, Swed. 407,983 (CI. GOIN 27/42) 30 Ap. 1979, Appl. 77/10,308, 14 Sep Is 9 pp.
The detection limit of anodic stripping coulometry at mercui j film glassy carbon electrodes, R. Eggli,Anal. Chim. Acta 97 (1), 195–198 (1978).
Basis for the accuracy and comparability of chemical analysis\sults. Part II. Use of the Faraday, T. Yoshimoni, Z.Chem.18 (7), 251–254 (1978).
Different ranges of fission products by a coulometric method, A. K. Jayak and S. Mukherji,Nucl. Instrum. Method 170 (1–3), 193–196 (1980).
Controlled current coulometry—high precision assay procedure, J. Bercik, M. Cakrt, and Z. Hlady,Coulom. Anal. Conf.1978, 155–164 (1979).
Simultaneous thickness and electrochemical potential determination of individual layers in multilayer nickel deposits, E. P. Harbulak,Plat. Surf. Finish 67 (2), 49–54 (1980).
Flow through coulometry stripping analysis and the determination of manganese by cathodic stripping voltammetry, A. Trojanek and F. Opekar,Anal. Chim. Acta 126, 15–21 (1981).
Precious metal analysis by controlled potential coulometry, J. E. Harrar and M. C. Waggner,Plat. Surf. Finish 68 (1), 41–45 (1981).
The coulometric response of tubular electrodes applied to flow injection determinations, P. L. Meschi, D. C. Johnson, and G. R. Luecke,Anal. Chim. Acta 124 (2), 315–320 (1981).
Electrogeneration of coulometric reagents: applications to drug control, J. C. Vire, M. Chateau-Gosselin, and G. J. Patriarche,Microchim Acta 1 (3-4), 227–239 (1981).
General Principles and Theory
Voltammetry at controlled current, P. Delahay, In:New Instrumental Methods in Electrochemistry, Chap. 8, pp. 179–209, Interscience Publishers, Inc., New York (1954).
J. J. Lingane, Chronopotentiometry, In:Electroanalytical Chemistry, Chap. XXII, pp. 617–638, Interscience Publishers, Inc., New York (1958).
Chronopotentiometry, P. Delahay, In:Treatise on Analytical Chemistry, I. M. Kolthoff, P. J. Elving, and E. B. Sandell, eds., Part I, Vol. 4, Chap. 44, pp. 2233–2267, Interscience Publishers, New York (1963).
Applications of chronopotentiometry to problems in analytical chemistry, D. G. Davis, In:Electroanalytical Chemistry, Vol. I, A. J. Bard, ed. pp. 157–196, Marcel Dekker, Inc., New York (1966).
Chronopotentiometric measurements of chemical reaction rates. I. Programmed current studies of the ECE mechanism, H. B. Herman and A. J. Bard,J. Phys. Chem.70, 396–404 (1956).
Potentiometry, conductometry, coulometry, electroanalysis, and other electrochemical methods, V. A. Zarinskii,Zh. Anal. Khim. 22, 1669–1678 (1967) (Russ.).
Chronopotentiometry, M. Paunovic,J. Electroanal Chem. Interfacial Electrochem.14, 447–474 (1967).
Derivative chronopotentiometry, S. L. Burden, Jr., Diss. Abstr. B27(10), 3424 (1967); Univ. Microfilm, Ann Arbor. Mich., Order No. 67-3650, 147 pp.
Rapid chronopotentiometry; effects of double layer charging and adsorption, D. C. Noonan, Diss. Abstr. B.28 (2) 522 (1967), Univ. Microfilm, Ann. Arbor. Mich., Order No. 67-9360, 156 pp.
Polarography with controlled current density or chronopotentiometry with current density sweep at a dropping mercury electrode, H. L. Kies,J. Electroanal. Chem. Interfacial Electrochem.16, 279–281 (1968).
Chronopotentiometric measurements of chemical reaction rates. II. Kinetics and mechanism of the dehydration of p-hydroxyphenyl hydroxyl amine, H. N. Blount and H. B. Herman,J. Phys. Chem.72, 3006–3012 (1968).
Cyclic chronopotentiometry systems involving kinetic complications, H. B. Herman and A.J. Bard,J. Electrochem. Soc.115, 1028–1033 (1968).
Effect of double layer charging in programmed current chronopotentiometry, W. T. De Vries,J. Electroanal. Chem. Interfacial Electrochem.19 (1/2), 55–60 (1968).
Double layer charging in constant current chronopotentiometry at a mercury film electrode, W. T. De Vries,J. Electroanal. Chem. Interfacial Electrode,19 (1/2), 41–53 (1968).
Constant-current chronopotentiometry with current reversal at mercury-film electrode, P. Bos and E. Van Dalen,J. Electroanal. Chem. 17 (1/2), 21–30 (1968).
Theory of chronopotentiometry with current reversal for measuring heterogeneous electron transfer rate constants, F. H. Beyerlein and R. S. Nicholson,Anal. Chem. 40, 286–288 (1968).
Chronopotentiometry, E. Tvrzicka and J. Dolezal,Chem. Listy 63, 538–576 (1969) (Czech).
Chronopotentiometry and its applications, C. Herdlicka,Stud. Cercet. Chim.17, 779–799 (1969).
Cyclic chronopotentiometry, Determination of types and rates of second order chemical reactions following electron transfer, M. Vukovic and V. Pravdic,Croat. Chem. Acta,42, 21–32 (1970).
New device for measuring electrode reactions by pulse techniques, J. Vondrak and O. Spalek,Chem. Listy 64, 609–614 (1970) (Czech.).
Chronopotentiometric measurements of chemical reaction rates. III. Finite difference approach to the ECE mechanism, H. N. Blount and H. B. Herman,J. Electrochem. Soc.117 (4), 504–507 (1970).
Amalgam chronopotentiometry in a two side thin film system, V. A. Igolinski and N. M. Igolinskaya,Electrokhimiya 7, 1496–1498 (1971).
Chronopotentiometry of mixtures. I. Reduction at a mercury pool and at a mercury film electrode,P. Bos,J. Electroanal. Chem. Interfacial Electrochem.33, 379–391 (1971).
Effect of the diffusion of an adsorbing depolariser on “transient” time at large currents, E. M. Podgaetskii and Yu. V. Filinovskii,Elektrokhimiya 7, 1856–1859 (1971).
Cyclic chronopotentiometry on a rotating disk electrode, V. I. Chernenko, K. I. Litovckenko, and Yu. E. Udovenko,Elektrochimiya 7, 1476–1480 (1971).
Kinetics of electrode reactions in constant current electrolysis, XVI. Parallel irreversible consecutive reactions of different orders, O. Dracka,Collect. Czech. Chem. Commun.36, 1889–1897 (1971).
Chronopotentiometric measurement adsorption in the case of an isotherm with two plateaus, E. M. Podgaetskii and V. Yu. Filinovskii,Elektrokhimiya 1, 1042–1047 (1971).
Kinetics of electrode reactions in constant current electrolysis. XV. Reversible consecutive reactions of the second order, O. Dracka,Collect. Czech. Chem. Commun. 36, 1876–1888 (1971).
Current Step; Galvanostatic method or chronopotentiometry, In:A Guide to the Study of Electrode Kinetics, H. R. Thirsk and J. A. Harrison, eds., pp. 50 - 54, Academic Press, London and New York (1972).
Transient mass transfer at the rotating disk electrode, L. Nanis and I. Klein,J. Electrochem. Soc.119, 1683 - 1687 (1972).
Polarographic theory, instrumentation and methodology, R. S. Nicholson,Anal. Chem. 44, 478R–489R (1972).
Chronopotentiometry: Theoretical study of metal ion reduction by current inversion at transition time r. Kinetic parameters of manganese(II), iodate, nickel(II) and manganese(II) oxalate complex, R. Bennes,J. Electroanal. Chem. Interfacial Electrochem. 36,11–22 (1972) (Fr.).
Chronopotentiometry: (I) theoretical principles, A. Kisza,Wiad. Chem. 26, 413–426 (1972) (Pol.).
Chronoamperometry, potential sweep chronoamperometry and chronopotentiometry, J. Hladik, In:Physics of Electrolytes, J. Hladik, ed., Vol. 2, pp. 867–930, Academic Press, London (1972).
The a.c. chronopotentiometry: theoretical study of the reversible deposition of an insoluble substance, N. P. Bansal and H. L. Jindal,J. Ind. Chem. Soc. 49, 957–961 (1972).
A.C. chronopotentiometry: Theoretical study of an irreversible electrode processes preceded by a chemical reaction, H. L. Jindal, N. P. Bansal, and K. Bansal,Rev. Roum. Chim.17, 1969–1975 (1972).
Film stripping chronopotentiometric study of reversible electrodissolution of a metal from the surface of an indifferent electrode accompanied by complexing, M. S. Zakharov, V. V. Pnev, and L. A. Moskovskikh,Tr. Tyumen. Ind. Inst. 32–34 (1972),CA 82:1407077g.
Theory of chronopotentiometry with current reversal from a stationary state, A. Kisza and U. Twardoch,Bull. Acad. Pol. Sci. Ser. Sci. Chem.20, 1063–1067 (1972) (Eng.).
Differential and derivative chronopotentiometry, A. J. Engel, 196 pp. (1972), Diss. Abstr. Int. B 1972,33 (1), 86–87,CA 78:23238 h.
Stripping chronopotentiometry with periodic current reversal, V. V. Pnev and M. S. Zakharov,Tr. Tyumen. Ind. Inst. 57–63 (1972) (Russ.)CA 82:1643862.
Transient response of a disk electrode, K. Nisanciogln and J. Newman,J. Electrochem. Soc.120, 1339–1356 (1973).
Anodic chronopotentiometry on a film electrode for reversible processes during stirring of solutions. Theory, L. I. Komarova,Sov. Electrochem. 9, 1286–1290 (1973).
Current reversal chronopotentiometry of EC processes involving an insoluble product, K. W. Hanck and M. L. Deanhardt,Anal. Chem.45, 179–182 (1973).
Theory of stripping chronopotentiometry for reversible electrode processes involving complexes on a mercury rotating disk microelectrode, V. I. Bakanov, M. S. Zakharov, and N. M. Cheremnykh,Tr. Tyumen. Industr. Inst. (22), 46–50 (1974) (Russ.); CA: 84 5 1417h.
Theory of chronopotentiometry with current reversal from a stationary state. II. Anodic dissolution of metals with the stepwise reversible electrode process, A. Kisza,Bull. Acad. Pol. Sci. Ser. Sci. Chim.23, 341–344 (1975).
Studies in derivative chronopotentiometry. I. Instrumentation and diffusion controlled systems, P. E. Sturrock, J. L. Hughey, B. Vandrewil, and G. E. O’Brien,J. Electrochem. Soc.122, 1195–1200 (1975).
Stripping chronopotentiometry with a glassy carbon disk electrode. Fundamental factors and comparison with stripping voltammetry, L. Luong and F. Vydra,Collect. Czech. Chem. Commun.40, 1490–1503 (1975).
Studies in derivative chronopotentiometry. IV. Chemical reactions preceding reversible charge transfer, R. H. Gibson and P. E. Sturrock,Electrochem. Soc.123, 1170–1173 (1976).
Chronopotentiometry, Z. Galus, In:Fundamentals of Electrochemical Analysis, Z. Galus, pp. 43–46, Chap. 5, Chap. 6, pp. 193–196, 208; Chap. 7, pp. 239–245; Chap. 8, pp. 275–278; Chap. 9, pp. 303–305; Chap. 10, pp. 321–322; Chap. 11, pp. 336–337; Chap. 12, pp. 347–351; Chap. 15, pp. 391–393; Chap. 16, pp. 411–413; Chap. 17, pp. 434–440; Chap. 18, pp. 454–456; Ellis Horwood Ltd. Publ., Chichester, Halsted Press, New York (1976).
Chronopotentiometric measurements of chemical reaction rates. I. Programmed current studies of the ECE mechanism, H. B. Herman and A. J. Bard,J. Phys. Chem. 70, 396–404 (1966).
Applications of chronopotentiometry to problems in analytical chemistry, D. G. Davis, In:Electroanalytical Chemistry, Vol. I, A. J. Bard, ed., pp. 157–196, Marcel Dekker, Inc., New York (1966).
Critique of chronopotentiometry as a tool for study of adsorption, P. J. Lingane,Anal. Chem.39, 485–494 (1967).
Chronopotentiometric measurements of chemical reaction rates. II. Kinetics and mechanism of the dehydration ofp- hydroxy phenyl hydroxyl-amine, H. N. Blount and H. B. Herman,J. Phys. Chem. 72, 3006 - 3012 (1968).
Aspects of electroanalytical chemistry, J. J. Lingane,Ind. Chim. Beige 33, (Spec. No) 136–139 (1968).
Power-of-time current chronopotentiometry: circuit design, construction and evaluation of a new instrumental approach, H. C. Kluge II (Secton Hall Univ., S. Orange N.J.), Diss. Abstr. B28 (7), 2746 (1968) Univ. Microfilms, Ann Arbor, Mich., Order No. 67-16, 351, 129 pp.
Chronopotentiometry and its use in analysis and electrochemical studies, V. G. Barikov and O. A. Songina,Sovrem. Metody Anal. Mater. 121–134 (1969) (Russ.). (ed) Orient I. M. Otd. ‘Metallurfia’, Moscow (USSR) (1969).
New circuit for current reversal chronopotentiometry, H. B. Herman, E. B. Smith, and B. C. Rudy,Chem. Instrum. 2, 257–265 (1969).
Controlled potential and controlled current voltammeter, T. R. Mueller and H. C. Jones,Chem. Instrum. 2, 65–81 (1969).
Measuring transition time in chronopotentiometry, R. Yu. Bek, I. I. Burenkov, and A. S. Lifshits,Izv. Sib. Otd. Akad. Nauk SSSR, Ser. Khim. Nauk. 2, 3–6 (1969);CA 71:66716 k.
Unsteady conditions of electrolysis by an asymmetric rectified current, V. I. Chernenko and K. I. Litovchenko,Ukr. Khim. Zh.35, 472–477 (1969);CA 71:45039 b.
Graphical method for correcting the charge of a double layer in chronopotentiometry, Deroo, J. Guitton, and J. Besson,J. Chim. Phys. Physicochim. Biol. 67, 1097 - 1100 (1970).
Chronopotentiometry with current reversal switching from a steady state, A. N. Barabc and O. N. Vinogradov Zhalnov,Tr. Inst. Elektrokhim. Akad. Nauk SSSR, Ural Filia 15, 118–125 (1970) (Russ.);CA 75: 83535a.
Electronic instrument for cyclic chronopotentiometry, T. Rabuzin, G. Similjanic, and F. Jovic,J. Electroannal. Chem. Interfacial Electrochem. 27, 397–402 (1970).
Apparatus for cyclic chronopotentiometry in non-aqueous solvents, J. H. English,J. Sci. Instrum. 3 (I), 69–72 (1970).
Apparatus for automatic monitoring of metal cations by stripping chronopotentiometry, G. G. Raneev and I. M. Kogol,Autom. Proizvod. Processov. Tsvet. Met. 109–111 (1971) (Russ.).
Anodic amalgam voltammetry with a programmed current on a mercury spherical electrode, M. S. Zakharov and V. V. Pnev,Izv. Tomsk. Politekh. Inst. 51–54 (1971);CA 76:120820 h.
Electronic device for measuring transition time in chronopotentiometry, I. I. Burenkov, A. S. Lifshits, and R. Yu. Bek,Izv. Sib. Otd. Akad. Nauk. SSSR, Ser. Khim. Nauk 5, 145–147 (1971).
Chronopotentiometry. II. New chronopotentiometric techniques and applications of chronopotentiometry, A. Kisza,Wiad. Chem. 26, 491–502 (1972) (Pol.).
Thin layer electrochemistry, R. S. Tyurin, Yu. S. Lyalikov, and S. I. Zhadanov,Usp. Khim.41, 2272–2299 (1972).
Stripping chronopotentiometry with a mercury rotating disk electrode, M. S. Zakharov, V. A. Antipeva, and V. I. Bakanov,Tr. Tyumen. Ind. Inst. 3–7 (1972);CA 82:147073 c.
Release time of a metal from a mercury film electrode in stripping chronopotentiometry, V. I. Bakanov and M. S. Zakharov,Tr. Tyumen. Ind. Inst. 12–14 (1972);CA 82:147074 d.
Stripping chronopotentiometric study of the kinetics of electrode processes involving the complex ions with a fixed mercury film electrode, M. S. Zakharov, I. V. Shelomentseva, and N. K. Ivanov,Tr. Tyumen, Ind. Inst. 23–25 (1972);CA 82: 147075 e.
Stripping chronopotentiometry. I. Electrodissolution of metal from the surface of an indifferent electrode, M. S. Zakharov, V. V. Pnev, and L. A. Moskovskikh,Tr. Tyumen. Ind. Inst. 26–31 (1972);CA 82:147076 f.
Resistive effects in thin electrochemical cells. Digital simulation of current and potential steps in thin layer electrochemical cells, I. B. Goldberg and A. J. Bard,J. Electroanal. Chem. Interfacial Electrochem.38, 313–322 (1972).
Improvement of the chronopotentiometric method by the use of a potentiostat and a capacity-current addition device, P. Bos and E. Van Dalen,J. Electroanal. Chem. Interfacial Electrochem.45, 165–179 (1973).
Experimental testing of the adsorption theory of chronopotentiometry. I. Electrolytic dissolution of silver from the surface of a graphite electrode, V. V. Pnev, L. A. Moskovskikh, and M. S. Zakharov,Tr. Tyumen. Ind. Inst. 60–63 (1973);CA 83:67929 s.
Inverse voltammetry at graphite electrodes. II. Experimental verification of the absorption. Theory of chronopotentiometry, V. V. Pnev, L. A. Moskovskikh, and M. S. Zakharov,Usp. Polyargr. Nakopleniem 157 (1973);CA 81:162662 s.
A new circuit for cyclic and reverse current chronopotentiometry, M. Declecq and A. Withagen-Declezg,Anal. Chim. Acta 63, 427–433 (1973).
Conventional and scanning chronopotentiometry on a rotating disk electrode, V. I. Cherenko and K. I. Litovchenko,Ukh. Khim. Zh.39, 344–347 (1973) (Russ.).
Digital automatic polarograph for stripping chronopotentiometry with amalgam accumulation and trace analysis of elements,Usp. Polyarogr. Nakopleniem 220-222 (1973);CA 81:145070 e.
Automatic instrument for stripping chronopotentiometry with amalgam accumulation, E. V. Galinker,Usp. Polyarogr. Nakopleniem 182–184 (1973) (Russ.);CA 81:145071 f.
Stripping chronopotentiometry on a graphite electrode. Experimental testing of the parametric theory, L. A. Moskovskikh, V. V. Pnev, and M. S. Zakharov, Jr.,Tyumen Ind. Inst. 73–77 (1973) (Russ.);CA 83:1255873.
Anodic stripping chronopotentiometry on a glassy carbon disk electrode, F. Vydra and L. Luong,J. Electroanal. Chem. Interfacial Electrochem.54, 447 (1974).
Starting and switching problems and their solution in instruments for fast cyclic chronopotentiometry, F. Jovic and I. Koutusic,J. Electroanal. Chem. Interfacial Electrochem. 50, 269–276 (1974).
Measurement of rates of chemical reactions coupled to electron transfer by chronopotentiometry. Disproportionation reaction and the ECE mechanism at a plane electrode, D. Cukman and V. Pravdic,J. Electroanal. Chem. Interfacial Electrochem.49, 415–419 (1974).
Improvements in digital simulation, J. Sandifer and R. P. Buck,J. Electroanal. Chem. Interfacial Electrochem.49, 161–170 (1974).
Multipurpose instruments for chronopotentiometric measurements, A. Dupre and C. Caullet,Analysis 3, 392–395 (1975).
Derivative chronopotentiometry. II. Analysis of multicomponent systems, P. E. Sturrock, B. Vandrenil, and R. H. Gibson,J. Electrochem. Soc. 122, 1311–1315 (1975).
Stripping chronopotentiometry using a mercury rotating disk electrode. I., V. I. Bakanov, M. S. Zakharov, V. A. Antipeva, and N. M. Cheremnykh,Elektrokhimiya 11, 95–98 (1975).
Electroanalytical techniques in trace metal ion analysis, E. E. Brooks and H. B. Mark,Rev. Anal. Chem. 3 1–26 (1975).
Chronopotentiometry as an electrochemical method of investigation and analysis, P. K. Agasyan, A. I. Kamanev, and M. I. Luner,Zh. Anal. Khim. 31, 121–142 (1976) (Russ.).
Studies in derivative chronopotentiometry. III. Application to submillisecond transition times, P. E. Sturrock and R. H. Gibson,J. Electrochem. Soc.123, 629–631 (1976).
Alloy Electrodes
Electrochemical characterisation of the surface composition of heterogeneous platinum-gold alloys, M. W. Breiter,J. Phys. Chem. 69, 901–904 (1965).
Hydrogen adsorption on heterogeneous platinum-gold alloys in sulphuric acid solution, M. W. Breiter,Trans. Faraday Soc. 61, 749–754 (1965).
Reactivity and surface composition. Anodic methanol oxidation on platinum-gold alloys, M. W. Breiter,J. Phys. Chem. 69, 3377–3383 (1965).
Electrolytic codeposited palladium-gold electrodes. Effect of potential cycles on surface properties, R. Woods,Electrochim. Acta 14, 632–635 (1969).
Cyclic voltammetry of mixed metal electrodes, J. S. Mayell and W. A. Barber,J. Electrochem. Soc.116, 1333–1338 (1969).
Behaviour of Pt-Rh alloys during electro-oxidation of ethylene, A. A. Michri, A. G. Pshenichnikov, R. Kh. Burshtein, and V. S. Bernard,Sov. Electrochem. 5, 558–560 (1969).
Chemisorption of hydrogen and oxygen on platinum-rhodium alloys, K. A. Radyushkina, R. Kh. Burshtein, M. R. Tarasevich, V. V. Kuprina, and L. A. Cheriyaev,Sov. Electrochem. 5, 1309–1312 (1969).
Electrolytically codeposited platinum-gold electrodes and their electrocatalytic activity for acetate ion oxidation, R. Woods,Electrochim. Acta 14, 553 (1969).
Oxygen reduction on gold alloys in alkaline electrolyte, J. Giner, J. M. Parry, and L. W. Surette,Adv. Chem. Ser.90, 102–113 (1969).
Determination of the surface composition of smooth noble metal alloys by cyclic voltammetry, D. A. J. Rand and R. Woods,J. Electroanal. Chem. Interfacial Electrochem. 36, 57–69 (1972).
Adsorption of hydrogen on platinum, osmium and platinum-osmium electrodes, A. A. Sutyagina, I. N. Golyanitskaya, and G. D. Vovchenko,Sov. Electrochem.8, 884–886 (1972).
Electrosorption characteristics of thin layers of noble metal substrates, D. A. J. Rand and R. Woods,J. Electroanal. Chem. Interfacial Electrochem.44, 83–89 (1973).
Chemisorption at electrodes, hydrogen and oxygen on noble metals and their alloys, R. Woods, In:Electroanalytical chemistry, A. J. Bard, Vol. 9, pp. 1–162, Marcel Dekker, Inc., New York (1976).
Solid Electrodes
Voltammetry with solid microelectrodes, In:Polarography, I. M. Kolthoff and J. J. Lingane, Vol. 1, pp. 399–420, Interscience Publishers, New York (1952).
Polarographic oxidation of phenolic compounds (graphite indicator electrode), V. F. Gaylor and P. J. Elving,Anal. Chem.25, 1078–1082 (1953).
Convection controlled limiting currents. I. The platinum wire convection electrode, I. M. Kolthoff and J. Jordon,J. Am. Chem. Soc. 76, 3843 (1954).
Rotated and stationary platinum wire electrodes. Residual current voltage curves and dissolution patterns in supporting electrolytes, I. M. Kolthoff and N. Tanaka,Anal. Chem. 26, 632–636 (1954).
Polarographic studies with gold, graphite and platinum electrodes, S. S. Lord, Jr. and L. B. Rogers,Anal. Chem. 26, 284–295 (1954).
Oxidation of platinum electrodes in poltentiometric redox titrations, J. W. Ross and I. Shain,Anal. Chem.28, 548–555 (1956).
Chemical evidence for oxide films on platinum electrometric electrodes, F. Anson and J. J. Lingane,J. Am. Chem. Soc.79, 4961–4904 (1957).
Behaviour of rotating gold microelectrodes, F. Baumann and I. Shain,Anal. Chem. 29, 303–306 (1957).
Studies of gold, platinum and palladium indicating electrodes in strongly oxidising aqueous solutions, J. K. Lee, R. N. Adams, and C. E. Bricker,J. Am. Chem. Soc. Anal. Chim. Acta 17, 321–328 (1957).
Anodic chromopotentiometry with platinum and gold electrodes. The iodide-iodine-iodate system, F. C. Anson and J. J. Ligane,J. Am. Chem. Soc.79, 1015–1020 (1957).
Carbon paste electrodes, R. N. Adams,Anal. Chem. 30, 1576 (1959).
Voltammetry at inert electrodes. I. Analytical applications of boron carbide electrodes, T. R. Mueller and R. N. Adams,Anal. Chim. Acta 23, 467 (1960).
Voltammetry at boron carbide and carbon paste electrodes, T. R. Mueller, C. L. Olson, and R. N. Adams, In:Advances in Polarography, I. S. Longmuir, ed., Vol. 1, pp. 198–209, Pergamon Press, London (1960).
Voltammetry at electrodes with fixed surfaces, R. N. Adams, In:Treatise on Analytical Chemistry, I. M. Kolthoff, P. J. Elving, and E. B. Sandell, eds., Part I. Vol. 4, Chap. 47, pp. 2381–2416, Interscience Publishers, New York (1963).
Graphite indicating electrodes: Theory, methodology and applicability, P. J. Elving, I. Fried, and W. R. Turner, In:Polarography 1964, G. J. Hills, ed., Vol. 1, pp. 277–297, Macmillan, New York (1965).
Behaviour of carbon electrodes in aqueous and non-aqueous systems, R. E. Panzer and P. J. Elving, /.Electrochem. Soc. 119, 864–874 (1972).
Electrocapillary phenomena at the stress annealed pyrolytic graphite electrode, I. Morcos,J. Phys. Chem. 76, 2750–2753 (1972).
Rapid voltammetric method for the estimation of tocopherols and antioxidants in oils and fats, M. D. McBride and D. H. Evans,Anal. Chem.45, 446–449 (1973).
A study of seven different carbon paste electrodes, J. Lindquist,J. Electroanal. Chem. Interfacial Electrochem. 52, 37 (1974).
Etude du comportement de la pate de carbone a compose electroactif incorpore, D. Bauer and M. Ph. Gaillochet,Electrochim. Acta 19, 597–606 (1974).
Anodic stripping with collection using thin mercury films, D. Laser and M. Ariel,J. Electroanal. Chem. Interfacial Electrochem.49, 123 (1974).
Metallic electrodes; specialised electrodes, In:Introduction to Bioelectrodes, C. D. Ferris, Chap. 1 and 8, Plenum Press, New York and London (1974).
Spectroelectrochemistry of optically transparent electrodes, T. Kuwana and N. Winograd, In:Electroanalytical Chemistry, A. J. Bard, ed., Vol 7, pp. 29–39, Marcel Dekker, Inc., New York (1974).
An improved glassy carbon electrode, S. C. Levy and P. R. Farina,Anal. Chem.47, 604 (1975).
Optically transparent carbon films electrodes for infrared spectroelectrochemistry, J. S. Mattson and C. A. Smith,Anal. Chem.47, 1122 (1975).
Mercury thin film minigrid optically transparent thin layer electrochemical cell, W. R. Heinemann, P. P. Angelis, and J. F. Goelz,Anal. Chem.47, 1364 (1975).
Silver based mercury film electrode. I. General characteristics and stability of the electrode, Z. Stojek and Z. Kublik,J. Electroanal. Chem. Interfacial Electrochem. 60, 349 (1975).
Styrene impregnated cobalt-60 irradiated graphite electrodes for anodic stripping analysis, R. G. Clenn and A. F. Sciamannia,Anal. Chem.47, 276 (1975).
The reduction of oxygen at a metallized membrane electrode, C. McCallum and D. Pletcher,Electrochim. Acta 20, 811–814 (1975).
Chemically modified tin oxide electrode, P. R. Moses, L. Wier, and R. W. Murray,Anal. Chem.47, 1882–1886 (1975).
A chiral electrode, B. F. Walkins, J. R. Bebiling, E. Kariv, and L. L. Miller,J. Am. Chem. Soc. 97, 3549–3550 (1975).
Illustrative electrochemical behaviour reactants irreversibly adsorbed on graphite electrode surfaces, A. P. Brown, C. Koval, and F. C. Anson,J. Electroanal. Chem. Interfacial Electrochem.72, 379–387 (1976).
Graphite epoxy mercury thin film working electrode for anodic stripping voltammetry, J. E. Anderson and D. E. Tallman,Anal. Chem.48, 209 (1976).
Surface electrochemistry of iron porphyrins and iron on tin oxide electrodes, D. G. Davis and R. W. Murray,Anal. Chem.49, 194–198 (1977).
Molecular anchors for the attachment of metal complexes to graphite electrode surfaces, A. P. Brown and F. C. Anson,J. Electroanal. Chem. Interfacial Electrochem.83, 203–206 (1977).
Chemically modified electrodes. VI. Binding and reversible electrochemistry of tetra (aminophenyl) porphyrin on glassy carbon, J. C. Lennox and R. W. Murray,J. Electroanal. Chem.78, 395–401 (1977).
Application of a novel thermistor mercury electrode to the study of changes of activity of an adsorbed enzyme on electrochemical reduction and oxidation, K. S. V. Santhanam, N. Jespersen, and A. J. Bard,J. Am. Chem. Soc. 99, 274–276 (1977).
Radiation cured polymer impregnated graphite electrodes for anodic stripping voltammetry, K. G. McLaren and G. E. Batley,J. Electroanal. Chem. Interfacial Electrochem. 79, 169 (1977).
Semiconductor electrodes. XIV. Electrochemistry and electroluminescence at n-type Ti02 in aqueous solutions, R. N. Noufi, P. A. Kohl, S. N. Frank, and A. J. Bard,J. Electrochem. Soc. 125, 246–252 (1978).
Semiconductor electrodes. XV. Photoelectrochemical cells with mixed polycrystalline n-type Cds-CdSe electrodes, R. N. Noufii, P. A. Kohl, and A. J. Bard,J. Electrochem. Soc. 125, 375–379 (1978).
Electrochemical and solid state studies of phthalocyanine thin film electrodes, H. T. Tachikawa and L. R. Faulkner,J. Am. Chem. Soc. 100, 4379–4385 (1978).
Chemically modified electrodes. 10. Electron spectroscopy for chemical analysis and alternating current voltammetry of glassy carbon-bound tetra (aminophenyl) porphyrins, J. C. Lennox and R. W. Murray,J. Am. Chem. Soc. 100, 3710–3714 (1978).
Preparation of chemically derivatized platinum and gold electrode surfaces. Synthesis, characterization and surface attachment of trichlorosilyl ferrocene, (1,1’ ferrocenediyl) dichlorosilane, and 1,1’ bis(triethoxysilyl)ferrocene, M. S. Wrighton, M. C. Palazzoto, A. B. Bocarsly, J. M. Bolts, A. B. Fischer, and L. Nadjo,J. Am. Chem. Soc. 100, 7264–7271 (1978).
Introduction of amine functional groups on graphite electrode surfaces and their use in the attachment of ruthenium(II) to the electrode surface, N. Oyama, A. P. Brown, and F. C. Anson,J. Electroanal. Chem. Interfacial Electrochem.87, 435 (1978).
Cyanuric chloride as a general linking agent for modified electrodes: Attachment of redox groups to pyrolytic graphite, A. M. Yacnych and T. Kuwana,Anal. Chem.50, 640–645 (1978).
Electrode surface modification via polymer adsorption, L. C. Miller and M. R. Van De Mark,J. Am. Chem. Soc.100, 639–640 (1978).
Preparation, analysis and use of an electrode surface modified by polymer adsorption,-L. L. Miller and M. R. Van De Mark,J. Electroanal. Chem. Interfacial Electrochem. 88, 437–440 (1978).
The theory of light induced evolution of hydrogen at semiconductor electrodes, J. O. M Bockris and K. Uosaki,J. Electrochem. Soc.125, 223–227 (1978).
Organo-modified metal oxide electrode. IV. Analysis of covalently bound rhodamine B. photoelectrode, M. Fujihira, T. Osa, D. Hursh, and T. Kuwana,J. Electroanal. Chem. Interfacial. Electrochem. 88, 285–288 (1978).
Behavior of polymeric sulphur nitride (SN)X electrodes in aqueous media, R. J. Nowak, W. Kutner, H. B. Mark, and A. G. MacDiamid,J. Electrochem. Soc.125, 232–240 (1978).
The behaviour of an electrochemical detector used in liquid chromatography and continuous flow voltammetry. Part 2. Evaluation of low temperature isotropic carbon for use as an electrode material, B. R. Hepler, S. G. Weber, and W. C. Purdy,Anal. Chim. Acta 102, 41–59 (1978).
Evaluation of the basal plane of pyrolytic graphite as an electrochemical detector for liquid chromatography, R. M. Wightman, E. C. Park, S. Borman, and M. A. Dayton,Anal. Chem. 50, 1410–1414 (1978).
Charge transfer processes at semiconductor electrodes, R. Memming, In:Electroanalytical Chemistry, A. J. Bard, ed., Vol. 11, pp. 1–84, Marcel Dekker, Inc., New York (1979).
Semiconductor Electrodes. XVII. Electrochemical behaviour of n- and p-type InP electrodes in acetonitrile solution, P. A. Kohl and A. J. Bard,J. Electrochem. Soc.126, 598–603 (1979).
Semiconductor electrodes. XIX. An investigation of S/Se substitution in single crystal CdSe and CdS, R. N. Noufii, P. A. Kohl, J. W. Rogers, J. M. White, and A. J. Bard,J. Electrochem. Soc.126, 949–954 (1979).
Semiconductor electrodes. XXI. The characterisation and behaviour of n-Type Fe203 electrodes in acetonitrile solutions, R. A. Frellein and A. J. Bard,J. Electrochem. Soc.126, 1892–1898 (1979).
Properties of Ru02 working electrodes in nonaqueous solvents, D. R. Rolison, K. Kuo, M. Umana, D. Brundage, and R. W. Murray,J. Electrochem. Soc. 126, 407–414 (1979).
Chemically modified carbon electrodes. Part XVII. Metallation of immobilized tetra (aminophenyl) porphyrin with manganese, iron, cobalt, nickel, copper, zinc and electrochemistry of diprotonated tetraphenyl porphyrin, R. D. Rocklin and R. W. Murray,J. Electroanal. Chem. Interfacial Electrochem.100, 271–282 (1979).
Chemically modified electrodes. VIII. The interaction of aqueous RuC13 with native and silanized Sn02 electrodes, L. Wier and R. W. Murray,J. Electrochem. Soc.126, 617 - 623 (1979).
An x-ray photoelectron spectroscopic study of multilayers of an electroactive ferrocene derivative attached to platinum and gold electrodes, A. B. Fischer, M. S. Wrighton, M. Umana, and R. W. Murray,J. Am. Chem. Soc.101, 3442–3446 (1979).
Facile attachment of transition metal complexes to graphite electrodes coated with polymeric ligands. Observation and control of metal-ligand coordination among reactants confined to electrode surfaces, N. Oyama and F. C. Anson,J. Am. Chem. Soc.101, 739–741 (1979).
Internal reflection spectroscopy at a Hg-Pt optically transparent electrode, J. E. Goelz, A. Y. Yacynych, H. B. Mark, Jr., and W. R. Heineman,J. Electroanal. Chem. Interfacial Electrochem.103, 277–280 (1979).
Two electron oxidations at illuminated n-type semiconducting silicon electrodes. Use of chemically derivatized photoelectrodes, A. B. Bocarsly, E. G. Walton, M. G. Bradley, and M. S. Wrighton,J. Electroanal. Chem. Interfacial Electrochem.100, 283–306 (1979).
Reticulated vitreous carbon flowthrough electrodes, A. N. Strohl and D. I. Curran,Anal. Chem.51, 353–357 (1979).
Optically transparent thin layer electrode techniques for the study of biological redox system, W. R. Heineman, M. L. Meckstroth, B. J. Norris, and C. H. Su,Bioelectrochem. Bioeng. 6, 577–585 (1979).
Metallized plastic optically transparent electrodes, R. Cieslinski and N. R. Armstrong,Anal. Chem.51, 565–568 (1979).
Characterisation of Hg-Pt optically transparent electrodes, J. F. Goelz and W. R. HeinemanJ. Electroanal. Chem.103, 147–154 (1979).
Mercury film nickel minigrid optically transparent thin layer electrochemical cell, W. R. Heineman, T. P. De Angelis, and J. F. Goelz,Anal. Chem.47, 1364 (1975).
A thin layer spectroelectrochemical study of Cob.(I) alamin to Cob.(Ill) alamin oxidation process, T. M. Kenyhalz and H. B. Mark, Jr.,J. Electroanal. Chem. Interfacial Electrochem.23, 1656–1662 (1976).
Optically transparent thin layer electrode for anaerobic measurements on redox enzymes, B. J. Norris, M. L. Meckstroth, and W. R. Heineman,Anal. Chem.48, 630–632 (1976).
Infrared spectrophotometric observations of the absorption of fibrinogen from solution at optically transparent carbon film electrode surfaces, J. S. Mattson and T. T. Jones,Anal. Chem.48, 2164–2167 (1976).
Electrochemical oxidation of 5-6 diaminouracil. An investigation by thin layer spectroelectrochemistry (gold minigrid), J. L. Owens and G. Dryhurst,J. Electroanal. Chem. Interfacial Electrochem. 88, 171–180 (1977).
Mercury-gold minigrid optically transparent thin layer electrode, M. L. Meyer, T. P. De Angelis, and W. R. Heineman,Anal. Chem.49, 602–666 (1977).
Carbon and mercury-carbon optically transparent electrodes, T. P. De Angelis, R. W. Hurst, A. M. Yacynycl, H. B. Mark, Jr., W. R. Heineman, and J. S. Mattson,Anal. Chem. 49, 1395–1398 (1977).
Optically transparent vitreous carbon electrode, V. E. Norrell and G. Mamantov,Anal. Chem.49, 1471–1478 (1977).
The specific absorption of anions on a Hg-Pt optically transparent electrode by transmission spectroelectrochemistry, W. R. Heineman and J. F. Goelz,J. Electroanal. Chem. Interfacial Electrodes,89, 437–441 (1978).
Liquid Electrodes
Polarographic current-voltage curves with dropping amalgam electrodes, J. J. Lingane,J. Am. Chem. Soc.61, 976–977 (1939).
Polarographic studies with the dropping mercury electrode. Part XI. The use of dilute amalgams in the dropping electrode, J. Heyrovsky and M. Kalousek,Collect. Czech. Chem. Commun.11, 464–473 (1939).
Oscillographische polarographie, J. Heyrovsky and J. Forejt,Z. Phys. Chem.193, 77–96 (1943).
Fundamentals and Applications of the Streaming Mercury Electrode, A. Rius, Academy of Sciences of Madrid, Bermejo, Madrid (1949).
A study of the polarographic behaviour of dropping amalgam electrodes, N. H. Furman and W. C. Cooper, /.Am. Chem. Soc.72, 5667–5676 (1950).
Electrochemical phenomena at a rotating mercury electrode. I. Reduction of metal ions, T. S. Lee,J. Am. Chem. Soc.74, 5001–5008 (1952).
Polarographic studies with a stationary mercury-plated platinum electrode, T. L. Marple and L. B. Rogers,Anal. Chem. 25, 1351–1354 (1953).
Coulometric determination of submicrogram amounts of cadmium and zinc with stationary mercury plated platinum electrodes, K. W. Gardiner and L. W. Rogers,Anal. Chem. 25, 1393–1397 (1953).
The discharge mechanism of simple and complex zinc ions, H. Gerischer, Z.Physk. Chem.202, 302–317 (1953).
Extension of sensitivity of polarographic analysis with rotating amalgam electrodes, \V. D. Cooke,Anal. Chem.25, 215 (1953).
Reduction at streaming mercury electrode. I. The limiting current, J. R. Weaver and R. W. Parry,J. Am. Chem. Soc. 76, 6258–6262 (1954).
a) The streaming mercury electrodes (b) The rotating solid electrode (c) The rotating mercury electrode and (d) Vibrating electrode, In:New Instrumental Methods in Electrochemistry, P. Delahay, Chap. 9, pp. 240–249, Interscience Publishers, New York (1954).
Kinetics of fast electrode reactions (hanging mercury drop electrode), T. Berzins and P. Delahay,J. Am. Chem. Soc. 77, 6448–6453 (1955).
Analytical applications of the hanging mercury drop electrode, J. W. Ross, R. D. DeMars, and I. Shain,Anal. Chem.28, 1768 (1956).
The rotated dropping mercury electrode as a new electrode in polarography, W. Stricks and I. M. Kolthoff,Am. Chem. Soc. 78, 2085–2094 (1956).
Equation for the limiting current at the rotated dropping mercury electrode, Y. Okinaka and I. M. Kolthoff, /.Am. Chem. Soc.79, 3326–3339 (1957).
Factors to be considered in quantitative polarography with the rotated dropping mercury electrode, I. M. Kolthoff and Y. Okinaka,Anal. Chim. Acta 18, 83–96 (1958).
A rotating hanging mercury drop electrode, E. Barendrecht,Nature 181, 764–765 (1958).
Application de la goutte pendante de mercure a la determination de minimes quantites de differents ions, W. Kemula and Z. Kublik,Anal. Chim. Acta 18, 104–111 (1958).
Voltammetry with hanging mercury drop electrode, W. Kemula, In:Advances in Polarography, I. S. Longmuir, ed., Vol. 1, pp. 105–143, Pergamon Press, London (1960).
The electrodes, In:Electrochemical Reactions, G. Chariot, J. Badoz-Lambling, and B. Tremilon, pp. 140–148, Elsevier Publ. Co., Amsterdam, New York (1962).
Dropping electrodes, In:Polarographic Techniques, L. Meites, pp. 73–83, Interscience Publishers, New York (1965).
Cyclic and stripping voltammetry with graphite based thin mercury film electrodes prepared “in situ”, Z. Strojek, B. Stepnik, and Z. Kublik,J. Electroanal. Chem. Interfacial Electrochem.74, 277 (1976).
Comparison of spinning dropping mercury electrode response with polarographic and rotating disc electrode theory, H. J. Mortko and R. E. Cover,Anal. Chem. 51, 1144–1149 (1979).
Modification of a commercial micrometer hanging mercury drop electrode, J. E. Bonelli, H. E. Taylor, and R. K. Skogerboe,Anal. Chem. 51, 2412–2413 (1979).
Static mercury drop electrode, W. M. Peterson,Am. Lab. No. 12, 69–78 (1979).
High speed device for synchronization of natural drop experiments with a DME, P. D. Tyma, M. J. Weaver, and C. G. Enke,Anal. Chem. 51, 2300–2302 (1979).
Thin Layer Cells: Theory, Methodology, and Application
Electrochemistry using thin layer cells, C. N. Reilley,Rev. Pure App. Chem. 18, 137 (1968).
The theory and practice of electrochemistry with thin layer cells, A. T. Hubbard and F. C. Anson, In:Electroanalytical Chemistry, A. J. Bard, ed., Vol. 4, pp. 129–214, Marcel Dekker, Inc., New York (1970).
Thin layer electrochemistry, R. S. Tywin and Yu. S. Lyankov,Zhadonov. S.I. Usp. Khim.41, 2272–2299 (1972).
Homogeneous kinetics using electrochemical cells with a large ratio of electrode area to solution volume. Part II. M. Fleishmann, D. Pletcher, and A. Ratinski,J. Electroanal. Chem. Interfacial Electrochem.38, 329–336 (1972).
Spectroelectrochemical study of mixed valence pyrazine-decaamminediruthenium (II, III) complex, V. S. Srinivasan and F. C. Anson,J. Electrochem. Soc.120, 1359 (1972).
Resistive effects in thin electrochemical cells: digital simulations of current and potential steps in thin layer electrochemical cells, I. B. Goldberg and A. J. Bard,J. Electroanal. Chem. Interfacial Electrochem.38, 313–322 (1972).
Resistive effects in thin electrochemical cells: digital simulation of electrochemistry in electron spin resonance cells, I. B. Goldberg, A. J. Bard, and S. W. Feldberg,J. Phys. Chem. 76, 2550 (1972).
Electrochemistry in thin layers of solution, A. T. Hubbard,CRC Crit. Rev. Anal. Chem. 3, 201–242 (1973).
Construction of an optically transparent thin film electrochemical cell, D. Ratard, P. Belin, and V. Pickton,Analusis 2, 413–419 (1973).
Untersuchung der chloridasorption an silber und gold mit hilfe eines zweielektroden-dwins- chichtverfohrens, E. Schmidt and S. Stucki,J. Electroanal. Chem. Interfacial Electrochem.43, 425–440 (1873).
Measurement of enzyme E°’ values by optically transparent thin layer electrochemical cells, W. R. Heinemann, B. J. Norris, and J. F. Goelz,Anal. Chem. 47, 79 (1975).
Mercury film nickel minigrid optically transparent thin layer electrochemical cell, W. R. Heineman, T. P. De Angelis, and J. F. Goelz,Anal. Chem.47, 1364 (1975).
Use of optically transparent thin layer cells for determination of composition and stability constants of metal ion complexes with electrode reaction products, I. Piljack, M. Jkalee, and B. Grabaric,Anal. Chem.47, 1369 (1975).
Differential pulse anodic stripping voltammetry in a thin layer electrochemical cell, T. P. De Angelis and W. R. Heineman,Anal Chem. 48, 2262–2263 (1976).
Thin layer electrochemistry, E. Yeager and J. Kuta, In:Techniques in Electrochemistry, E. Yeager and A. J. Salkind, eds., Vol. 1, pp. 167–169 (1976).
Theoretical study of a two step reversible electrochemical reaction associated with irreversible chemical reaction in thin layer linear potential sweep voltammetry, V. Plichon and E. Laviron,J. Electroanal Chem. Interfacial Electrochem.71, 143–156 (1976).
Study of platinum electrodes by means of thin layer electrochemistry and low energy electron diffraction. Part I. Electrode surface structure after exposure to water and aqueous electrolytes, R. M. Ishikawa and A. T. Hubbard,J. Electroanal Chem. Interfacial Electrochem.69, 317 (1976).
A thin layer spectroelectrochemical study of Cob(I) alamin to Cob(III) alamin oxidation process, T. M. Kenyhelz and H. B. Mark, Jr.,J. Electroanal Chem. Interfacial Electrochem. 23, 1656–1662 (1976).
Electrochemical oxidation of 5,6 diaminouracil. An investigation by thin layer spectroelec- trochemistry, J. L. Owens and G. Dryhurst,J. Electroanal Chem. Interfacial Electrochem. 88, 171–180 (1977).
A coulometric thin layer flow cell for trace amount detection and its application to adsorption studies, H. Siegenthaler and E. Schmidt,J. Electroanal Chem. Interfacial Electrochem. 80, 129 (1977).
Thin layer differential pulse voltammetry, T. P. DeAngelis, R. E. Bond, E. E. Brooks, and W. R. Heineman,Anal Chem.49, 1792 (1977).
Small volume high performance cell for nonaqueous spectroelectrochemistry, F. M. Hawkridge, J. E. Pembestin, and H. L. Blount,Anal Chem.49, 1646–1647 (1977).
An electrochemical thin layer cell for spectroscopic studies of photosynthetic electron transport components, F. M. Hawkridge and B. Ke,Anal Biochem.78, 76–85 (1977).
Thin layer electrochemical technique for monitoring electrogenerated reactive intermediates, R. L. McCreery,Anal Chem. 49, 206–209 (1977).
Thin layer cell for routine applications, J. Caja, A. Cozerwinskii, and H. B. Mark, Jr.,Anal Chem.51, 1328–1329 (1979).
Thin layer spectroelectrochemistry for monitoring kinetics of electrogenerated species, E. A. Blubaugh, A. M. Yacynych, and W. R. Heineman,Anal Chem. 51, 561–565 (1979).
Studies of the thermodynamics of electron transfer reactions of blue copper proteins, N. Sallauta, F. C. Anson, and H. B. Gray,J. Am. Chem. Soc.101, 455–458 (1979).
A small volume thin layer spectroelectrochemical cell for the study of biological components, C. W. Anderson, H. B. Halsak, and W. R. Heineman,Anal Biochem.93, 366–372 (1979).
Circulating long optical path thin layer electrochemical cell for spectroelectrochemical characterisation of redox enzymes, J. L. Anderson,Anal Chem.51, 2312–2315 (1979).
Rotating Ring Disc Electrode and Related Configurations
Vibrating electrodes in amperometric titrations. Part II. Bromometric determinations of antimony and arsenic, E. D. Harris and A. J. Lindsay,Analyst 76, 647–650 (1951).
Hydrogen fluoride solvent system apparatus for polarographic studies. Rotating electrode, J. W. Sargent, A. Clifford, and W. R. Lemmon,Anal Chem.25, 1727–1729 (1953).
F. W. Stoll and H. BerBack,Monatsch Chem.84, 1179 (1953).
Behaviour of a rotating gold microelectrode, F. Bauman and I. Shain,Anal Chem.29, 303 (1957).
Diffusion coefficients at rotated microelectrodes, E. R. Nightingale, Jr.,Anal Chim. Acta 16, 493–496 (1957).
Die anwendung der rotierenden scheibenelektrode mit einen ringe zur untersuchung von zwischenprodukten elektrochemischer reaktionen, A. N. Frumkin, L. Nekrasov, B. Levich, and Ju. Ivanov,J. Electroanal. Chem. 1, 84 (1959/60).
Physico Chemical Hydrodynamics, V. G. Levich (Trans. Eng.), Chap. I, III, VI, Prentice Hall, Englewood Cliffs, N.J. (1962).
The rotating disk system, A. C. Riddiford, In:Advances in Electrochemistry and Electrochemical Engineering, P. Delahay, ed., pp. 47–116, Interscience Pub., New York (1966).
Mechanistic analysis of oxygen electrode reactions, A. Damjanovic, In:Modern Aspects of Electrochemistry, J. O’M. Bockris and B. E. Conway, eds., Vol. 5, Chap. 5, pp. 409–427, Plenum Press, New York (1969).
Transport phenomena in electrochemical kinetics, A. J. Arvia and S. L. Marchiano, In:Modern Aspects of Electrochemistry, J. O’M. Bockris and B. E. Conway, ed., vol. 6, Chap. 3, pp. 159–241, Butterworths, London (1971).
Ring-disc electrodes, W. J. Albery and M. L. Hitchman, Clarendon Press, Oxford (1971).
Rotating disk electrode, Yu. V. Pleskov and V. Yu. Filinovski, Publ. “Nauka,” Moscow (1972) ( Russ.).
The fundamental principles of current distribution and mass transport in electrochemical cells, J. Newman, In:Electroanalytical Chemistry, A. J. Bard, ed., Vol. 6, pp. 187–352, Marcel Dekker, Inc., New York (1973).
Electrochemical systems, J. S. Newman, Chap. 1,11-17, and 21, Prentice Hall, Inc., Englewood Cliffs, N.J. (1973).
Rotating ring-hemispherical electrode for electroanalytical application, D.-T. Chin,J. Electroanal. Chem. Interfacial Electrochem.120, 631–635 (1973).
Mass transfer on the rotating double ring electrodes. Reactions without gas evolution, V. Yu. Filinovskii, J. V. Kadija, B. Z. Nicolic, and M. B. Nakie,J. Electroanal. Chem. Interfacial Electrochem.54, 39–46 (1974).
Current distribution on a rotating sphere below the limiting current, K. Nisancioglu and J. Newman,J. Electrochem. Soc.121, 241–246 (1974).
Ionic mass transport at horizontal disc electrodes with longitudinal vibration, J. J. Podesta, G. F. Paws, and A. J. Arvia,Electrochim. Acta 19, 583–589 (1974).
Submicromolar analysis with rotating and hydrodynamically modulated disc electrodes, B. Miller and S. Bruckenstein,Anal. Chem.46, 2026–2032 (1974).
Rotating disc electrode voltammetry using small sample volumes, B. Miller and S. Bruckenstein,Anal. Chem.46, 2033 (1974).
Etude theorique dune electrode tournante a double anneau. Partie I. Recherche due factem d’efficacite par une methode de simulation numerique, J. Margarit and M. Levy,J. Electroanal. Chem. Interfacial Electrochem. 49, 369–376 (1974).
Digital simulation of a rotating photoelectrode: Photolysis of benzophenone in alkaline media, J. R. Lubbers, E. W. Resnick, P. R. Gainer, and D. C. Johnson,Anal. Chem.46, 865 (1974).
Mass transfer to an eccentric rotating disc electrode, C. M. Mohr, Jr. and J. Newman,J. Electrochem. Soc.122, 928–931 (1975).
Mass transfer at a rotating disc with rectangular patch electrodes, A. R. Despic, M. V. Mitrovic, B. Z. Nikovik, and S. D. Cvigoric,J. Electroanal. Chem. Interfacial electrochem.60, 141–149 (1975).
Rotating disc electrode, Yu. V. Pleskov and V. Yu. Filinovskii, (Eng. Trans.) Consultant Bureau, New York (1976).
The rotating cone electrode, Kirowa-Eisner and E. Gileadi,J. Electrochem. Soc. 123, 22–24 (1976).
Glassy carbon rotating ring-disc electrode for molten salt studies, J. Phillips, R. J. Gale, R. G. Wier, and R. A. Osteryoung,Anal. Chem. 48, 126 (1976).
Rotating ring-disc enzyme electrode for surface catalysis, F. R. Sluu and G. S. Wilson,Anal. Chem.48, 1679 (1976).
The semitransparent rotating disc electrode, W. J. Albery, M. D. Archer, and R. G. Egdell,J. Electroanal. Chem. Interfacial Electrochem.82, 199–208 (1977).
Unraveling reactions with rotating electrodes, S. Bruckenstein and B. Miller,Acc. Chem. Rev.10, 54 (1977).
Theory of a.c. voltammetry at a rotating disk electrode. Part I. Reversible electrode process, K. Tokuda and H. Matsuda,J. Electroanal. Chem. Interfacial Electrochem.82, 157–171 (1977).
Simultaneous reactions on a rotating disk electrode, R. White and J. Newman,J. Electroanal. Chem. Interfacial Electrochem.82, 173–186 (1977).
Ring disc electrodes. Part 18. Collection efficiency for high frequency a.c., W. J. Albery, R. G. Comptor, and A. R. Hillman,J. Chem. Soc. Faraday Trans.74, 1007–1019 (1978).
Theory of a.c. voltammetry at a rotating disk electrode. Part II. Quasireversible and irreversible redox electrode reactions, K. Tokuda and H. Matsuda,J. Electroanal. Chem. Interfacial Electrochem.90, 149–163 (1978).
Kinetics of oxygen reduction reactions involving catalytic decomposition of hydrogen peroxide applications to porous and rotating ring disk electrode, A. J. Appleby and M. Savy,J. Electroanal. Chem. Interfacial electrochem.92, 15–30 (1978).
Digital simulation of a rotating disc electrode with optically transparent ring, R. Doer and E. W. Grabner,Ber. Bungenges. Phys. Chem.82, 164–168 (1978).
An easy to build rotating dis electrode application to B-diketonates of Co(II) and Co(III), G. Ritzer and M. Gross,J. Electroanal. Chem. Interfacial Electrochem.94, 209–218 (1978).
Construction of a rotating ring disc electrode from irregular electrode materials, P. G. Rowley and J. G. Osteryoung,Anal. Chem.50, 1015–1016 (1978).
Theory of a.c. voltammetry at a rotating disk electrode. Part III. Redox electrode reactions coupled with first order chemical reactions, K. Tokuda and H. Matsuda,J. Electroanal. Chem. Interfacial Electrochem.95, 147–157 (1979).
Application of pulsed current electrolysis to a rotating disk electrode system. II. Electrochemical kinetics, K. Viswanathan and H. Y. Cheh,J. Electrochem. Soc. 125, 1616–1618 (1979).
Mass transfer effects of electrolysis by periodic currents, K. Viswanathan and H. Y. Cheh,J. Electrochem. Soc.126, 398–401 (1979).
H. J. Mortko and R. E. Cover,Anal. Chem. 51, 1144–1149 (1979).
Mass transfer to a rotating hemisphere in the laminar flow region, J. J. Kim and J. J. Jorne,J. Electrochem. Soc.126, 1937–1938 (1979).
Membrane covered rotated disc electrode, D. A. Gough and J. K. Leypoldt,Anal. Chem.51, 439–444 (1979).
Micrometer voltammetric analysis by ring electrode shielding at a rotating ring-disc electrode, S. Bruckenstein and P. R. Gifford,Anal. Chem.51, 250–255 (1979).
Rotated porous carbon disc electrode, W. J. Blaedel and J. Wang,Anal. Chem.52, 76–80 (1980).
Microelectrodes
Ion Selective Microelectrodes, H. J. Bermann and N. C. Herbert, eds., Plenum Press, New York (1974).
Microelectrodes, In:Introduction to Bio electrodes, C. D. Ferris, Chap. 4, pp. 57–82, Plenum Press, New York and London (1974).
Differential double pulse voltammetry at chemically modified platinum electrodes for in vivo determination of catecholamines, R. F. Lane and A. T. Hubbard,Anal. Chem.48, 1287 (1976).
Brain dopaminergic neurons: in vivo electrochemical information concerning storage, metabolism and release process, R. F. Lane, A. T. Hubbard, and C. D. Blaha,Bioelectrochem. Bioenerg.5, 504–525 (1978).
Methods for electroanalysis “in vivo,” J. Koryta, M. Brezina, J. Pradac, and J. Pradacova, In:Electroanalytical Chemistry, A. J. Bard, ed., Vol. 11, pp. 85–140, Marcel Dekker Inc., New York (1979).
Application of semidifferential electroanalysis to studies of neurotransmitters in the central nervous systems, R. F. Lane, A. T. Hubbard, and C. D. Blaka,J. Electroanal. Chem. Interfacial Electrochem.95, 117–122 (1979).
Normal pulse polarography with carbon fiber electrodes for in vitro and in vivo determination of catecholamines, J. L. Ponchen, R. Cespaglio, F. Gonon, M. Jouve, and J. F. Pujol,Anal. Chem.51, 1483–1486 (1979).
In vivo electrochemistry: Behaviour of microelectrodes in brain tissue, H. Y. Cheng, J. Scheuk, R. Huff, and R. N. Adam,J. Electroanal. Chem. Interfacial Electrochem. 100, 23–31 (1979).
General Principles and Reviews
Special techniques in the study of electrode processes and electrochemical adsorption, B. E. Conway,Tech. Electrochem. 1, 389–568 (1972).
Internal reflection spectroscopy in electrochemistry, W. N. Hansen, In:Advances in Electrochemistry and Electrochemical Engineering, P. Delahay and C. W. Tobias, eds., Vol. 9, Theory: pp. 1–42; Apparatus: pp. 48–51; Application: pp. 51–60, J. Wiley-Interscience Pub., New York (1973).
Specular reflection spectroscopy of the electrode solution interface, J. D. E. Mclntyre, In:Advances in Electrochemistry and Electrochemical Engineering, P. Delahay and C. W. Tobias, eds., Vol. 9, Theory: pp. 61–102 and 119–136; Instrumentation: pp. 102–119; Application, pp. 136–166, J. Wiley-Interscience Pub., New York (1973).
Principles of ellipsometry, R. H. Muller, In:Advances in Electrochemistry and Electrochemical Engineering, P. Delahay and C. W. Tobias, eds., Vol. 9, Theory: pp. 167–196; Instrumentation: pp. 197–226, J. Wiley-Interscience Pub., New York (1973).
Applications of ellipsometry to electrochemistry, J. Kruger, In:Advances in Electrochemistry and Electrochemical Engineering, P. Delahay and C. W. Tobias, eds., Vol. 9, pp. 227–280, J. Wiley-Interscience Pub., New York (1973).
Investigation of electrode surfaces by means of combined electrochemical and electron- scattering techniques, A. T. Hubbard, R. M. Ishikawa, and J. A. Schoeffel,Proc. Symp. Electrocatalysis, M. W. Breiter, ed., Electrochemical Society, Princeton, N.J., pp. 258–267 (1974).
Spectroelectrochemistry at optically transparent electrodes. I. Electrodes under semi-infinite diffusion conditions, T. Kuwana and N. Winograd, In:Electroanalytical Chemistry, A. J. Bard, ed., Vol. 7, pp. 1–78, Marcel Dekker, Inc., New York (1974).
Surface analysis by electron spectroscopy, B. G. Baker, In:Modern Aspects of Electrochemistry, J. O’M. Bockris and B. E. Conway, eds., Vol. 10, pp. 93–160, Plenum Press, New York (1975X-ray photoelectron spectroscopic studies of palladium oxides and the palladium-oxygen electrode, K. S. Kim, A. F. Grossmann, and N. Winograd,Anal Chem.46,197–200 (1974).
Electron desorption of adsorbates, J. H. Leek,Electron. Fis. Apl.17, 178–182 (1974).
New spectroscopic methods for electrochemical research, J. D. E. Mclntyre, In:Trends in Electrochemistry, J. O’M. Bockris, D. A. J. Rand, and B. J. Welch, eds., pp. 203–231, Plenum Press, New York (1977).
Recent advances in the understanding of electrocatalysis and its relation to surface chemistry, E. Yeager, In:Proceedings of the Symposium on Electrode Materials and Processes for Energy Conversion and Storage, Proceedings, Vol. 77 - 6, The Electrochemical Society, Inc., Princeton, N.J. (1977).
The application of auger electron spectroscopy to the study of electrode surfaces, B. G. Baker, In:Trends in Electrochemistry, J. O’M. Bockris, D. A. J. Rand, and B. J. Welch, eds., pp. 233–239, Plenum Press, New York (1977).
Recent advances in some optical experimental methods, R. H. Muller,Electrochim. Acta 22, 951–965 (1977).
Application of auger and photoelectron spectroscopy to electrochemical problems, J. Augustynski and L. Balsenc, In:Modern Aspects of Electrochemistry, J. O’M. Bockris and B. E. Conway, Eds., Vol. 13, Chap. 4, Auger electron spectroscopy (AES) and X-ray excited photoelectron spectroscopy (XPS), pp. 253–290, AES and XPS for surface analysis, surface analysis applied to electrocatalysis and application of AES and XPS to passivity and corrosion studies, pp. 299–347, Plenum Press, New York (1978).
Spectroelectrochemistry: Combination of optical and electrochemical techniques for studies of redox chemistry, W. R. Heineman,Anal. Chem.50, 390A–402A (1978).
Electrocatalysis of fuel cell reactions—Present status and future prospects, W. E. O’Grady and S. Srinivasan, In:Proceedings of the Workshop on the Electrocatalysis of Fuel Cell Reactions, W. E. O’Grady, S. Srinivasan, and R. F. Dudley, eds., Proceed. Vol. 79-2, pp. 5–13, The Electrochemical Society Inc., Princeton, N.J. (1979).
Electrocatalyst—support interactions, K. Kinoshita, In:Proceedings of the Workshop on the Electrocatalysis of Fuel Cell Reactions, W. E. O’Grady, S. Srinivasan, and R. F. Dudley, eds., Proceed. Vol. 79-2, pp. 144–164, The Electrochemical Society, Inc., Princeton, N.J. (1979).
Role of surface science and heterogeneous catalysis in electrocatalysis—Present and future status, B. E. Conway and J. A. Joebstl, In:Proceedings of the Workshop on the Electrocatalysis of Fuel Cell Reactions, Proceedings Vol. 79-2, W. E. O’Grady, S. Srinivasan, and R. F. Dudley, eds., pp. 212–220, The Electrochemical Society, Inc., Princeton, N.J. (1979).
X-ray Photoelectron Spectroelectrochemistry
Ionisation spectroscopy of contaminated metal surfaces, R. L. Gerlach,J. Vac. Sci. Technol.8, 599–604 (1971).
Electronspectroscopy of platinum oxygen surfaces and application to electrochemical studies, K. S. Kim, N. Winograd, and R. E. Davis,J. Am. Chem. Soc. 93, 6296–6297 (1971).
Electron spectroscopy for chemical analysis and Moessbauer investigations of some porous teflon-active carbon-phthalocyanine electrodes, R. Larsson, J. Mrha, and J. Blomqvist,Acta Chem. Scand. 26, 3386–3388 (1972).
Trace analysis by ESCA (electron spectroscopy for chemical analysis) electrochemical measurements, J. S. Brinen and J. E. McClure,Anal. Lett.5, 737–743 (1972).
X-ray photoelectron spectra of lead oxides, K. S. Kim, T. J. O’Leary, and N. Winograd,Anal. Chem.45, 2214 (1973).
X-ray photoelectron spectroscopy of adsorbed oxygen and carbonaceous species on platinum electrodes, G. C. Allen, P. M. Tucker, A. Capon, and R. Parsons,J. Electroanal. Chem. Interfacial Electrochem.50, 335 (1974).
X-ray photoelectron spectroscopic studies of palladium oxides and the palladium-oxygen electrode, K. S. Kim, A. F. Grossmann, and N. Winograd,Anal. Chem.46, 197 - 200 (1974).
X-ray photoelectron spectroscopic studies of ruthenium-oxygen surfaces, K. S. Kim and N. Winograd.J. Catal 35, 66–72 (1974).
ESCA studies of the composition profile of low temperature oxide formed on chromium steels. II. Corrosion in oxygenated water, I. Olefjord and H. Fishmeister,Corros. Sci. 15, 699–707 (1975).
Etude potentiostatique et spectroscopique de 1’ aluminium reconvert par une couche d’oxyde: Effect de differents anions,J. Painot andJ. Augustynskii,Electrochim. Acta 20, 747–752 (1975).
Electrochemical formation and electron spectroscopic characterization of the platinum sulfide electrode, J. F. Evans, H. N. Blount, and C. R. Ginnard,J. Electroanal Chem. Interfacial Electrochem.59, 169 (1975).
X-ray photoelectron spectroscopic studies of oxide films on platinum and gold electrodes, Th. Dickinson, A. F. Povey and P. M. A. Sherwood,J. Chem. Soc. Faraday Trans. I 71, 298 (1975).
ESCA studies of the passive film on an extremely corrosion resistant amorphous iron alloy, K. Asami, K. Hashimoto, T. Masumoto, and S. Shimodaira,Corros. Sci.16, 909–914 (1976).
XPS study of the interaction between aluminium metal and nitrate ions, J. Augustynski, H. Berthon, and J. Painot,Chem. Phys. Lett.44, 221–224 (1976).
Electrochemical and surface characteristics of tin oxide and indium oxide electrodes, N. R. Armstrong, A. W. C. Lin, M. Fujihira, and T. Kuwana,Anal Chem.48 (4), 741–750 (1976).
The use of X-ray photoelectron spectroscopy in the analysis of passive layers on stainless steel, J. E. Castle and C. R. Clayton,Corros. Sci. 17, 7–26 (1977).
XPS determination of compositions of alloy surfaces and surface oxides on mechanically polished iron-chromium alloys, K. Asami, K. Hashimoto, and S. Shimodaira,Corros. Sci. 17, 713–723 (1977).
Dissolution and passivation of nickel. An X-ray photoelectron spectroscopic study, Th. Dickenson, A. F. Povey, and P. M. A. Sherwood,J. Chem. Soc. Faraday I 73, 327–343 (1977).
X-ray photoelectron spectroscopic studies of tin electrodes after polarization in sodium hydroxide solution, R. O. Ansell, Th. Dickinson, A. F. Povey, and P. M. A. Sherwood,J. Electrochem. Soc.124, 1360–1364 (1977).
On the composition of the passivating film formed on aluminum in chromate solutions, M. Koudelkeva, J. Augustynskii, and H. Berthon,J. Electrochem. Soc. 124, 1165–1168 (1977).
X-ray photoelectron and auger spectroscopic study of the underpotential deposition of Ag and Cu on Pt electrodes, J. S. Hammond and N. Winograd,J. Electrochem. Soc. 124, 826–833 (1977).
Electrochemical and physicochemical studies of oxygen layers on iridium and ruthenium electrodes, D. A. J. Rand, R. Woods, and D. Michel, In:Proceed, of the Symposium on Electrode Materials and Processes for Energy Conversion and Storage, J. D. E. Mclntyre, S. Srinivasan, and F. G. Will, eds., Proceed. 77–6, pp. 217–233, The Electrochemical Society Inc., Princeton, N.J. (1977).
X-ray photoelectron spectroscopic evidence of distinctive underpotential deposition states of Ag and Cu on Pt substrates, J. S. Hammond and N. Winograd,J. Electroanal Chem. Interfacial Electrochem.80, 123–127 (1977).
XPS spectroscopic study of potentiostatic and galvanostatic oxidation of Pt electrodes in H2S04 and HC104, J. S. Hammond and N. Winograd,J. Electroanal Chem. Interfacial Electrochem.78, 55–69 (1977).
X-ray photoelectron/ auger electron spectroscopic studies of tin and iridium metal foils and oxides, A. W. C. Lin, N. R. Armstrong, and T. Kuwana,Anal Chem.49 (8), 1228–1235 (1977).
An XPS study of the passivity of a series of iron-chromium alloys in sulphuric acid, K. Asami, K. Hashimoto, and S. Shimodaira,Corros. Sci.18, 151–160 (1978).
Passivity of Metals, J. Augustyskii, R. P. Frankenthal and J. Kruger, eds., The Electrochemical Soc. Inc., Princeton, N.J., p. 989 (1978).
A study of ruthenium electrodes by cyclic voltammetry and X-ray emission spectroscopy, D. Michel, D. A. J. Rand, and R. J. Woods,J. Electroanal. Chem. Interfacial Electrochem.89, 11–27 (1978).
X-ray photoelectron spectroscopic studies of Ru02-based film electrodes, J. Augustynskii, L. Balsenc, and J. Hinden,J. Electrochem. Soc. 125, 1093–1097 (1978).
Auger Electron Spectroelectrochemistry
Chemical analysis of electrodeposited Ni-Ni bonds by auger electron spectroscopy, H. L. Marcus, J. R. Wadrop, F. T. Schuler, and E. F. C. Cain,J. Electrochem. Soc.119, 1348 (1972).
Application of auger electron spectroscopy to the determination of the composition of passive films on type 316 SS, J. B. Lumsden and R. W. Staehle,Scr. Metall. 6, 1205 - 1208 (1972).
Electrochemistry in thin layers of solution, A. T. Hubbard,CRC Crit. Rev. Anal. Chem.3, 201–242 (1973).
Composition of Pt anode surfaces by auger spectroscopy, W. C. Johnson and L. A. Heldt,J. Electrochem. Soc.121, 34 (1974).
The passive film on iron: An application of auger electron spectroscopy, R. W. Revie, B. G. Baker, and J. O’M. Bockris,J. Electrochem. Soc.122, 1460 (1975).
Electron desorption of adsorbates, J. H. Leek,Electron. Fis. Apl.17, 178–182 (1974).
Electrochemical and surface characteristics of tin oxide and indium oxide electrodes, N. R. Armstrong, A. W. C. Lin, M. Fugihira, and T. Kuwana,Anal. Chem.48 (4), 741–750 (1976).
X-ray photoelectron and auger spectroscopic study of the underpotential deposition of Ag on Cu and Pt electrodes, J. S. Hammond and N. Winograd,J. Electrochem. Soc.124, 826–833 (1977).
Quantitative elemental analysis of substituted hydrocarbon monolayers on Pt by auger electron spectroscopy with electrochemical calibration, J. A. Schoeffel and A. T. Hubbard,Anal. Chem.49 (14), 2330–2336 (1977).
Electrocatalytic properties of single crystal Pt surfaces in aqueous acid electrolytes, P. N. Ross, In:Proceedings of the Symposium on Electrode Materials and Processes for Energy Conversion and Storage, J. D. E. Mclntyre, S. Srinivasan, and F. G. Will, eds., Proceedings Vol. 77-6, pp. 290–307, The Electrochemical Society Inc., Princeton, N.J. (1977).
Auger analysis of the anodic oxide film on iron in neutral solution, M. Seo, M. Sato, J. B. Lumsden, and R. W. Staehle,Corros. Sci.17, 209–217 (1977).
Study by auger spectrometry and cathodic reduction of passive films formed on ferritic stainless steels, M. da cunha Belo, B. Rondot, F. Pons, J. Le Hericy, and J. P. Langeron,J. Electrochem. Soc.,124, 1317–1324 (1977).
The composition of passive films on ferritic stainless steels, A. E. Yaniv, J. B. Lumsden, and R. W. Staehle,J. Electrochem. Soc.124, 490–496 (1977).
A comparison of electrochemical and auger analysis of the surface composition of platinum- rhodium alloys, B. G. Baker, D. A. J. Rand, and R. Woods,J. Electroanal. Chem. Interfacial Electrochem.97, 189–198 (1979).
The use of auger electron spectroscopy for the characterization of the surfaces of spherical gold electrodes, J. Clavilier and J. P. Chauvineau,J. Electroanal. Chem. Interfacial Electrochem.97, 199–210 (1979).
Chemical characterization by auger electron spectroscopy and voltammetry of platinum electrode surfaces prepared in the gas phase, J. Clavilier and J. P. Chauvineau,J. Electroanal Chem. Interfacial Electrochem.100, 461–472 (1979).
Low Energy Electron Diffraction Spectroelectrochemistry
Electrochemistry in thin layers of solution, A. T. Hubbard,CRC. Crit. Rev. Anal. Chem.3, 201–242 (1973). 1
Surface characterisation of electrocatalysts by LEED, auguer electron spectroscopy and related techniques, J. A. Joebstl, First Chemical Congress of North American Continent, Mexico City, Nov. 30-Dec. 5, Abs. PHSC-18 (1975).
Study of platinum electrodes by means of thin layer electrochemistry and low energy electron diffraction. Part I. Electrode surface structure after exposure to water and aqueous electrolytes, R. M. Ishikawa and A. T. Hubbard,J. Electroanal. Chem. Interfacial Electrochem.69, 317–338 (1976).
Electrode surface studies by LEED-auger, W. E. O’Grady, M. Y. C. Woo, P. L. Hagans, and E. Yeager,J. Vac. Sci. Technol.14, 365–368 (1977).
Ethylene hydrogenation and related reaction on single crystal and polycrystalline Pt electrodes, A. T. Hubbard, J. A. Schoeffel, and H. W. Walter, National Meeting, American Chem. Society, New Orleans, Mar. 1977, Abst. coll. 142.
Electrocatalytic properties of single crystal Pt surfaces in aqueous acid electrolytes, P. N. Ross, In:Proceedings of the Symposium on Electrode Materials and Processes for Energy Conversion and Storage, J. D. E. Mclntyre, S. Srinivasan, and F. G. Will, eds., Vol. 77-6, pp. 290–307, The Electrochemical Society, Inc., Princeton, N.J. (1977).
Electrochemical hydrogen adsorption on the Pt(III) and (100) surfaces, W. E. O’Grady, M. Y. C. Woo, P. L. Hagars, and E. Yeager,Proceed, of the Symp. on Electrode Materials and Processes for Energy Conversion and Storage, pp. 172–184, Vol. 77-6, The Electrochem. Soc. Inc., Princeton, N.J. (1977).
Electrode surface studies by LEED-auger, W. E. O’Grady, M. Y. C. Woo, P. L. Hagans, and E. Yeager,J. Vac. Sci. Technol.14, 365–368 (1977).
Study of platinum electrodes by means of electrochemistry and low energy electron diffraction. Part II. Comparison of the electrochemical activity of Pt(100) and Pt(lll) surfaces, A. T. Hubbard, R. M. Ishikawa, and J. Katekaru,J. Electroanal. Chem. Interfacial Electrochem. 86, 271–288 (1978).
L.E.E.D. and electrochemistry of iodine on Pt(100) and Pt(lll) single crystal surfaces, T. E. Fetter and A. T. Hubbard,J. Electroanal. Chem. Interfacial Electrochem.100, 473–491 (1979).
Raman Spectroelectrochemistry
Raman spectra from electrode surfaces, M. Fleischmann, P. J. Hendra, and A. J. McQuillan,J. Chem. Soc. Chem. Commun. 80–81 (1973).
Raman spectra of pyridine adsorbed at a silver electrode, M. Fleischmann, P. J. Hendra, and A. J. McQuillan,J. Chem. Phys. Lett.26, 163–166 (1974).
Laser Raman spectroscopy as a tool for study of diffusion controlled electrochemical processes, J. S. Clarke, A. T. Kuhn, and W. J. Orville-Thomas,J. Electroanal. Chem. Interfacial Electrochem.54, 253–262 (1974).
Resonance Raman spectroelectrochemistry. I. The tetracyano ethylene anion radical, D. L. Jeanmaire, M. R. Suchanaki, and R. P. Van Duyne,J. Am. Chem. Soc.97, 1699 (1975).
Raman spectrosopic investigation of silver electrodes, A. J. McQuillan, P. J. Hendra, and M. Fleischmann, J. Electroanal. Chem. Interfacial Electrochem. 65, 933–944 (1975).
Laser Raman spectroscopy at the surface of a copper electrode, R. L. Paul, A. J. McQuillan, P. J. Hendra, and M. Fleischmann,J. Electroanal. Chem. Interfacial Electrochem. 66, 248–249 (1975).
Internal reflection resonance Raman spectroscopy for studies of adsorbed dye layers at electrode-solution interface, M. Fujihire and T. Osa,J. Am. Chem. Soc.98, 7850–7851 (1976).
Resonance Raman spectroelectrochemistry. IV. The oxygen decay chemistry of the tetracyanoquinodimethane dianion, M. R. Suchanski and R. P. Van Duyne,J. Am. Chem. Soc.98, 250–252 (1976).
Resonance Raman spectroelectrochemistry. 2. Scattering spectroscopy accompanying excitation of the lowest 2Blu excited state of the tetracyanoquinodimethane anion radical, D. L. Jeanmaire and R. P. Van Duyne,J. Am. Chem. Soc. 98, 4029–4033 (1976).
Resonance Raman spectroelectrochemistry. 3. Tunable dye laser excitation spectroscopy of the lowest 2Blu excited state of the tetracyanoquinodimethane anion radical, D. L. Jeanmaire and R. P. Van Duyne, /.Am. Chem. Soc. 98, 4034–4039 (1976).
Resonance Raman spectroscopic detection of electrochemically generated dianion of naphthacene, T. Ikeshoji, T. Mizuno, and T. Sehine,Chem. Lett.11, 1275–1278 (1976).
Light scattering at electrochemical interface, G. Blondeau and E. Yeager,Prog. Solid State Chem.11, 153 (1976).
A Raman spectroscopic study of corrosion of lead electrodes in aqueous chloride media, E. S. Reid, R. P. Cooney, P. J. Hendra, and M. Fleischmann,J. Electroanal. Chem. Interfacial Electrochem.80, 405–408 (1977).
Surface Raman spectroelectrochemistry. Part I. Heterocyclic, aromatic and aliphatic amines adsorbed on the anodized silver electrode, D. L. Jeanmaire and R. P. Van Duyne, /.Electroanal. Chem. Interfacial Electrochem.84, 1–20 (1977).
The Raman spectrum of adsorbed iodine on a platinum electrode surface, R. P. Cooney, E. S. Reid, P. J. Hendra, and M. Fleischmann,J. Am. Chem. Soc. 99, 2002–2003 (1977).
Anomalously intense Raman spectra of pyridine at a silver electrode, M. G. Albrecht and J. A. Creighton,J. Am. Chem. Soc.99, 5215 (1977).
Raman spectrum of carbon monoxide on a platinum electrode surface, R. P. Cooney, M. Fleischmann, and P. J. Hendra,J. Chem. Soc. Chem. Commun. 7, 235–237 (1977).
Intense Raman spectra at a roughened silver electrode, M. G. Albrecht and J. A. Creighton,Electrochim. Acta 23, 1103–1105 (1978).
The Raman spectrum of an adsorbed species on electrode surface, G. Hagen, B. S. Glavski, and E. Yeager,J. Electroanal. Chem. Interfacial Electrochem. 88, 269–275 (1978).
Coupled resonance Raman, visible absorption and electrochemistry—applications of a novel circulating cell to multispectral and redox investigations of the haem proteins carboxyhemo- globin and cytochrome C, J. L. Anderson and J. R. Kincaid,Appl. Spectrosc.32, 356–362 (1978).
Resonance Raman spectroelectrochemistry. 6. Ultraviolet laser excitation of the tetracyanoquino dimethane dianion, R. P. Van Duyne, M. R. Suchanski, J. Mlakovits, A. R. Siedle, K. D. Parks, and T. M. Cotton,J. Am. Chem. Soc. 101, 2832–2837 (1979).
In situ resonance Raman spectroscopic investigation of the tetrathiafulavalene- tetracyanoquino-dimethane electrode surface, W. L. Wallance, C. D. Jaeger, and A. J. Bard,J. Am. Chem. Soc.101, 4840–4843 (1979).
Internal Reflection Spectroelectrochemistry
Spectrometer cells for single and multiple internal reflection studies in ultraviolet, visible, near infrared and infrared spectral regions, W. N. Hansen and J. A. Horton,Anal. Chem.36, 783–787 (1964).
Observation of electrode solution interface by means of internal reflection spectrometry, W. N. Hansen, T. Kuwana, and R. A. Osteryoung,Anal. Chem.38, 1810–1821 (1966).
Internal reflection spectroscopic observation of electrode-solution interface, W. N. Hansen, R. A. Osteryoung, and T. Kuwana,J. Am. Chem. Soc. 88, 1062–1063 (1966).
Spectroscopic observation of an electrochemical reaction by means of internal reflection, W. N. Hansen,J. Opt. Soc. Am. 56, 380 (1968).
Spectroscopic observation of an electrochemical reaction by means of internal reflection, W. N. Hansen, In:Modern Aspects of Reflectance Spectroscopy, Proc. Symp. Chicago, 1967, pp. 182–191, W. W. Wendlandt, ed., Plenum Press, New York (1968).
Electromodulation of the optical properties of metals, W. N. Hansen,Surf. Sci.16, 205–216 (1969).
Spectroscopic studies of electrochemical reactions of adsorbed dye layers, R. Memming and F. Mollen,Symp. Faraday Soc. No. 4, 145–156 (1970).
Application of internal reflection spectroscopy to the study of adsorbed layers at interfaces, H. B. Mack Jr. and E. N. Randall,Symp. Faraday Soc.4, 157–172 (1970).
Reflectance studies of the gold/electrolyte interface, B. D. Cahan, J. Horkans, and E. Yeager,Symp. Faraday Soc. 4, pp. 36–44 (1970).
Reflection spectroscopy of adsorbed layers, W. N. Hansen,Symp. Faraday Soc. No. 4, pp. 27–35 (1970).
Optically transparent electrodes, J. W. Strojek,Chem. Anal. (Warsaw) 17, 1023–1029 (1972).
Infrared IRS study of electrogenerated species, D. Laser and M. Ariel,J. Electroanal. Chem. Interfacial Electrochem.41, 381 (1973).
Modulated electro-internal reflection spectrometry with a commercial infrared spectrophotometer, D. Laser and M. Ariel,Anal. Chem.45, 2141 (1973).
Spectroelectrochemistry at optically transparent electrodes. I. Electrodes under semi-infinite diffusion conditions, T. Kuwana and N. Winograd,J. Electroanal. Chem. Interfacial Electrochem.7, 1–78 (1974).
Solid state spectroelectrochemistry of cross linked donor bound polymer films, F. B. Kaufman and E. M. Engler, /.Am. Chem. Soc. 101, 547–549 (1979).
Internal reflection spectroscopy at a Hg-Pt optically transparent electrode, Harrick rapid scan spectrometer with signal processing model, J. F. Goelz, A. M. Yacynych, H. B. Mark, and W. R. Heineman,J. Electroanal. Chem. Interfacial Electrochem. 103, 277–280 (1979).
Specular Reflection Spectroelectrochemistry
Reflectance and ellipsometry of metal/electrolyte interfaces, M. Stedman,Symp. Faraday Soc. No. 4, pp. 64–71 (1970).
Reflectance studies of adsorption on a platinum electrode, M. A. Barrett and R. Parsons,Symp. Faraday Soc. 4, pp. 72–84 (1970).
Specular reflection spectroscopy of electrode surface films, J. D. E. Mclntyre and D. M. Kolb,Symp. Faraday Soc. 4, 99–113 (1970).
Studies of the cathodic adsorption of hydrogen and the anodic formation of oxide on platinum in perchloric acid solutions using modulated specular reflectance spectroscopy, A. Bewick and A. M. Tuxford,Symp. Faraday Soc.4, 114–125 (1970).
Studies of adsorbed species at the electrode/electrolyte interface by specular reflection of light, W. J. Pleith,Symp. Faraday Soc. 4, 137–144 (1970).
Use of surface reflection in spectroelectrochemistry. Visible spectra of 9,10-diphenyl anthracene radical ions, T. Matsumoto, M. Sato, S. Hirayana, and S. Uemura,Chem. Lett. 1077–1080 (1972).
Optical methods for studying electrode processes, W. J. Pleith,Chem. Ing. Tech.44, 221 (1972).
Modulation-reflection spectroscopy for studying the kinetics of methylene blue reduction, W. J. Pleith and P. Gruschinske,Ber. Bunsenges. Phys. Chem. 76, 485–491 (1972).
Enhanced protein adsorption at the solid-solution interface: Dependence on surface charge, J. S. Mattson and C. A. Smith,Science 181, 1055 (1973).
Electrochemical modulation spectroscopy, J. D. E. Mclntyre,Surf. Sci.37, 658–682 (1973).
Optical detection of electrochemically generated unstable reduction intermediates of tris (2,2’-bipyridine) chromium(lll) by reflectivity measurements of the silver electrode in propylene carbonate, Y. Sato,Chem. Lett. 1027–1030 (1973).
Studies of the adsorbed hydrogen on platinum cathodes using modulated specular reflectance spectroscopy, A. Bewick and A. M. TuxfordJ. Electroanal. Chem. Interfacial Electrochem. 47, 255–264 (1973).
The application of reflectance spectroscopy to a study of the anodic oxidation of cuprous sulphide, D. F. A. Koch and R. I. Mclntyre,J. Electroanal. Chem. Interfacial Electrochem. 71, 285–296 (1976).
Optical studies of the electrode-electrolyte solution interface using reflectance methods. II. The electroreflectance effect at a lead electrode, A. Bewick and J. Robinson,Surf. Sci.55 (1), 349–361 (1976).
Optical studies of the electrode-electrolyte solution interface using reflectance methods. Part III. The adsorption of water at a mercury electrode, A. Bewick and J. Robinson,J. Electroanal. Chem. Interfacial Electrochem. 71, 131–141 (1976).
Bias potential effects on the anisotropic electroreflectance of single crystal silver, T. E. Furtak and D. W. Lynch,J. Electroanal. Chem. Interfacial Electrochem.79, 1–17 (1977).
On the use of hanging mercury drop and the dropping mercury electrode, situated in a broad homogeneous beam of light as the object in reflectometry and ellipsometry, M. M. J. Pieterse, M. Sluyters-Rehbach, and J. H. Sluyters,J. Electroanal. Chem. Interfacial Electrochem.91, 55–62 (1978).
Observation of electrochemical concentration profiles by absorption spectroelectrochemistry, R. Pruiksma and R. L. McCreery,Anal. Chem.51, 2253–2257 (1979).
Optical monitoring of electrogenerated species via specular reflection at glancing incidence, R. L. McCreery, R. Pruiksma, and R. Fagan,Anal. Chem. 51, 749–752 (1979).
Optical and electrochemical study of electrocatalysis by foreign metal adatoms. Oxidation of formic acid on rhodium, R. R. Adzic and A. V. Tripkovic,J. Electroanal. Chem. Interfacial Electrochem. 99, 43–53 (1979).
Adsorption of adenine derivative on a gold electrode studied by specular reflectivity measurement, K. Takamura, A. Mori, and F. Watanabe,J. Electroanal. Chem. Interfacial Electrochem.102, 109–116 (1979).
Reflectance study of cation adsorption on oxide layers of gold and platinum electrodes, R. R. Adzic and N. M. Markovic,J. Electroanal. Chem. Interfacial Electrochem.102, 263–273 (1979).
Ellipsometry
An ellipsometric determination of the mechanism of passivity of nickel, J. O’M. Bockris, A.K. N. Reddy, and B. Rao,J. Electrochem. Soc.113, 1133–1140 (1966).
Ellipsometric studies of oxygen containing film on platinum anodes, A. K. N. Reddy, M. A. Genshaw, and J. O’M. Bockris,Chem. Phys.48, 671–675 (1968).
Electrochemical ellipsometric study of gold, R. S. Sirohi and M. A. Genshaw,J. Electrochem. Soc.116, 910–914 (1969).
Mechanism of film growth and passivation of iron as indicated by transient ellipsometry, J. O’M. Bockris, M. A. Genshaw, and V. Brusic,Symp. Faraday Soc. 4, 177–191 (1970).
Ellipsometric techniques and their application to polymer adsorption, R. R. Stromberg, L. E. Smith, and F. L. McCrackin,Symp. Faraday Soc.4, 192–200 (1970).
An ellipsometric investigation of adsorbed layers on platinum electrodes at high anodic potentials, R. Parsons and W. H. M. Visscher,J. Electroanal. Chem. Interfacial Electrochem.36, 329–336 (1972).
Ellipsometric and electrochemical investigation of the Au electrode, Yu. Ya. Vannikov, V. A. Shepelin, and V. I. Veselovskii,Sov. Electrochem. 8, 1201–1204 (1972).
Ellipsometric and electrochemical study of the Au electrode. II. Assessment of the thickness and the optical parameters of coatings, Yu. Ya. Vannikov,Sov. Electrochem. 8, 1352–1354 (1972).
Ellipsometric and electrochemical investigation of the Pt electrode. I. Formation of a monolayer of oxygen containing species, Yu. Ya. Vannikov, V. A. Shepelin, and V. I. Veselovskii,Sov. Electrochem. 9, 534–536 (1973).
An ellipsometric and electrochemical investigation of the Pt electrode. II. Formation and properties of oxide films in the oxygen evolution region, Yu. Ya. Vannikov, V. A. Shepelin, and V. I. Veselovskii,Sov. Electrochem. 9, 624 - 626 (1973).
Ellipsometric optics with special reference to electrochemical systems, W.-K. Park, In:Electrochemistry, Physical Chemistry Series One, Vol. 6, Consultant (ed.) A. D. Buckingham, Vol. ed. J. O’M. Bockris, pp. 239 - 285, Butterworths (London), University Park Press, Baltimore (1973).
Combined ellipsometric and reflectometric measurements of surface processes on noble metal electrodes, S. Qottesfeld, M. Babai, and B. Reichman,Surf. Sci.56 (1), 373–393 (1976).
The analysis of surface processes on solid electrodes by combined modulated ellipsometric and reflectometric experiments, S. Gottesfeld, M. Babai, and B. Reichman,Surf. Sci.57 (1), 251–265 (1976).
Ellipsometry of DNA adsorbed at mercury electrodes—A preliminary study, M. W. Humphreys andR. Parsons,J. Electroanal. Chem. Interfacial Electrochem.75, 427–436 (1977).
Ellipsometric studies of the adsorption of quinolines at the mercury electrode, M. W. Humphreys and R. Parsons,J. Electroanal. Chem. Interfacial Electrochem. 82, 369–390 (1977).
An ellipsometric study of the anodic oxidation of nickel in neutral electrolyte, J. L. Ord, J. C. Clayton, and D. J. DeSmet,J. Electrochem. Soc.124, 1714–1719 (1977).
Barbiturates at the mercury/solution interface. An ellipsometric study, K. Kunimatsu and R. Parsons,J. Electroanal. Chem. Interfacial Electrochem. 100, 335–363 (1979).
Transmission Spectroelectrochemistry
On the spectroelectrochemical characterization of the electrocatalytic oxidation of Cu(II) ethylene diamine, D. Meyerstein, F. M. Hawkridge, and T. Kuwana,J. Electroanal. Chem. Interfacial Electrochem.40, 377 (1972).
Electrochemical spectroscopy using the oxide coated optically transparent electrodes, J. W. Strojek and T. Kuwana,J. Electroanal. Chem. Interfacial Electrochem.16, 471–483 (1968).
Theory of potential step transmission chronoabsorptometry, C. Y. Li and G. S. Wilson,Anal. Chem.45, 2370–2380 (1973).
Comparative spectroelectrochemical stopped-flow kinetic and polarographic study of titanium(III) hydroxylamine reaction, M. Petek, T. E. Neal, R. L. McNeely, and R. W. Murray,Anal. Chem.45, 32 (1973).
Automated rapid scan instrument for spectroelectrochemistry in the visible region, E. E. Wells,Anal. Chem.45, 2022 (1973).
Anodic pyridination of 9,10-diphenylanthracene in acetonitrile spectroelectrochemical view, H. N. Blunt,J. Electronal. Chem. Interfacial Electrochem. 42, 271–274 (1973).
Application of IR spectroscopy to the study of the platinum electrode at various potentials, Z. A. Markova, A. A. Mikkailova, N. V. Osetrova, and V. S. Bagotski,Electrokhimiya 10, 1794 (1974);Sov. Electrochem.10, 1701 (1974).
Optically transparent carbon film electrodes for infrared spectroelectrochemistry, J. S. Mattson and C. A. Smith,Anal. Chem.47, 1122 (1975).
Some considerations in spectroelectrochemical evaluation of homogeneous electron transfer involving biological molecules, M. D. Rayan and G. S. Wilson,Anal. Chem.47, 885 (1975).
Measurement of enzyme E0’ values by optically transparent thin layer electrochemical cells, W. R. Heineman, B. J. Norris, and J. F. Goelz,Anal. Chem.47, 79 (1975).
Mercury film nickel minigrid optically transparent thin layer electrochemical cell, W. R. Heineman, T. P. DeAngelis, and J. F. Goelz,Anal. Chem. 47, 1364 (1975).
Use of optically transparent thin layer cells for determination of composition and stability constants of metal ion complexes with electrode reaction products, I. Piijac, M. Tkalcce, and B. Grabaric,Anal. Chem. 47, 1369 (1975).
Infrared studies of quinone radical anions and dianions generated by flow cell electrolysis, B. R. Clark and D. H. Evans,J. Electroanal. Chem. Interfacial Electrochem.69, 181–194 (1976).
The spectroelectrochemical response for first order E.C. processes with electrode product and reactant adsorption following double potential step excitation, R. P. Van Duyne, T. H. Ridgway, and C. N. Reilley,J. Electroanal. Chem. Interfacial Electrochem.69, 165–180 (1976).
A theoretical investigation of double potential step techniques as applied to the first order, one-half regeneration mechanism at planar electrodes: Chronoamperometry, chronocoulometry and chronoabsorptometry, T. H. Ridgway, R. P. Van Duyne, and C. N. Reilley,J. Electroanal. Chem. Interfacial Electrochem. 67, 1–10 (1976).
Spectroelectrochemical kinetic studies of cytochrome-c and cytochrome c oxidase, L. N. Mackey and T. Kuwana,Biolectrochem. Bioenerget.,3, 596–613 (1976).
Reactions of cation radicals of E.E. systems. IV. The kinetics and mechanism of the homogeneous and electrocatalyzed reaction of the cation radical of 9,10–diphenylanthracene with hydrogen sulfide, J. F. Evans and H. N. Blount,J. Phys. Chem.80, 1011–1017 (1976).
The electrochemistry of nitrobenzene and /?-nitrobenzaldehyde studied by transmission spectroelectrochemical methods in sulfolane, N. R. Armstrong, N. E. Vanderborgh, and R. K. Quinn,J.Phys. Chem.80, 2740–2745 (1976).
The spectroelectrochemical study of the oxidation of 1,2-diaminobenzene: alone and in the presence of Ni(II), A. M. Yacynych and H. B. Mark, Jr.,J. Electrochem. Soc.123,1346–1351 (1976).
A thin layer spectroelectrochemical study of Cob® alamin to Cob(III) alamin oxidation process, T. M. Kenyharcz and H. B. Mark, Jr.,J. Electrochem. Soc. 23, 1656–1662 (1976).
Protonation kinetics and mechanism for 1,8,-dihydroxyanthraquinone and anthraquinone anion radicals in dimethyl formamide solvent, R. M. Wightman, J. R. Cockrell, R. W. Murray, J. N. Burnett, and S. B. Jones,J. Am. Chem. Soc.98, 2562–2570 (1976).
Thin layer spectroelectrochemical study of vitamin B-12 and related cobalamin compounds in aqueous media, T. M. Kenyhercz, T. P. DeAngelis, B. J. Norris, W. R. Heineman, and H. R. Mark, Jr.,J. Am. Chem. Soc.98, 2469–2477 (1976).
Optically transparent thin layer electrode for anaerobic measurements on redox enzymes, B. J. Norris, M. L. Meckstroth, and W. R. Heineman,Anal. Chem.48 (3), 630–632 (1976).
Infrared spectrophotometric observations of the adsorption of fibrinogen from solution at optically transparent carbon film electrode surfaces, J. S. Mattson and T. T. Jones,Anal. Chem.48 (14), 2164–2167 (1976).
Optical pathlength considerations in transmission spectroelectrochemical measurements, F. R. Shu and G. S. Wilson,Anal. Chem. 48 (12), 1676–1679 (1976).
Spectroelectrochemical investigations of stoichiometry and oxidation reduction potentials of cytochrome c oxidase components in the presence of carbon monoxide: the invisible copper, J. L. Anderson, T. Kuwana, and C. R. Hartzell,Biochemistry 15,3847–3855 (1976).
Redox titration of fluorescence yield of photo system II. B. Ke, F. M. Hawkridge, and S. Sahu,Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 73 (7), 2211–2215 (1976).
Electrochemical oxidation of 5,6-diaminouracil. An”investigation by thin layer spectroelectrochemistry, J. L. Owens and G. Dryhurst,J. Electroanal. Chem. Interfacial Electrochem. 80, 171–180 (1977).
Electrochemistry of vitamin B12. 2. Redox and acid base equilibria in the B12a/B12r system, D. Lexa, J. M. Saveant, and J. Zickler,J. Am. Chem. Soc. 99, 2786–2790 (1977).
Thin layer electrochemical technique for monitoring electrogenerated reactive intermediates, R. L. McCreery,Anal. Chem. 49 (2), 206 - 209 (1977).
Small volume, high performance cell for non-aqueous spectroelectrochemistry, F. M. Hawkridge, J. E. Pemberton, and H. L. Blount,Anal. Chem. 49 (11), 1646–1647 (1977).
Mercury-gold minigrid optically transparent thin layer electrode, M. L. Meyer, T. P. De Angelis, and W. R. Heineman,Anal. Chem. 49 (4), 602–606 (1977).
Carbon and mercury-carbon optically transparent electrodes, T. P. De Angelis, R. W. Hurst, A. M. Yacynych, H. B. Mark, Jr., W. R. Heineman, and J. S. Mattson,Anal. Chem. 49, 1395–1398 (1977).
An electrochemical thin layer cell for spectroscopic studies of photosynthetic electron transport components, F. M. Hawkridge and B. Kp,Anal. Biochem. 78, 76–85 (1977).
Thin layer spectroelectrochemical study of tetrakis (4-N-methyl pyridyl) porphinecobalt III), D. F. Rohrbach, E. Deutsch, W. R. Heineman, and R. F. Pasternack,Inorg. Chem.16, 2650–2652 (1977).
Circulation cell for electrochemical and simultaneous spectrophotometric measurements, M. Soulard, F. Bloc, and A. Hatter,Anal. Chim. Acta 91, 157 (1977).
Spectroelectrochemical studies of olefins. II. A technique for acquisition of the ultraviolet visible spectra of electrogenerated reactive intermediates, E. Steckhan and D. A. Yates,Ber. Bunsenges. Phys. Chem 81 (4), 369–374 (1977).
Spectroelectrochemical investigation of vitamin B12 and related cobalamins, H. B. Mark, Jr., T. M. Kenyhercz, and P. T. Kissinger, In: Electrochemical Studies of Biological systems, D. T. Sawyer, ed., American Chemical Society, Washington, pp. 1–25 (1977).
Analysis of electrochemical mechanisms by finite differences simulation and simplex fitting of double potential step current, charge and absorbance responses, M. K. Hanafey, R. L. Scott, T. H. Ridgeway, and C. N. Reilley,Anal. Chem. 50, 116–137 (1978).
Reactions of cation radicals of E.E. systems 7. Mechanistic considerations and relative reactivities of nucleophiles in reaction with the cation radical of 9,10-diphenylanthracene, J. F. Evan and H. N. Blunt,J. Am. Chem. Soc. 100, 4191–4196 (1978).
Spectroelectrochemical studies of olefins. 3. The dimerization mechanism of the 4,4’- dimethoxystilbene cation radical in the absence and presence of methanol, E. Steckhan,J. Am. Chem. Soc. 100, 3526–3533 (1978).
The specific adsorption of anions on a Hg-Pt optically transparent electrode by transmission spectroelectrochemistry, W. R. Heineman and J. F. Goelz,J. Electroanal. Chem. Interfacial Electrochem. 89, 437–441 (1978).
Electrochemical oxidation of uric acid and unanthine—An investigation by cyclic voltammetry, double potential step chronoamperometry and thin layer spectroelectrochemistry, J. L. Owens, H. A. March, Jr., and G. Dryhurst,J. Electroanal. Chem. Interfacial Electrochem. 91, 231–247 (1978).
Organo-modified metal oxide electrode. IV. Analysis of covalently bound rhodamine B photoelectrode, M. Fujihira, T. Osa, D. Hursh, and T. Kuwana,J. Electroanal. Chem. Interfacial Electrochem. 88, 285–288 (1978).
Spectroelectrochemical studies of some species in fused PbCl2 + KC1 at 440°C, A. De Guibert and V. Plichon,J. Electroanal. Chem. Interfacial Electrochem.90, 399–411 (1978).
Analytical aspects of absorption spectroelectrochemistry at a platinum electrode. I. Study of metal ions, J. F. Tyson and T. S. West,Talanta 26, 117–125 (1979).
Analysis of time dependent spectra generated from spectroelectrochemical experiments, D. L. Langhus and G. S. Wilson,Anal. Chem. 51, 1134–1139 (1979).
Spectroelectrochemistry and cyclic voltammetry of the E.E. mechanism in a porphyrin diacid reduction, D. L. Langhus and G. S. Wilson,Anal. Chem. 51, 1139–1144 (1979).
On the application of open circuit relaxation spectroelectrochemistry to the diagnosis and evaluation of the kinetics of succeeding second order chemical reactions, J. F. Evans and H. N. Blount,J. Electroanal. Chem. Interfacial Electrochem.102, 289–302 (1979).
Spectroelectrochemical determination of heterogeneous electron transfer rate constants, D. E. Albertson, H. N. Blount, and F. M. Hawkridge,Anal. Chem.51, 556–560 (1979).
Transmission spectroelectrochemical study of anion adsorption at a Hg-Pt optically transparent electrode, W. R. Heineman and J. F. Goelz,J. Electroanal. Chem. Interfacial Electrochem.103, 155–163 (1979).
Optically transparent thin layer electrode techniques for the study of biological redox systems, W. R. Heineman, M. L. Meckstroth, B. J. Norris, and C. H. Su,Bioelectrochem. Bioenerg. 6, 577–585 (1979).
Enzymatic and electrochemical oxidation of uric acid. A mechanism for the peroxidase catalyzed oxidation of uric acid, H. A. Marsh, Jr. and G. Dryhurst,J. Electroanal. Chem. Interfacial electrochem.95, 81–90 (1979).
Thin layer spectroelectrochemical studies of cobalt and copper schiff base complexes, D. F. Rohrbach, W. R. Heineman, and E. Deutsch,Inorg. Chem.18, 2536–2542 (1979).
A small volume thin layer spectroelectrochemical cell for the study of biological components, C. W. Anderson, H. B. Halsall, and W. R. Heineman,Anal. Biochem. 93, 366–372 (1979),
Circulating, long optical path, thin layer electrochemical cell for spectroelectrochemical characterization of redox enzymes, J. L. Anderson,Anal. Chem.51, 2312–2315 (1979).
Characterization of Hg-Pt optically transparent electrodes, J. F. Goelz and W. R. Heineman,J. Electroanal. Chem. Interfacial Electrochem.103, 147–154 (1979).
Oxidation of lead sulphide in molten PbCl2 + KC1; Electrolysis and visible spectrophotometry, A. de Guibert, V. Plichon, and J. Badoz-Lambling,J. Electroanal. Chem. Interfacial Electrochem.105, 143–148 (1979).
On the spectroelectrochemical characterization of the electrocatalytic oxidation of Cu(II) ethylene diamine, D. Meyerstein, F. M. Hawkridge, and T. Kuwana,J. Electroanal. Chem. Interfacial Electrochem.40, 377 (1972).
Other Spectroelectrochemical Techniques
Use of electrochemical concentration methods in spectroscopic analysis of especially pure substances, V. Z. Krasilshchik and A. F. Yakovleva,Tr. Vses Nauch-Issled Inst. Khim. Reak. Osobo Chist. Khim. Veshchestv. No. 33, 134–142 (1971).
Electrohydrodynamic ionization mass spectrometry, A. H. Jones and W. D. France, Jr.,Anal. Chem.44, 1884 (1972).
Hanging mercury drop electrodeposition technique for carbon filament flameless atomic absorption analysis. Application to the determination of copper in sea water, C. Fairless and A. J. Bard,Anal. Chem.45, 2289 (1973).
New highly sensitive preconcentrating sampling technique for flameless atomic absorption spectroscopy, M. P. Newton, J. V. Chauvin, and D. G. Davis,Anal. Lett. 6, 89–100 (1973).
An isotopic labeling investigation of the mechanism of the electrooxidation of hydrazine at platinum. An electrochemical mass spectrometric study, M. Petek and S. Bruckenstein,J. Electroanal. Chem. Interfacial Electrochem.47, 329 (1973).
X-ray microdetermination of chromium, cobalt, copper, mercury, nickel and zinc in water using electrochemical preconcentration, B. H. Vassos, R. F. Hirsch, and H. Latterman,Anal. Chem.45, 792 (1973).
Lead separation by anodic deposition and isotope ratio mass spectrometry of microgram and smaller samples, I. L. Barnes, T. J. Murphy, J. W. Granolich, and W. R. Shields,Anal. Chem.45, 1881 (1973).
Simultaneous electrochemical-electron spin resonance measurements. II. Kinetic measurements using constant current pulse, J. B. Goldberg and A. J. Bard,J. Phys. Chem. 78, 290 (1974).
Simultaneous electrochemical electron spin resonance measurements. III. Determination of rate constants for second order radical anion dimerization, J. B. Goldberg, D. Boyd, R. Hirasawa, and A. J. Bard,J. Phys. Chem. 78, 295 (1974).
Application of spin trapping to the detection of radical intermediates in electrochemical transformations, A. J. Bard, J. C. Gilbert, and R. D. Goodwin,J. Am. Chem. Soc. 96, 620 (1974).
Electrolytic extraction combined with flame atomic absorption for the determination of metal ions in aqueous solution, J. B. Dawson, D. J. Ellis, T. F. Hartley, M. E. A. Evans, and K. W. Metcalf,Analyst. (London) 99, 602 (1974).
Application of electrodeposition techniques to flameless atomic absorption spectrometry. II. Determination of cadmium in sea water, W. Lund and B. V. Larsen,Anal. Chim. Acta 72, 57 (1974).
Atomic absorption spectrometric determination of cadmium, lead and zinc in salts or salt solutions by hanging mercury drop electrodeposition and atomization in a graphite furnace, F. O. Jensen, J. Doezal, and F. J. Longmuhr,Anal. Chim. Acta 72, 245–250 (1974).
Joint application of electrochemical and ESR techniques, B. Kastening,Electroanalytical Chemistry, H. W. Nurnberg, ed., Interscience, New York, pp. 421–494 (1974).
Simultaneous electrochemical electron spin resonance measurements with a coaxial microwave cavity, R. D. Allendoerfer, G. A. Martinchek, and S. Bruckenstein,Anal. Chem. 47, 890 (1975).
Determination of iron in zirconium by electrolytic dissolution and atomic absorption spectroscopy, M. Mantel and A. Aladjem,Anal. Lett. 8, 415–420 (1975).
Flameless atomic absorption spectrometry employing a wire loop atomizer, M. F. Newton and D. G. Davis,Anal. Chem.47, 2003 (1975).
Preconcentration and separation of mercury traces by reduction on metallic copper and determination by flameless atomic absorption spectrometry, S. Dogan and W. Haerdi,Anal. Chim. Acta 76, 345–354 (1975).
The application of electrodeposition techniques to flameless atomic absorption spectrometry. Part III. The determination of cadmium in urine, W. Lund, B. V. Larsen, and N. Gundersen,Anal. Chim. Acta 81, 319–324 (1976).
The application of electrodeposition techniques to flameless atomic absorption spectrometry. Part IV. Separation and preconcentration on graphite, Y. Thomassen, B. V. Larsen, F. J. Langmuhr, and W. Lund,Anal. Chim. Acta 83, 103–110 (1976).
Spectroelectrochemical cell for anaerobic transfer of biological samples for low temperature electron paramagnetic resonance studies, J. L. Anderson,Anal. Chem.48 (6), 921–923 (1976).
In situ studies of the passivation and anodic oxidation of cobalt by emission Mossbauer spectroscopy. I. Theoretical background, experimental methods and experimental results for borate solution (pH 8.5), G. W. Simmons, E. Kellerman, and H. Leidheiser, Jr.,J. Electrochem. Soc.123, 1276–1284 (1977).
Determination of parts per billion levels of electrodeposited metals by energy dispersive X-ray fluorescence spectrometry, J. A. Boslett Jr.,, R. L. R. Towns, R. G. Megargle, K. H. Pearson, and T. C. Furnas, Jr.,Anal. Chem.49 (12), 1734–1737 (1977).
Determination of heavy metals in sea water by atomic absorption spectrometry after electrodeposition on pyrolytic graphite coated tubes, G. E. Batley and J. P. Matousek,Anal Chem.49 (13), 2031–2035 (1977).
Electron spin resonance and electrochemistry, T. M. McKinney, In:Electroanalytical Chemistry, Vol. 10, A. J. Bard, ed., Marcel Dekker Inc., New York, pp. 97–278 (1977).
Dynamic X-ray diffraction, R. R. Chianelli, J. C. Scanlon, and B. M. L. Rao,J. Electrochem. Soc.125, 1563–1566 (1978).
Derivatization of surfaces via reaction of strained silicon-carbon bonds. Characterization by photoacoustic spectroscopy, A. B. Fischer, J. B. Kinney, R. H. Staley, and M. S. Wrighton,J. Am. Chem. Soc.101, 6501–6506 (1979).
Observation of semiconductor electrode-dye solution interface by means of fluorescence and laser-induced photoacoustic spectroscopy, T. Iwasaki, T. Sawada, H. Kamada, A. Fujishima, and K. Honda,J. Phys. Chem.83, 2142–2145 (1979).
Characterization and catalytic activity of small platinum particles, R. A. Daka Betta, In:Proceedings of the Workshop on The Electrocatalysis of Fuel Cell Reactions, W. E. O’Grady, S. Srinivasan, and R. F. Dudley, eds., Proceed. Vol. 79-2, pp. 203–211, The Electrochemical Society, Inc., Princeton, New Jersey (1979).
Author information
Authors and Affiliations
Editor information
Editors and Affiliations
Rights and permissions
Copyright information
© 1984 Plenum Press, New York
About this chapter
Cite this chapter
Venkatesan, V.K. (1984). Classified Bibliography of Electroanalytical Applications. In: White, R.E., Bockris, J.O., Conway, B.E., Yeager, E. (eds) Comprehensive Treatise of Electrochemistry. Springer, Boston, MA. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4613-2679-3_11
Download citation
DOI: https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4613-2679-3_11
Publisher Name: Springer, Boston, MA
Print ISBN: 978-1-4612-9667-6
Online ISBN: 978-1-4613-2679-3
eBook Packages: Springer Book Archive